Metrode Technical Handbook PDF

Welding Consumables Technical Handbook
      
  


TECHNICAL HANDBOOK CONTENTS
Section Subject Page
Introduction to Metrode * 2
Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes 5
A. Low alloy steels 7

− CrMo creep resisting consumables
− MnMo low alloy steels
− High toughness Ni bearing low alloy steels
− High strength low alloy steels
B. Stainless steels 88
− Martensitic stainless steels
− Austenitic stainless steels
− 309L and 309Mo and stainless steels
− Superaustenitic, lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steels
C. High temperature alloys 212
− High carbon 300 series stainless steels
− High temperature 309 and 310 stainless steels
− High carbon austenitic alloys (including 330, 800, HP40)
D. Nickel base alloys 264
− 182 type alloys
− 625 type alloys
− Alloy C types
− Specialist nickel base alloys
− Nickel based non-ferrous alloys
E. Repair and maintenance 312
− Cast iron
− Dissimilar welding
− Copper alloy consumables
− Hardfacing
− Special mild steel
F. Submerged arc welding & electroslag strip cladding fluxes 358
− Fluxes for use with low alloy CrMo, stainless steel and nickel base wires
G. Other useful information 369
− Abbreviations, element symbols, welding positions
− Schaeffler and WRC diagrams
− Conversions
− Packaging and storage
Index 1 Product designations 379
Index 2 Consumable specifications 382
Index 3 Materials to be welded 388
1
* Metrode Products Ltd is the registered Company Name but this is simplified to Metrode throughout this publication.
Introduction to Metrode
Scope
This handbook is designed to provide information on the company, its products and services and guidance on the
correct choice of welding consumables.
This 2012 edition of the Technical Handbook (revision 12) contains over 100 data sheets covering about 350 arc
welding consumables. About half of these are flux covered manual metal arc electrodes. These are complemented
by a wide range of solid wires, tubular flux cored, metal cored wires for the other popular arc welding processes,
and for the first time strips and fluxes for strip cladding. The range has applications for all industrially significant
steels and alloy systems except for titanium, magnesium, aluminium and rarer metals. Particular emphasis is
currently being devoted to developing a strategy with consumables for the power generation industries, offshore oil
and gas industries, high temperature materials in the chemical and petrochemical industries and a diverse range of
nickel based alloys. Data sheets for some fringe products are not included in this handbook, but are available on
request.
The company
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the
UK's leading manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. It is particularly strong in those industries
which require the highest integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and
petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and nuclear. In the last decade the export market has been vigorously
developed and Metrode has markets globally. It also has an extensive overseas network of distributors and agents
as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. The most recent step in Metrode’s development
occurred in November 2006 when Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln
Electric Europe.
The products
Metrode offers one of the largest ranges of alloyed welding consumables available from a single source. The
products range from those suitable for low alloy steels, through numerous diverse stainless steels, to those
matching the performance of nickel-base alloys.
All the major arc welding processes are catered for and the range covers Manual Metal Arc Electrodes
(MMA/SMAW), Solid and Cored Wires for Gas Shielded Welding (MIG/MAG/GMAW and FCAW), Solid Wires for TIG
Welding (TIG/GTAW), wire/flux combinations for Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) and strip/flux combinations for
electroslag strip cladding (ESW).
The products are listed in the index at the back and more detailed information and guidance notes on selection are
given in the individual data sheets.
Availability and special services

Metrode is uniquely geared for rapid delivery from our very large stocks and through a flexible development and
manufacturing system.
Standard product range

All the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most
commonly used sizes.
Special product range

The special product range covers a wider range of the less common products and non-standard sizes. These items
may be subject to minimum order value/quantity requirements and to longer lead times. Further information on the
Product Range is available from our Customer Care Department.
Special services
Metrode's unique know-how is always available to meet individual requirements and a number of tailor-made
formulations are developed to suit special or proprietary technical requirements.
Rev 07 06/13 2 Introduction (pg 1 of 5)

Development
Metrode maintains a close awareness of future consumable needs to support new alloys and changing technical
requirements through its links with: the International Institute of Welding (IIW), the European Welding Association
(EWA), The Welding Institute (TWI), the American Welding Society (AWS) and a number of universities and
research organisations both in the UK and worldwide. The Company has its own development team with the
necessary resources to design new products and improve existing ones to meet the needs of the fabrication
industry.
Technical support
Technical support is available to help with any aspect of consumable choice, applications or procedural guidance.
Field based staff can advise on procedural aspects and factors needed to achieve optimum performance.
Facilities are available at Metrode for demonstration, training and evaluation for all the major welding processes
which utilise Metrode consumables.
Specifications and certification

Metrode consumables are manufactured to conform with the current issues of BS EN, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME
standards where applicable. When incompatible variations exist between different specifications for equivalent
types, these are indicated on the data sheet. Where a product does not strictly conform to a standard the
specification is shown in brackets for guidance only.
Every batch is certified at least with chemical analysis to BS EN 10204: 3.1, with a few exceptions amongst some
hardfacing/maintenance types certified to BS EN 10204: 2.2.
Special requirements for batch testing or analysis variants are frequently satisfied with prior agreement.
Health and safety

Welding produces fumes and gases which can be dangerous to your health. Arc rays can injure eyes and burn skin.
Electric shock can kill.
It is important to take suitable precautions when welding, and to follow safe working practices. These should be
based upon information available from the Welding Manufacturers' Association leaflet and Metrode's Health and
Safety booklet which may be obtained from Metrode or our distributors. Some details may vary with specific
legislation outside the UK.
Welding fume data for hazard assessment (COSHH in the UK) is included on each data sheet.
Quality assurance
Metrode's historic reputation for quality is sustained by the active and continuous implementation of a stringent
quality assurance programme recognised by international authorities.
Approval and surveillance of Metrode's Quality Management Systems for design, development and manufacturing is
certified by:
Lloyds Register QA to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 certificate 840131.
TÜV NORD to AD2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100, VdTÜV-Merkblatt 1153 & KTA 1408, certificate 07-202-1410-wp-
0874/7/001.

Quality policy
It is Metrode’s mission to achieve and maintain dominance in its chosen market of supplying Welding consumables
to users worldwide through key customer and supplier partnerships, superior service, technology and product
leadership.
This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:
• Ensuring that each customer’s needs are clearly defined and understood.
• Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that
quality is everyone’s responsibility.
• Supplying products that satisfy each customer’s quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the
profitability of the company.
• Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customer’s wishes remain the prime focus at all
time.
• Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and
reviewing quality objectives.
To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that will comply with ISO 9001 and
applicable regulatory requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and
promote a culture committed to excellence in everything we do.
Our Quality Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality
system and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.
(Under Renewal)

Data Sheets: Introduction and Explanatory Notes
The individual data sheets collect all of the processes (MMA, TIG, MIG, SAW and FCAW) onto a single data sheet,
allowing all products for any alloy type – eg 316L – to be seen at a glance. The front page of each data sheet
provides the generic information on that particular alloy – alloy type, materials to be welded, applications,
microstructure, welding guidelines, PWHT, additional information and products available. The data specific to the
individual products – product description, specifications, analysis, mechanical properties etc – are then given on
subsequent pages.
There are seven main sections comprising:
A. Low alloy steels
B. Stainless steels
C. High temperature alloys
D. Nickel base alloys
E. Repair and maintenance – including cast iron, hardfacing, dissimilar, copper and its alloys, and some
specialist mild steel consumables
F. Fluxes for submerged arc welding
G. Other useful information.
There are three comprehensive indices at the back of the Handbook – by product designation, by consumable
specification and by base material – to aid navigation around the Handbook.
GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTES

Each data sheet is headed with a unique number for easy reference. The same number also appears at the
bottom right hand corner of each page of the data sheet.
Data sheet revision status is given at the foot of the page.
The Metrode designation in bold type should be used when ordering. It is printed on each electrode, stamped on
many TIG wires and identifies all package labels.
Each data sheet is sub-divided under self-explanatory headings, some of which are briefly outlined below.
Materials to be welded
Examples are given of typical base materials for which the consumable may be used. It should not be assumed that
this is a guarantee of suitability, and should be used with caution.
Reference is made to proprietary alloy names for many base materials and we acknowledge the use of registered
trade names from Haynes International Inc, Special Metals, VDM and RA Materials Ltd.
Applications
Information is given for general guidance and in good faith, but the user should ascertain that the product is
suitable for the specific and intended purpose.
Welding guidelines
Brief guidelines on preheat, PWHT and any particular procedural requirements are given for each alloy. The user is
responsible for establishing a satisfactory welding procedure.
Additional information
Useful background information, procedural notes, precautions and published references are given where
appropriate. Technical profiles are also available for a number of products.

Specifications, approvals
See specification notes above. For some products which do not strictly conform to a particular specification, the
nearest specification is shown in brackets for guidance. If a required approval is not shown, contact Metrode.
Composition
Composition limits are declared for almost every product in addition to typical values.
Where it is possible to meet BS EN, BS EN ISO and AWS-ASME compositions with one product, this is often reflected
in tighter data sheet limits than the individual specifications. Whilst in rare cases a batch may not satisfy all these
constraints, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME are normally the default specifications unless agreed otherwise. See also
specification notes on previous introductory page.
Note that flux covered MMA electrodes and tubular cored wires are defined by all-weld deposit analysis and solid
wires and strips by product analysis.
All-weld mechanical properties

Minimum and typical tensile and impact properties are given where applicable to satisfy national specifications or
material requirements. Caution is generally advised in translating these all-weld (longitudinal) values to joint
(transverse) test values.
Operating parameters
Current ranges are based on satisfactory fusion and arc stability. Optimum conditions are influenced by variables
such as welding position, base material thickness, and heat input considerations, etc. Most electrodes operate
smoothly on DC+ (positive electrode) and for those suitable for AC a minimum OCV (open circuit voltage) is given.
Welding positions for electrodes are shown pictographically. Where vertical and overhead are indicated this usually
applies to 3.2mm and smaller sizes, with 4mm practicable with skilled operators and joints with sufficient room for
manipulation. Where vertical down is indicated, this applies to 2.5mm or 3.2 with skilled operators.
Packaging data
For electrodes, the length, weight per carton (3 tins) and approximate number of pieces per carton are given, but
may be subject to change without notice. For TIG, MIG, SAW and FCW, tube and spool weights are also provided.
Contact Metrode for latest information if required.
Note that Metrode electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed tins with ring-pull opening. The integrity of this
packaging is regularly assessed according to the ASME SFA5.5 procedure. Tins provide a convenient and economic
alternative to smaller units of vacuum-packed electrodes in 'site packs' which can be supplied to order.
Redrying (rebaking or conditioning), handling and storage recommendations are given. Redrying should ensure
that the unpacked electrodes reach the recommended temperature-time conditions.
The majority of electrodes and TIG wires are marked individually with both the designation or classification number
and batch number.
Fume data
To assist health and safety hazard assessment, welding fume composition is given for each product. Fume itself
comprises oxides, silicates or other complex compounds of the elements listed.
An occupational exposure limit or standard (OES) is calculated in milligrams per cubic metre breathing zone
concentration. This control value is 5mg/m3 maximum, or much lower for many alloyed consumables. For example,
a significant proportion of the chromium in fume generated by stainless covered electrodes and flux cored wire is
present in hexavalent form with a limit of 0.05mg/m3, which reduces total fume OES to around 1mg/m3. In fume
generated by solid stainless MIG wires, practically all chromium is trivalent and the total fume OES is higher.
TIG and submerged arc processes generate too little fume for assessment on this basis.
In the UK, COSHH guidance relevant to welding is found in HMSO publications, EH40, EH54 and EH55.
Website
Inevitably a printed Technical Handbook is out of date soon after it has been printed. The Metrode website
(www.metrode.com) overcomes this problem because the data sheets for the most common products are all on the
website and are updated as soon as the data sheet is revised.

METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
SECTION A
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com LOW ALLOY STEELS
Website: www.metrode.com
Low alloy steels including the CrMo creep resisting consumables

This section includes electrodes suitable for welding general engineering and structural steels, from medium
tensile grain-refined CMn and semi-cryogenic steels (approximately –75°C) to specialised heat and creep-
resistant CrMo types reaching the threshold of stainlessness at 12%Cr.
Flux coverings of all electrodes are of all-positional basic low-hydrogen type and employ binders giving high
resistance to moisture absorption. All flux cored wires are rutile all-positional types also with low hydrogen
potential. With increasing weld and base metal strength and hardenability (or carbon equivalent), a hydrogen
potential below 5ml/100g weld metal is often an essential procedural parameter, coupled with preheat where
necessary to moderate HAZ hardening or raise safety margins in thicker sections:
Carbon equivalent (CE) = C + Mn + Cr+Mo+V + Cu+Ni
6 5 15
For guidance, preheat up to 50°C for CE < 0.40, 100°C for < 0.55, 150°C for < 0.70, 200°C for < 0.80, 250°C for
0.90 or above. However, note that some cases require restricted preheat-interpass and also heat input control
to maintain optimum strength and toughness. High joint restraint may require higher preheats.
A full discussion of this subject is given in the following publication: N. Bailey, F.R. Coe et al: ‘Welding steels
without hydrogen cracking’, Abington Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.
The necessity for Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) varies with base and weld metal type. PWHT is normally
essential to temper the HAZ below 248HV/22HRC required by NACE for H2S service, for which electrodes giving
mandatory < 1%Ni with strength and toughness are available. Most nickel-bearing electrodes also give excellent
as-welded properties at low temperatures. PWHT is essential for creep-resisting Cr-Mo types, although the
leaner low carbon variants are sometimes stress-relieved in service when used for repairs under local preheat.
Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry
MMA Mo.B E7018-A1 E Mo B
A-10 ½Mo
TIG/MIG CMo ER70S-A1 MoSi
Chromet 1 E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
MMA Chromet 1L E7015-B2L E CrMo1L B
Chromet 1X E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
A-12 1¼Cr½Mo 1CrMo -- CrMo1Si
TIG/MIG
ER80S-B2 ER80S-B2 --
SAW SA 1CrMo EB2 CrMo1
FCW Cormet 1 E81T1-B2 T55T1-1C/M-1CM
Chromet 2 E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
MMA Chromet 2L E8015-B3L E CrMo2L B
Chromet 2X E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
2CrMo -- CrMo2Si
A-13 2¼Cr1Mo TIG/MIG
ER90S-B3 ER90S-B3 --
SAW SA 2CrMo EB3 CrMo2
Cormet 2 E91T1-B3 T62T1-1C/M-2CM
FCW
Cormet 2L E91T1-B3L T62T1-1C/M-2CML
Chromet 1V -- ECrMoV1 B
MMA
A-14 CrMoV 13CMV -- (ECrMoV1 B)
FCW Cormet 1V -- --
7
Rev 06 06/13 DS: A-01 (pg 1 of 2)
Data Specifications
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry – (continued)
MMA Chromet 5 E8015-B6 E CrMo5 B
A-15 5CrMo TIG/MIG 5CrMo ER80S-B6 CrMo5Si
FCW Cormet 5 E81T1-B6 T55T1-1C/M-5CM
MMA Chromet 9 E8015-B8 E CrMo9 B
A-16 9CrMo TIG/MIG 9CrMo ER80S-B8 CrMo9Si
FCW Cormet 9 E81T1-B8 T55T1-1C/M-9C1M
Chromet 9MV-N E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 9MVN+ E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
MMA
Chromet 9-B9 E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 91VNB E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
A-17 P91
TIG 9CrMoV-N ER90S-B9 W CrMo91
MCW Cormet M91 E90C-B9 T69T15-0M-9C1MV
SAW 9CrMoV-N EB9 (S CrMo91)
FCW Supercore F91 E91T1-B9 T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
MMA Chromet 10MW -- --
A-18 E911
FCW Cormet 10MW -- --
MMA Chromet 12MV -- E CrMoWV 12 1 B
A-19 12CrMoV
TIG 12CrMoV -- W CrMoWV12 1
MMA Chromet 92 -- --
A-20 P92 TIG/SAW 9CrWV -- --
FCW Supercore F92 -- --
MMA Chromet 23L -- --
A-21 T23
TIG 2CrWV -- --
A-22 T24 TIG/SAW 24CrMoV -- --
MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --
A-23 WB36 TIG MnMo ER80S-D2 --
SAW SA1NiMo EF3 S3Ni1Mo
MMA Chromet WB2 -- --
A-25 W B2 / 921
FCAW Supercore WB2 -- --
High toughness 1-3%Ni consumables for applications from –40°C down to about –75°C
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B E8018-C3 E 46 6 1Ni B 42
A-40 1Ni TIG/MIG 1Ni ER80S-Ni1 (3Ni1)
FCW Metcore DWA 55E E71T-5 T 42 4 PM1 H5
MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B E8018-C1 E 46 6 2Ni B 42
A-41 2Ni
TIG/MIG 2Ni ER80S-Ni2 (2Ni2)
A-42 3Ni MMA Tufmet 3Ni.B E8018-C2 E 46 6 3Ni B 42
Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa
E9018-D1 E9018-D1 BS: MnMo.BH
MMA
A-50 MnMo E10018-D2 E10018-D2 E 624 Mn1NiMo B
TIG/MIG MnMo ER80S-D2 4Mo
Tufmet 1NiMo E9016-G --
MMA E11018-M E11018-M --
A-60 NiMo
Tufmet 3NiMo E12016-G --
TIG/MIG ER110S-G ER110S-G Mn3Ni1CrMo
A-61 NiMo MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --
Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten

MMA 1NiCu.B E8018-W2 E 55 18-NCC1 A
A-70 Corten
TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W ER80S-G (Mn3Ni1Cu)
Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag technique

A-80 Rail MMA Railrod -- --
8
Rev 06 06/13 DS: A-01 (pg 2 of 2)
Data Sheet A-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
0.5%Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Favourable mechanical properties of both as-welded

and stress-relieved weld metal are also useful in
Ferritic creep resisting 0.5%Mo steels for elevated
welding structural and general engineering steels for
temperature service.
ambient or sub-zero temperature service. In this
Materials to be welded respect these consumables are related to the higher
strength manganese-molybdenum alloyed steel
pipe/tube:
consumables.
ASTM A335 grade P1
A209 & A 250 grade T1
Microstructure
BS 3059 grade 243
3606 grades 243, 245, 261 In the stress-relieved condition the microstructure
consists of acicular ferrite with some tempered
forged:
bainite.
ASTM A336 grade F1
A204 grades A, B, C
BS EN
Welding guidelines
10028-2 grade 16Mo3 (1.5415)
DIN 15Mo3 (1.5415) Preheat and interpass temperatures are normally in
16Mo5 (1.5423) the range 100-250°C depending upon thickness being
10MnMo 4 5 (1.5424) welded and restraint.
11MnMo 4 5 (1.5425)
cast: Related alloy groups
ASTM A217 grade WC1 For high strength structural welding applications the
A352 grade LC1 MnMo alloys (A-50) are related.
BS 1504 grade 245
3100 grade B1
DIN GS-22Mo 4 (1.5419) PWHT
PWHT to temper the weldment varies according to
Applications the code; the extremes range from 550°C up to 720°C
but the most common range is 630-670°C. For
Nominal 0.5% Mo alloying results in improved material up to 20mm thick some codes allow the
elevated temperature performance over that of CMn PWHT to be omitted.
steels. Used for the fabrication of vessels and
associated pipework demanding creep rupture
strength and ductility at temperatures up to about Products available
450ºC. Process Product Specification
MMA Mo.B AWS E7018-A1
The Mo content also enhances resistance to hydrogen
attack in chemical process plant operation. TIG/MIG CMo AWS ER70S-A1
Rev 04 06/13 9 DS: A-10 (pg 1 of 3)

Mo.B Molybdenum alloyed MMA electrode for elevated temperature service
Product description Basic flux, metal powder type coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E7018-A1 H4

BS EN ISO 3580-A E Mo B 3 2
BS and AWS Mn ranges overlap, but required specification should be stated on order.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 2
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.75 -- -- -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.10 1.20 0.60 0.025 0.030 0.20 -- 0.65 --
typ 0.05 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.015 0.05 0.05 0.55 0.05
* BS2493 Mn:Si ≥2:1, AWS A5.5 Mn 0.90% max.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 600-650ºC/h * min typical As-welded typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 510 550-610 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 460-525 480
Elongation on 4d % 22 27-32 27
Elongation on 5d % 22 23-29 23
Reduction of area % -- 65-72 68
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 130 100
- 30ºC J -- 115 --
Hardness HV -- 200 200
* BS and DIN: 600ºC/1h; AWS: 620ºC/1h.
Satisfactory properties are also obtained in the as-welded condition.
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 13.5 16.5
pieces/carton 552 390 246 153
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 17 5
Rev 04 06/13 10 DS: A-10 (pg 2 of 3)

CMo 0.5%Mo solid TIG and MIG wire for creep resisting steels
Product description Copper coated solid wire for TIG and MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G)

BS EN ISO 21952-A Mo Si
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu V
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.90 0.50 -- -- -- -- 0.45 -- --
max 0.12 1.30 0.70 0.020 0.020 0.2 0.20 0.60 0.3 0.03
typ 0.1 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.5 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical Properties as-welded (AW) or PWHT: min. * typical: TIG MAG: Ar + 5% CO2
properties AW 620ºC/1h AW 620ºC/1h
Tensile strength MPa 515 662 640 650 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 540 520 530 505
Elongation on 4d % 19 29 25 29 25
Elongation on 5d % 22 26 24 25 24
Impact energy - 30°C J -- 52 170 42 96
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 210/245 205/230 215/235 200/220
* Minimum values are after PWHT 620ºC/1h (AWS) or 595ºC/0.5h (DIN) and as-welded for BS EN.
MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) will have lower strength than shown.
Typical operating TIG MIG

parameters Argon + 2-20%CO2
Shielding Argon
Argon + 1.5% O2 or proprietary
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

55 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 04 06/13 11 DS: A-10 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
1¼Cr-½Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Microstructure

1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated After PWHT, the microstructure consists of tempered
temperature service. bainite.
Materials to be welded Welding guidelines
ASTM BS EN & DIN

Preheat and interpass temperature 200°C minimum,
up to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout
A387 Gr 11 & 12 13CrMo 4-5 (1.7355) welding cycle and some time after completion of
A182 F11 & F12 13CrMo 4-4 (1.7335) welding.
A217 WC6 & WC11 16CrMo 4-4 (1.7337)
A234 WP11 & WP12 11CrMo 5-5 (1.7339) PWHT
A199 T11 GS-25CrMo 4 (1.7128) Apart from some special applications, PWHT will
A200 T11 GS-17CrMo 5-5 (1.7357) always be required. PWHT temperature is typically
A213 T11 & T12 690°C with time being dependent on section
A335 P11 & P12 BS thickness.
1501 Gr 620 & 621
1502 Gr 620 Additional information
1503 Gr 620 & 621
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
1504 Gr 621
some of the consumables on this data sheet.
3100 Gr B2
Additional information is available on Chromet 1X
3604 Gr 620/440 & 621
and Cormet 1.
3059 Gr 620/460
Applications Products available
These consumables are designed for prolonged Process Product Specification
elevated temperature service up to 550°C. Main
MMA Chromet 1 AWS E8018-B2
areas of application are associated with steam
generating power plant, eg piping, turbine Chromet 1L AWS E7015-B2L
castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler Chromet 1X * AWS E8018-B2
superheaters. Some of the consumables will also TIG/MIG 1CrMo BS EN CrMo1Si
find service in refineries where they are used for
ER80S-B2 AWS ER80S-B2
corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at
250-450°C. Some of the consumables will also find SAW SA 1CrMo AWS EB2
applications in the chemical and petro-chemical LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
industries where they are used for resistance to FCW Cormet 1 AWS E81T1-B2
hydrogen attack in the fabrication of
hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3 * Chromet 1X is the temper embrittlement resistant
pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as- (TER) version of Chromet 1.
welded condition the consumables also provide a
useful source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for
build-up or hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal
wear and heavy impact.

 
Rev 15 10/12 12 DS: A-12 (pg 1 of 7)

General Data for all 1¼Cr-½Mo Electrodes
Description Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115%
with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very
low metal hydrogen levels.
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5
CHROMET 1 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode

Product description MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2 H4

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5518-1CM
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- --
max 0.12 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 1.40 0.65 0.3 0.2 0.01
typ 0.07 0.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 1.25 0.55 0.1 <0.1 0.01
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.
All-weld mechanical
properties PWHT 690°C/1h min typical
Tensile strength MPa 550 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 570
Elongation on 4d % 19 25
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 160
Hardness (AW) HV -- 250
(PWHT) HV -- 210

length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 12.9 16.8 18.0
Rev 15 10/12 13 DS: A-12 (pg 2 of 7)

CHROMET 1L Low carbon 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses
for resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet 'sour' environments. Also suitable
for thin section joints which are to be left in the as-welded condition.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E7015-B2L H4

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1L B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5216-1CML
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 --
max 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.025 1.40 0.65 0.15
typ 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 1.25 0.55 <0.10
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 180
-10°C J -- 120
Hardness (AW) HV -- 220
(PWHT) HV -- 200

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 17.7 18.0
CHROMET 1X 1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance

Product description MMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement
resistance with prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to
ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B
Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb

(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 1.40 0.65 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005
typ 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.009 1.25 0.55 <0.05 0.002 0.003 <0.002
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x(P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max
Rev 15 10/12 14 DS: A-12 (pg 3 of 7)

CHROMET 1X (continued)
All-weld mechanical 690°C/5h 690°C/5h + SC
properties PWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) min typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa550 610 610 595
0.2% Proof stress MPa460 525 515 490
Elongation on 4d % 19 25 29 29
Reduction of area % -- 70 70 70
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 (2) 160 200 200
- 30°C J -- 100 160 140
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320 -- --
(PWHT) HV -- 200-210 220 190
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h.
(2)
DIN & BS EN minimum average.
length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 16.8 17.4
1CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.

Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-G
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo1Si (W = TIG, G = MIG)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.80 0.50 -- -- 0.90 -- 0.45 --
max 0.14 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 1.30 -- 0.65 0.4
typ 0.1 1 0.6 0.010 0.015 1.2 <0.1 0.5 0.1
All-weld mechanical typical
properties PWHT 690°C/4h (AWS=1h) min TIG MIG
Tensile strength MPa 550 635 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 520 480
Elongation on 4d % 19 28 26
Impact energy -10°C J -- > 200 > 115
Hardness HV(HB) -- 220(215) 195(190)
parameters Shielding Argon Ar-5%CO2
Current DC- DC+
0.8 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --
55 5 0.4 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5
Rev 15 10/12 15 DS: A-12 (pg 4 of 7)

ER80S-B2 Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.
Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 1¼Cr-½Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the
AWS/ASME specification.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-B2

BS EN ISO 21952-B 1CM
(wire wt %) min 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 1.20 -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 1.50 0.20 0.65 0.35
typ 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 1.3 <0.1 0.5 0.1

properties PWHT 690°C/4h min TIG MIG
(AWS=620°C /1h)
Hardness HV(HB) -- 220(215) 195(190)
Impact energy - 10°C J -- > 200 > 115
parameters Shielding Argon Ar - 5% CO2
Current DC - DC+
0.8 -- 15kg reel
0.9 -- 15kg reel
1.0 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --
55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 15 10/12 16 DS: A-12 (pg 5 of 7)

SA1CrMo Solid welding wire for SAW.
Product description Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EB2
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo1

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(typical) SA1CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55 0.01
Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5 0.01
properties (LA436 flux) Tensile strength MPa 550 620
Impact energy +20°C J 47 >100
Typical operating Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
parameters For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel
Packaging data ø mm SAW

2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil
Fume data SAW fume negligible
LA436 Sub-arc flux

Product description LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and
manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.
Specifications AWS A5.23 F8 P0-EB2 B2

BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
(typical) SA 1CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55
Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT
properties with 690-720°C/1-2h
SA 1CrMo wire Tensile strength MPa 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 535
Elongation on 4d % 25
Impact energy +20°C J >100

parameters 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed
Packaging data Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it
should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.
Rev 15 10/12 17 DS: A-12 (pg 6 of 7)

CORMET 1 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description Cormet 1 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.29 E81T1-B2C/M-H4

AWS A5.36 E81T1-C1PZ-B2-H4 or E81T1-M21PZ-B2-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-1CM
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 1.00 0.40 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 1.50 0.65 0.30
typ 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 0.55 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1-2h min typical

Hardness HV -- 220
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-
2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.6 220 – 350A, 26-32V 260A, 28V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5
Rev 15 10/12 18 DS: A-12 (pg 7 of 7)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
2¼Cr-1Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

2¼Cr-1Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated After PWHT, the microstructure consists of tempered
temperature service. bainite.
ASTM BS EN & DIN

Preheat and interpass temperature 250°C minimum,
up to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout
A387 Gr 21 & 22 11CrMo9-10 (1.7383) welding cycle and some time after completion of
A182 F22 10CrMo 9-10 (1.7380) welding.
A217 WC9 GS-18CrMo 9 10 (1.7379)
A234 WP22 GS-12CrMo 9 10 (1.7380) PWHT
A199 T21, T22 6CrMo 9 10 (1.7385) Apart from some special applications, PWHT will
A200 T21, T22 12CrMo 9 10 (1.7375) always be required. PWHT temperature is typically
A213 T22 690°C with time being dependent on section
A335 P22 thickness.
A234 WP22 BS
1501 Gr 622 Additional information
Also Cr-Mo-V steels 1503 Gr 622
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
BS 1503 Gr 660 1504 Gr 622
some of the consumables on this data sheet.
BS 1504 Gr 660 3100 Gr B3
Additional information is available on Chromet 2X
BS 3100 Gr B7 3604 Gr 622
and Cormet 2.
BS 3604 Gr 660 3059 Gr 622/640 & 622/490
These consumables are designed for prolonged Process Product Specification
elevated temperature service up to 600°C. Main
areas of application are associated with steam
generating power plant, eg piping, turbine Chromet 2L AWS E8015-B3L
castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler Chromet 2X * AWS E9018-B3
superheaters. Some of the consumables will also TIG/MIG 2CrMo BS EN CrMo2Si
find service in refineries where they are used for
ER90S-B3 AWS ER90S-B3
corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at
250-450°C. Some of the consumables will also find SAW SA 2CrMo AWS EB3
applications in the chemical and petro-chemical LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
industries where they are used for resistance to FCW Cormet 2 AWS E91T1-B3
hydrogen attack in the fabrication of
hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3 Cormet 2L AWS E91T1-B3L
pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as- * Chromet 2X is the temper embrittlement resistant
welded condition the consumables also provide a (TER) version of Chromet 2.
useful source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for
build-up or hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal
wear, heavy impact and the repair of P20 mould
steel.
Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 1 of 7)

19
General Data for all 2¼Cr-1Mo Electrodes
Description Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115%
with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very
low weld metal hydrogen levels.
18°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

15 5 1 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5
CHROMET 2 2¼Cr-1Mo MMA electrode

Product description MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.

BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 2.50 1.20 0.3 0.2 0.01
typ 0.07 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 2.3 1.0 0.1 0.1 0.01

Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320
(PWHT) HV -- 220-250

length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 12.9 16.8 18.0
Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 2 of 7)

20
CHROMET 2L Low carbon 2¼Cr-1Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for
resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet 'sour' environments. The lower
hardness of Chromet 2L can also be beneficial for welds that cannot be subsequently PWHT.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8015-B3L H4

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2L B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-2C1ML
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
max 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.015 0.020 2.50 1.20 0.15
typ 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 2.25 1.05 <0.10

-10°C J -- 90
Hardness (AW) HV -- 250-260
(PWHT) HV -- 210-220
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 17.4
pieces/carton 621 396 228
CHROMET 2X 2¼Cr-1Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance

Product description MMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement
resistance after prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to
ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M
Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb

(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 2.50 1.20 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005
typ 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.010 2.25 1.05 <0.05 0.002 0.003 <0.002
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x (P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max
Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 3 of 7)

21
CHROMET 2X (continued)
All-weld mechanical 690°C/5h 690°C/5h + SC
properties PWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) min typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 630 670 660 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 570 560 550
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 (2) 140 170 170
- 30°C J -- 80 140 110
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320 -- --
(PWHT) HV -- 220-250 195 205
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h.
(2)
DIN & BS EN minimum average.

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.3 13.8 17.1 17.1
2CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.

Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo2Si (W = TIG, G = MIG)

(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.80 0.50 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --
max 0.12 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 2.70 -- 1.10 0.4
typ 0.1 1 0.6 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.15
properties PWHT 690°C/1h min TIG MIG
Impact energy -10°C J -- > 150 > 95
Hardness HV(HB) -- 225(220) 220(215)
parameters Shielding Argon Ar-5%CO2
Current DC- DC+
0.8 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --
55 5 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5
Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 4 of 7)

22
ER90S-B3 Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.
Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 2¼Cr-1Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the
AWS/ASME specification.

BS EN ISO 21952-B 2C1M
(wire wt %) min 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --
max 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 2.70 0.20 1.20 0.35
typ 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.1
properties TIG MIG
Hardness HV(HB) -- 225 (220) 220(215)
Impact energy - 10°C J -- > 150 > 95
parameters Shielding Argon Ar - 5% CO2
Current DC - DC+
0.8 -- 15kg reel
0.9 -- 15kg reel
1.0 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
55 5 1.3 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 5 of 7)

23
SA2CrMo Solid welding wire for SAW.
Product description Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EB3
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo2

(typical) SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.6 0.12 0.010 0.012 2.4 1.0 0.15
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0 0.15
Properties (LA436 flux) Tensile strength MPa 620 640
Impact energy +20°C J 47 >100
parameters For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (SAW fume negligible)
55 5 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5
LA436 Sub-arc flux

Product description LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and
manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.
Specifications AWS A5.23 F9 P0-EB3 B3

BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
(typical) SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.6 0.15 0.010 0.012 2.4 1.0
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT

properties 690-720°C/1-2h
Tensile strength MPa 640
Impact energy +20°C J >100

parameters For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min
travel
Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 6 of 7)

24
CORMET 2 / 2L All-positional flux cored wires
Cormet 2L, which is the low carbon version, is available to order; this wire finds applications for as-welded
repairs in power generation plant and the lower hardness may provide some benefits in some petrochemical
applications.
Specifications Cormet 2 Cormet 2L

AWS A5.29 E91T1-B3C/M-H4 E91T1-B3LC/M-H4
AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-B3-H4 or E91T1-C1PZ-B3L-H4 or
E91T1-M21PZ-B3-H4* E91T1-M21PZ-B3L-H4*
BS EN ISO 17634-B T62T1-1C/M-2C1M T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML
* dependent on shielding gas
Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.20 0.30
typ 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.3 1.0 0.05
* Cormet 2L C  0.05%, typical 0.04%
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1-2h min Cormet 2 Cormet 2L

properties typical typical (as-welded)
Tensile strength MPa 620 725 --
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 625 --
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 --
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45 40
2V higher.)
1.0 120 – 220A, 22 - 30V 150A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.2 160 – 260A, 24 - 30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.6 220 – 350A, 26 – 32V 260A, 28V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data 15kg spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton.

20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5
Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 7 of 7)

25
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Typical applications for the cast materials include

valve casings and steam turbines, general use for
1¼Cr-1Mo-¼V creep resisting alloy for elevated
boilers, pressure vessels in the power generation
temperature service.
and petrochemical industries.
Microstructure
ASTM A389 grade C24 (cast).
After PWHT the microstructure consists of tempered
A356 grade 9 (cast).
DIN
bainite.
21CrMoV 5 11 (1.8070).
15CrMoV 5 10 (1.7745).
Products available
GS-17CrMoV 5 11 (1.7706) (cast).
EN G17CrMoV5-10 (1.7706) Process Product Specification
GE B50A224 MMA Chromet 1V BS EN ECrMoV1B
Applications 13CMV --
FCW Cormet 1V --
CrMoV base materials provide good creep rupture
properties up to about 580°C, with a reasonable
degree of corrosion resistance in superheated steam.
General Data For MMA Electrodes

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
18°C.
15 5 <0.1 <0.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 5
Rev 07 10/12 26 DS: A-14 (pg 1 of 3)

CHROMET 1V Basic coated MMA electrode for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-G H4

BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoV1 B 3 2
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.70 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.10
max 0.15 1.50 0.50 0.025 0.025 1.30 1.30 0.35
typ 0.08 0.85 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.20
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT 700°C/1h Room Temperature High Temperature

properties min typical +350°C +400°C +450°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 435 745 675 650 620
Elongation on 4d % -- 20 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 15 16 -- -- --
Impact energy + 20°C J 24 60 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 275 -- -- --

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 15.0 16.8 17.4
13CMV Basic coated MMA electrode for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The 13CMV electrode is manufactured to order and is of a similar composition to the Chromet 1V although
the carbon (at ~0.13%) and vanadium (at ~0.25%) are typically higher. The 13CMV can also be
manufactured by prior agreement to the GE specification B50A273.
Specifications BS EN ISO 3580-A (ECrMoV1 B 32)

GE B50A273 By prior agreement only.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V* Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.3 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.20 --
max 0.15 1.0 0.50 0.020 0.030 1.50 1.30 0.30 0.4
typ 0.13 0.6 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.25 0.05
* In the GE specification V = 0.40-0.55%.

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.5
Rev 07 10/12 27 DS: A-14 (pg 2 of 3)

CORMET 1V All-positional rutile flux cored wire for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description Cormet 1V (available to order) is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made
using high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V Ni Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.20 -- --
max 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.020 0.020 1.50 1.30 0.30 0.3 0.3
typ 0.13 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 1.1 0.25 0.1 0.1
All-weld mechanical PWHT 720°C/3h typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 650
Impact energy + 20°C J 50
Hardness HV 230
80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (when using 100%CO2 increase voltage by about 2V):
1.2 160-260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
20 8 <0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5
Rev 07 10/12 28 DS: A-14 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
5CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE Website: www.metrode.com
Microstructure
Alloy type
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
5%Cr-½%Mo steel for elevated temperature service
tempered bainite.
up to 600°C.
Welding guidelines
Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 400HV)
plates: and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
ASTM A387 grade 5 5CrMo bainitic microstructure, a preheat and
pipe/tube: minimum interpass temperature of 200°C should be
applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen induced
ASTM A335 grades P5, P5b cold cracking. Properly controlled and handled
A234 grade WP5 (fittings) electrodes will provide weld metal with hydrogen
A199 grade T5 <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a
A213 grades T5, T5b lower preheat of 150°C may be acceptable, though it
BS 3604 grades HFS 625, CFS 625 should be recognised that faster cooling rates may
DIN 12CrMo 19 5 (1.7362) lead to partially martensitc and harder deposits.
X7CrMo 6 1 (1.7373)
X11CrMo 6 1 (1.7374) Full transformation of 5CrMo during welding will be
forgings: completed within a 200-350°C working range, so
direct transfer (at >150°C) to PWHT is permissible,
ASTM A182 grade F5, F5a followed by NDE. If PWHT will be applied after
A336 grade F5 complete cool out and NDE, the preheat temperature
BS 1503 grade 625 should be maintained for some time after welding,
1501 grade 625 (section & bar) according to thickness, to promote hydrogen
cast: dispersal. The latter precaution is less significant for
the TIG and solid wire MAG processes.
ASTM A217 grade C5
BS 1504 grade 625 PWHT
3100 grade B5 PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in
DIN GS-12CrMo 19 5 (1.7353, 1.7363)
the range 705-760°C (eg. BS2633 & PD5500 710-
Applications 750°C, ASME B31.3 705-760°C). Minimum
For elevated temperature service up to 600ºC, with holding time recommended is two hours. For
corrosion resistance in superheated steam, hot castings the minimum suggested PWHT temperature
hydrogen gas and high sulphur crude oils. is lower, with temperatures as low as 670°C being
specified.
Used primarily for boiler superheaters, heat
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil Products available
refineries.
Process Product Specification
This weld metal has also been used successfully for
subsequent nitriding, for example in the repair of
3Cr-1Mo-V and 2Cr-Mo-1A1 (BS En40C, En41) TIG/MIG 5CrMo AWS ER80S-B6
steels used for moulds for injection-moulding of FCW Cormet 5 AWS E81T1-B6
plastics.
29
CHROMET 5 5%Cr-0.5%Mo MMA electrode
Product description Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
weld metal hydrogen levels.

AWS A5.4 E502-15 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 4.0 -- 0.45 --
max 0.10 1.00 0.80 0.025 0.025 6.0 0.40 0.65 0.3
typ 0.06 0.8 0.40 0.01 0.015 5 0.2 0.55 0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B6 (<0.05% for E8015-B6L made to order).
All-weld mechanical Typical properties after PWHT * 745°C/1h ** 740°C/2h 745°C/3h

properties min. typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 550 *** 610 610 540
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 500 480 360
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 150 130 140
- 10°C J -- 80 50 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 210/205 210/200 205/160
* AWS A5.4 requires a PWHT of 840-870°C/2h, (this PWHT is never applied in practice so is not
shown).
** This is the AWS A5.5 PWHT (732-760°C/1h). BS is 725-745°C/2h, BS EN & DIN is 730-760°C/1h.
*** BS EN and DIN minimum is 590MPa. There are no base material grades requiring such a high tensile
strength ASTM is 414-552MPa dependent on grade.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.1 16.8
hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
18°C.

15 5 <0.1 1.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 3
30
5CrMo Solid TIG and MIG wire for 5%Cr-0.5%Mo creep resisting steels
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG, alloyed with 5%Cr-0.5%Mo.

AWS A5.9 ER502 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.9
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo5Si
(wire wt %) min 0.03 0.40 0.30 -- -- 5.5 -- 0.50 --- --
max 0.10 0.70 0.50 0.020 0.020 6.0 0.3 0.65 0.3 0.03
typ 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.01 5.7 0.1 0.55 0.2 0.02
All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT: min. * TIG 745ºC/1h TIG 740ºC/2h
properties Tensile strength MPa 590 640 570
Reduction of area % -- 72 78
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 240 --
Hardness cap/mid HV10 -- 195/215 --
* Minimum values after PWHT 745ºC (730-760ºC) for 1h according to AWS A5.28 for ER80S-B6 and BS
EN 12070.

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
Current DC- DC+
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --

50 5 3 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
31

BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-5CM
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 4.00 0.45 -- --
max 0.10 1.20 0.50 0.030 0.030 6.00 0.65 0.3 0.40
typ 0.06 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 5 0.5 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 745°C/2h * min typical

* BS EN ISO requires 1 hour PWHT. AWS requires 2 hour PWHT.
2V higher.)
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 1.2mm diameter 15kg

20 8 < 0.5 1.5 1.5 <1 8 3.3
32
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
9CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Welding guidelines

9%Cr-1%Mo martensitic alloy for elevated Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 450HV)
temperature service. and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
martensitic 9CrMo microstructure, a preheat and
Materials to be welded minimum interpass temperature of 200°C shall be
plates: applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen induced
cracking. Properly controlled and handled electrodes
ASTM A387 grade 9 will provide weld metal with hydrogen <5ml/100g.
pipe/tube: For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a lower preheat
ASTM of 150°C may be acceptable.
A335 grade 9
A234 grade WP9 (fittings)
During welding, full transformation may not be
A199 grade T9
complete within a working range of 200-350°C, so
A213 grades T9
BS partial cooling to around 150°C is advised before
3604 grades CFS & HFS 629-470,
direct transfer to PWHT, followed by NDE. If
CFS & HFS 629-590
DIN PWHT will be applied after complete cool out and
X12CrMo 9 1 (1.7386)
NDE, the preheat temperature should be maintained
X7CrMo 9 1 (1.7388)
for some time, according to thickness, to promote
forgings: hydrogen dispersal. The latter precaution is less
ASTM A182 grade F9 significant for the TIG and solid wire MAG
A336 grade F9 processes.
cast: PWHT
ASTM A217 grade C12 PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in
BS 1504 grade 629 the range 705-780C (eg. BS2633 710-750C,
3100 grade B6 PD5500 740-780C, ASME B31.3 705-760C).
DIN GS-12CrMo 10 1 (1.7389) Minimum holding time recommended is two hours.
For castings the minimum suggested PWHT
Applications temperature is lower, with temperatures as low as
For elevated temperature service up to 600ºC, with 670C being specified.
reasonable degree of corrosion resistance in
superheated steam, hot hydrogen gas and high Products available
sulphur crude oils, where higher performance than
5%Cr-0.5%Mo steels is required. Process Product Specification
Used primarily for boiler superheater tubing, heat TIG/MIG 9CrMo AWS ER80S-B8
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil
FCW Cormet 9 AWS E81T1-B8
refineries and power plants.
Microstructure
tempered martensite and bainite.
Rev 09 03/12 33 DS: A-16 (pg 1 of 4)

CHROMET 9 9%Cr-1%Mo MMA electrode
Product description Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very

AWS A5.4 E505-15 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1M
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.90 --
max 0.10 1.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 10.0 0.40 1.20 0.3
typ 0.06 0.75 0.35 0.012 0.015 9 0.2 1 <0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B8 (<0.05% for E8015-B8L, made to order).
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT min * 740°C/2h 746°/3h

properties typical typical
Impact energy + 20°C J 34 90 130
0ºC J -- 50 --
-10ºC J -- 25 90
AWS PWHT is 732-760°C /1 hour. BS EN PWHT is 740-780°C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for
normal fabrication practice.
* ASTM base material minimum varies in the range 414-586MPa depending on grade.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 11.7 15.0 17.4 16.5
18°C.

15 5 <0.1 2.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 2
Rev 09 03/12 34 DS: A-16 (pg 2 of 4)

9CrMo TIG and MIG copper coated wire for 9%Cr-1%Mo
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

AWS A5.9 ER505 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.9
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo9
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.40 0.30 -- -- 8.5 -- 0.80 --
max 0.10 0.60 0.50 0.020 0.020 10.0 0.5 1.20 0.35
typ 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 9 0.1 0.9 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values after 745°C/1h: min TIG

Hardness cap/mid HV -- 225/230

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
Current DC- DC+

1.2 -- To order
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 To order --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):

50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 09 03/12 35 DS: A-16 (pg 3 of 4)


AWS A5.36 E81T1-C1PZ-B8 or E91T1-M21PZ-B8 (dependent on shielding gas)
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-9C1M
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 8.0 0.85 -- --
max 0.12 1.25 1.00 0.030 0.030 10.5 1.20 0.3 0.4
typ 0.06 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 1.0 0.05 0.3
All-weld mechanical PWHT 745°C/2h * min typical

* BS EN ISO-B requires 1 hour PWHT. AWS Requires 2 hour PWHT.
2V higher.)
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 1.2mm diameter 15kg

20 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
Rev 09 03/12 36 DS: A-16 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
P91 – MODIFIED 9CrMo Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type To ensure full martensite transformation, welds should be

cooled to ~100°C prior to PWHT.
Modified 9CrMo for high temperature creep resistance.
ASME base material codes and AWS consumable
Materials to be welded classifications allow PWHT down to 730°C, whilst BS EN
consumable classifications specify 750°C. Optimum
ASTM properties are obtained with a tempering parameter (P) of
A 213 T91 (seamless tubes) around 21 or above, where P = °C+273 (log t + 20) x 10 –3.
A 335 P91 (seamless pipes) Maximum PWHT temperature varies, AWS consumable
A 387 Gr 91 (plates) specifications are 760°C, BS EN 770°C; BS 1503 allows
A 182 / A336 F91 (forgings) up to 790°C for base material forgings.
A 217 C12A (castings) When compared with directly matching weld metal, the
A 234 WP91 addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides
A 369 FP91 a useful improvement in toughness after conveniently
DIN / BS EN short PWHT at 750–760°C. PWHT above 765°C is not
1.4903 (X10CrMoVNb 9 1) generally recommended for Ni-containing consumables,
BS because some re-hardening could occur due to the
1503 Gr91 proximity of Ac1. Some authorities specify weld metal Ni
3059-2 Gr91 + Mn < 1.5% to keep Ac1 high enough to allow higher
AFNOR PWHT temperature if required.
NF A-49213/A-49219 Gr TU Z 10 CDVNb 09-01
Applications Additional information
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type More detailed information on the products and properties
91’ 9CrMo steels modified with small additions of of P91 are available in the Technical Profile – "Welding
niobium, vanadium and nitrogen to give improved long Consumables for P91 Steels for the Power Generation
term creep properties. Industry" – available from the Technical Department.
These consumables are specifically intended for high
Products available
integrity structural service at elevated temperature so the
minor alloy additions responsible for its creep strength are Process Product Specification
kept above the minimum considered necessary to ensure
satisfactory performance. In this case, weldments will be MMA Chromet 9MV-N AWS E9015-B9
weakest in the softened (intercritical) HAZ region of Chromet 9MVN+ AWS E9015-B9
parent material, as indicated by so-called ‘type IV’ failure
Chromet 9-B9 AWS E9015-B9
in transverse weld creep tests.
Chromet 91VNB AWS E9015-B9
Modified 9CrMo steels are now widely used for
components such as headers, main steam piping and TIG 9CrMoV-N AWS ER90S-B9
turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating
MIG (MCW) Cormet M91 AWS E90C-B9
plants. They may also find future use in oil refineries and
coal liquefaction and gasification plants. SAW 9CrMoV-N (wire) AWS EB9
LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 2
Microstructure
LA492 (flux) BS EN SA CS 1
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of BS EN SF CS 2
L2N (flux)
tempered martensite with alloy carbides.
FCW Supercore F91 AWS E91T1-B9
PWHT
Minimum preheat temperature 150°C with maximum
interpass temperature of 300°C; in practice a preheat-
interpass range of 200–300°C is normal.
Rev 20 06/13 37 DS: A-17 (pg 1 of 7)

General Data for all Modified 9CrMo (P91) Electrodes
Description Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Operating parameters DC +ve. AC (OCV 70V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will
give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
CHROMET 9MV-N MMA electrode to AWS/BS EN with high Ni to maximise toughness

Product description MMA electrode – Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire with Ni addition and lower
Nb for improved toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Sn Ni+Mn

(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.20 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 <0.008 1.5
typ 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.01 9 0.7 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.003 1.3
* Low Ni variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical 550°C 600°C 650°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 620 770 >450 >375 >285
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 640 >360 >255 >175
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 17 19 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 60 >68 >75 >80
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 65 -- -- --
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 1.00 -- -- --
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 250 -- -- --
Hardness as-welded HV -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 17.4 16.5
Rev 20 06/13 38 DS: A-17 (pg 2 of 7)

CHROMET 9MVN+ MMA electrode to AWS/BS EN with high Ni to maximise toughness
Product description MMA electrode – Basic type made on matching core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved
toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A and AWS specifications.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Sn Ni+Mn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.20 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 <0.008 1.5
typ 0.1 0.7 0.25 0.008 0.01 9 0.7 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.003 1.3
* Low Ni variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 250
(1)
length mm 250 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.5 14.1 16.5
CHROMET 9-B9 MMA electrode meeting AWS/ASME

Product description MMA electrode – Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire manufactured to the
requirements of AWS A5.5 E9015-B9 and BS EN ISO 3580-B.
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1MV
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 0.2 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.12 0.75 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.4 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
typ 0.1 0.55 0.25 0.008 0.008 9 0.3 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 <0.01
* Ni + Mn ≤ 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 1.0%Ni. See
Chromet 9MV-N or Chromet 9MVN+ for variant with 0.4–1.0%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO
specification.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical 550°C 600°C 650°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 620 710 >450 >375 >285
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 590 >360 >255 >175
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 17 19 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 63 >68 >75 >80
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 75 -- -- --
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 1.10 -- -- --
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 240 -- -- --
Hardness as-welded HV -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0* 5.0
length mm 350 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 15/17.1 16.5
pieces/carton 657 399 264/249 150
* 450mm is standard length for 4.0mm, 350mm produced to order.
Rev 20 06/13 39 DS: A-17 (pg 3 of 7)

CHROMET 91VNB MMA electrode for root welding
Product description MMA electrode - Basic coated for root welding applications made on high purity steel core wire.

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.4 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.12 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 9.5 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
typ 0.1 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.008 8.5 0.5 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical

(1)
Operating parameters DC +ve, DC –ve or AC (OCV 70V min)
ø mm 2.5
min A 60
max A 110
Packaging data ø mm 2.5
length mm 350
kg/carton 13.5
pieces/carton 678
9CrMoV-N Solid wire for TIG and SAW

Product description Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG and SAW
Specifications TIG SAW

AWS A5.23 -- EB9
AWS A5.28 ER90S-B9 --
BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMo91 --
BS EN ISO 24598-A -- (S CrMo91)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 0.15 -- -- 8.5 0.40 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.13 0.80 0.50 0.010 0.010 9.5 0.80 1.10 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.10 0.04
typ 0.1 0.5 0.25 0.006 0.008 8.7 0.6 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.03 <0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 750 – 760°C / 2 – 3h min TIG SAW typical SAW typical
properties typical LA491 flux L2N flux
0.2% Proof stress MPa 415 675 630 630
Impact energy + 20°C J -- * 220 45 35
Hardness HV (mid) -- 265 250 250
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.
Rev 20 06/13 40 DS: A-17 (pg 4 of 7)

9CrMoV-N (continued) (continued)
Parameters TIG SAW MIG
LA492, LA491 or L2N 9CrMoV-N not recommended
Shielding Argon
flux for MIG, Cormet M91 or
Current DC- DC+ Supercore F91 should be
Typical parameters 2.4mm ø 100A, 12V 450A, 30V, 450mm/min used.
Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW MIG
0.7 / 5 / 15 kg
0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 --
spools to order.
Not recommended - see
1.6 5kg tube --
Supercore F91 or Cormet
2.0 5kg tube
M91.
2.4 5kg tube 25kg coil
Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5
CORMET M91 Metal cored wire for MIG welding

Product description Metal cored wire for MIG welding. High purity steel sheath with 96% metal recovery with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.28 E90C-B9
AWS A5.36 E90T15-M12PZ-B91
BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T15-0M-9C1MV
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.03 0.18 0.03 -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04
typ 0.1 1 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 0.3 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.03
* Ni + Mn ≤1.50
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min typical
properties Ar-2½%CO2 80/20 Ar-He-CO2
0.2% Proof stress MPa 565 650 650 650
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 30 25 35
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 0.30 0.28 0.45
Hardness HV -- 260 260 260
Parameters Operability is influenced by the type of shielding gas; higher CO2 levels, up to 20%, give
better arc characteristics but lower CO2 and O2 levels produce better impact properties. The
best compromise is considered to be obtained from Ar-2½%CO2 although if impact
properties are not a major concern, higher CO2 levels can be used to obtain optimum arc
characteristics.
ø mm Gas flow Optimum Stickout
1.2 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 260A 28V 10 – 20mm
1.6 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 330A 29V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. 15kg
spools.
60 5 < 0.5 5 <0.1 <0.1 5
Rev 20 06/13 41 DS: A-17 (pg 5 of 7)

SUPERCORE F91 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent modified 9CrMo steels (P91). Rutile flux system
with an alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.

BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al Ni+Mn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.02 0.15 0.02 -- -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04 1.50
typ 0.1 0.8 0.3 0.010 0.016 9 0.5 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01 1.30
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h (6h) min typical typical High Temperature
properties 760°C/2h 760°C/6h +566°C +600°C +650°C
Tensile strength MPa 690 790 750 450 420 396
0.2% Proof stress MPa 565 660 630 360 288 245
Elongation on 4d % 17 20 23 21 27 29
Elongation on 5d % 14 18 20 20 25 26
Reduction of area % -- 55 58 73 81 85
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 28 36 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 260 250 -- -- --
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
ø welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2mm (0.045in) Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
Fume data Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:

18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
Rev 20 06/13 42 DS: A-17 (pg 6 of 7)

LA492, LA491, L2N and
Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrMoV-N solidL2N
wire
Product description LA491 is an agglomerated fluoride-basic submerged arc welding flux. LA492 is an agglomerated calcium
silicate flux for submerged arc welding. L2N is a fused calcium silicate flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications LA491 LA492 L2N
BS EN ISO 14174 (flux) SA FB 255 AC SA CS 155 DC SF CS 2 DC
AWS A5.23 (flux wire combination) (F62PZ-EB9-B9) (F62PZ-EB9-B9) (F62PZ-EB9-B9)
Composition LA491 LA492 L2N
(flux wt %) SiO2 + Ti O2 15% 20% 30%
CaO + Mg O 40% 40% 35%
AlO3 + MnO 20% 20% 5%
CaF2 25% 20% 20%
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~2.7 ~2.2 ~1.3
Analysis deposit C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N
(typical) 9CrMoV-N Wire 0.10 0.6 0.30 0.005 0.005 8.8 0.6 1 0.06 0.20 0.05
Deposit with LA491 0.08 0.6 0.35 0.005 0.010 8.5 0.6 1 0.05 0.17 0.05
Deposit with LA492 0.08 0.5 0.30 0.005 0.012 8.3 0.6 1 0.05 0.16 0.05
Deposit with L2N 0.09 0.5 0.6 0.005 0.012 8.3 0.6 1 0.04 0.16 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 750–760°C / 2–3h min SAW typical SAW typical SAW typical
properties LA491 flux LA492 flux L2N flux
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 630 610 630
Impact energy + 20°C J --* 40 45 35
Hardness HV (mid) -- 250 230 250
* Minimum impact required by BS EN 12070: SCrMo91 is 47 J.
Parameters LA491, LA492 L2N
AC or DC+ 800A maximum AC or DC+ 900A maximum
Packaging data LA491 LA492 L2N
25kg sealed drums 22.5kg sealed drums Packaging: 20kg sealed drums
Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C. Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300–350°C/ 1– If flux becomes damp, rebake at 150-250°C/1–
2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical 2hours to restore to as-packed condition.
work, it is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml
H2/100g.
Rev 20 06/13 43 DS: A-17 (pg 7 of 7)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONSUMABLES FOR E911 CRMO STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

Modified 9CrMo type generically called E911, with a In the PWHT condition consists of tempered
nominal composition of 9%Cr-1%Mo-1%W+NbVN. martensite.
Welding guidelines
Preheat-interpass range for E911 is 200-300°C.
EN/DIN 1.4905 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 Before PWHT it is preferable to cool to 100°C or
1.4906 G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 (cast) lower to ensure full martensite transformation.
ASTM A182/A336 F911 (forgings)
A213 T911 (seamless tube)
PWHT
A234 WP911 (fittings)
A335 P911 (seamless pipe) PWHT requirements are essentially the same as for
A369 FP911 (forged pipe) P91, which requires PWHT in the range 730-780°C.
A387 Grade 911 (plate) Castings are often PWHT at temperatures towards
the bottom of this range but the time is proportionally
increased to ensure sufficient tempering. As a
Applications
general rule the tempering parameter (P), should be
Electrodes for the new European creep-resistant steel 21, or higher, to achieve adequate tempering.
E911, which is essentially the ASTM P91 type with
1%W added to increase creep strength for service up P = °C+273(20+logt) x 10-3 (t = time in hours)
to at least 600°C.
Suggested conditions are 12h at 730°C or 3h at
These consumables are mainly intended for castings, 760°C.
which have a slightly higher Cr level. Castings also
have up to 1%Ni to suppress retained ferrite; in Related alloy groups
wrought products nickel is limited to 0.4%. For
This alloy is closely related to the P91 alloy (data
microstructural control and to optimise toughness
sheet A-17) and P92 alloy (data sheet A-20). The
after PWHT, the weld metal has about 0.6%Ni
9CrWV TIG wire (A-20) can be used in conjunction
added.
with Chromet 10MW. Also see alloy 921 (data sheet
A-25).
Applications for E911 steels include components
such as headers, main steam piping, boiler tubes, Products available
turbine casings and steam valves in fossil fuelled
power generating plants. It may also find future Process Product Specification
use in oil refineries and coal liquefaction and MMA Chromet 10MW --
gasification plants. FCW Cormet 10MW --
Rev 09 03/12 44 DS: A-18 (pg 1 of 3)

CHROMET 10MW MMA electrode for E911 creep-resisting steel
Product description MMA electrode with a basic low hydrogen flux system made on high purity steel core wire. Electrode is all-
positional with a moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-G H4 (E9015-B9 modified)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.85 0.85 0.04 0.18 0.03 --
max 0.14 1.20 0.30 0.015 0.02 10.5 0.80 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.02
typ 0.11 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.010 9.5 0.5 1 1 0.05 0.22 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical Typical after PWHT: 730°C/12h

properties typical
Reduction of area % 62
Hardness HV 250
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 16.5 16.8
18°C.

15 5 <0.2 <3 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7
Rev 09 03/12 45 DS: A-18 (pg 2 of 3)

Cormet 10MW Metal cored wire for E911 creep-resisting steel
Product description Metal cored wire designed to weld equivalent E911 steels. Metal powder core with an alloyed strip
producing weld metal recovery of about 96%.
Specifications AWS A5.29 No current national standards.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
(wire wt %) Min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.9 0.9 0.04 0.18 0.03 -- -- --
Max 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.02 10.0 0.85 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.0015 0.04 0.1
Typ 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9.5 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.0005 0.01 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 755°C / 3h typical

properties Tensile strength 770
0.2% Proof stress 650
Elongation on 4d 11
Elongation on 5d 9
Reduction of area 20
Impact energy + 20°C 14
Hardness 260
Operating parameters Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min (operability is improved at higher CO2 contents but impact
properties are better with lower CO2 contents).
ø amp-volt range stickout
1.2mm
(0.045in)
260A, 28V 15-25mm
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Pb OES (mg/m3)

60 5 < 0.5 5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5.0
Rev 09 03/12 46 DS: A-18 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
12CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type conditions. Preheat of 400ºC with maximum

interpass temperature of 500ºC is specified by DIN
12%Cr creep resisting steel also with nominally
8575. These temperatures are above the austenite-
1%Mo-0.5%W-0.3%V. The matching base material
martensite transformation range (Ms-Mf about 350-
is generically called X20.
150ºC) and more recent procedures have benefited
from welding in the 200-350ºC preheat range to
Materials to be welded reduce grain-coarsening and promote some
AISI Type 422. tempering of partially transformed multipass weld
DIN X20CrMoV 12 1 (1.4935) metal.
G-X22CrMoV 12 1 (1.4931) cast.
BS 3604 grade 762. After welding, the joint must be cooled slowly to
120C (100-150ºC) and held for 1-2 hours, to allow
transformation before post-weld heat treatment. If
Applications immediate heat treatment is not possible, the
Chromet 12MV deposits high strength martensitic transformation step must be followed by a post-heat
weld metal of nominally 0.2%C-12%Cr-1%Mo of about 350ºC for 1-4 hours for hydrogen release,
modified with vanadium and tungsten. The alloying before cooling below 60ºC is allowed. In this
is balanced with a small addition of nickel to ensure a condition, the hard weld zone is potentially sensitive
fully martensitic microstructure. to stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and must be kept
dry, with minimum delay before PWHT.
12%CrMoV steels are used for critical heat and creep
resisting service up to at least 550ºC. The high PWHT
chromium level confers superior steam and fireside
corrosion performance compared with 2-9%CrMo For production welds typical PWHT is in the
creep-resisting steels. temperature range 730-770°C. Normally this would
be required for a minimum of three hours but will
Used in cast and wrought form for high pressure vary according to thickness, see appropriate
steam piping and headers, heat exchangers and application code for details.
turbine components, particularly in the power
generation industry and sometimes in Related alloy groups
petrochemical applications.
The newer P91 materials have replaced many of the
original applications for this alloy (data sheet A-17).
Microstructure
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of Products available
tempered martensite.
MMA Chromet 12MV BS EN E CrMoWV 12 B
Welding guidelines
TIG 12CrMoV BS EN W CrMoWV 12 Si
The room temperature hardness of as-deposited weld
metal exceeds 500HV over a wide range of cooling
Rev 03 03/12 47 DS: A-19 (pg 1 of 3)

CHROMET 12MV Basic all-positional MMA electrode for 12%Cr creep resisting steel
Product description Basic low hydrogen metal powder type made on high purity core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very
Specifications BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoWV12 B 3 2
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.15 0.40 -- -- -- 10.0 -- 0.80 0.40 0.20
max 0.22 1.30 0.80 0.025 0.025 12.0 0.8 1.20 0.60 0.40
typ 0.20 0.8 0.25 0.010 0.017 11 0.5 1 0.5 0.3
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760ºC / 3 hrs Room Elevated temperature

properties temperature 350°C 400°C 450°C
min * typical min typ min typ min typ
Tensile strength MPa 690 750 -- 590 -- 560 -- 520
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 550 370 450 355 420 325 410
Elongation on 4d % -- 24 -- 18 -- 20 -- 17
Elongation on 5d % 15 21 -- 16 -- 16 -- 14
Reduction of area % -- 55 -- 50 -- 48 -- 48
Impact energy + 20°C J 34 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
0ºC -- 33 -- -- -- -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 235 -- -- -- -- -- --
* Minimum requirements after PWHT of 740-780°C/2 hours.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.8 16.8 16.8
hydrogen <5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2<10ml/100g, 300 - 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2<5ml/100g. Maximum 420°
C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
18°C.

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 4 0.1 3 <0.2 0.1 0.1 16 1.7
Rev 03 03/12 48 DS: A-19 (pg 2 of 3)

12CrMoV Solid TIG wire for 12%Cr creep resisting steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG.
Specifications BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMoWV 12 Si
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V W
(wire wt %) min 0.17 0.40 0.20 -- -- 10.5 -- 0.80 0.20 0.35
max 0.24 1.00 0.60 0.020 0.025 12.0 0.80 1.20 0.40 0.80
typ 0.2 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.01 11 0.6 1 0.3 0.5
All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT 760ºC/2h: min typical

Operating parameters TIG

Shielding Argon
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4
Voltage 100A, 12V
Packaging data ø mm TIG

2.4 5kg tube
Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

55 4 8 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 5
Rev 03 03/12 49 DS: A-19 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
P92 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type PWHT

9%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and N for high Minimum preheat temperature 200°C with maximum
temperature creep resistance. interpass temperature of 350°C; in practice a preheat-
interpass range of 200 – 300°C is normal. To ensure full
Materials to be welded martensite transformation welds should be cooled to
~100°C prior to PWHT; up to 50mm wall thickness can be
ASTM cooled to room temperature whilst thick wall forgings or
A 213 T92 (seamless tubes) castings should not be cooled below ~80°C prior to
A 335 P92 (seamless pipes) PWHT.
A 387 Gr 92 (plates)
A 182 F92 (forgings) ASME base material codes allow PWHT down to 730°C
A 369 FP92 (forged & bored pipe) but for weld metals PWHT is normally carried out in the
range 750-770°C. Optimum properties are obtained with
EN PWHT at 760°C for 4 hours.
X10CrWMoVNb 9-2
When compared with directly matching weld metal, the
Applications addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent „type a useful improvement in toughness after PWHT.
92‟ 9%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium,
niobium, nitrogen and a small addition boron to give Additional information
improved long term creep properties. D Richardot, J C Vaillant, A Arbab, W Bendick: “The
T92/P92 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann Tubes, 2000.
They are specifically intended for high integrity structural
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy
Products available
additions responsible for its creep strength are kept above
the minimum considered necessary to ensure satisfactory Process Product Specification
performance. In practice, weldments will be weakest in
the softened (intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, MMA Chromet 92 --
as indicated by so-called „type IV‟ failure in transverse TIG 9CrWV --
weld creep tests.
SAW 9CrWV (wire) --
The rupture strength of P92 is up to 30% greater than P91, LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 255AC
and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for LA492 (flux) BS EN SA CS 155DC
components such as headers, main steam piping and
turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating FCW Supercore F92 E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4
plants.
Microstructure
Rev 05 03/12 50 DS: A-20 (pg 1 of 4)

CHROMET 92 MMA all-positional electrode for joining P92 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
typ 0.11 0.6 0.25 0.01 0.01 9 0.6 0.45 1.7 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2-4h min typical ----- High Temperature -----
properties +550°C +600°C +650°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440 630 419 320 229
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 15 19.5 19.5
Elongation on 5d % 16 19 14 18 18
Reduction of area % -- 50 64 73 80
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 60 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 230-260 -- -- --

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12 14.1 13.5 16.5
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will
give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
Rev 05 03/12 51 DS: A-20 (pg 2 of 4)

9CrWV Solid wire for TIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG and SAW welding.
Specifications None applicable.
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.015 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typ 0.11 0.7 0.30 0.01 0.01 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.06 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2 – 4h min TIG ----- High Temperature TIG -----
properties typical +550°C +600°C +650°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440 700 374 282 200
Elongation on 4d % 16 22 24.5 20.5 28
Elongation on 5d % -- 19 22.5 19 25.5
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 220 -- -- --
Hardness HV (mid) -- 265 -- -- --
Parameters TIG SAW MIG

Shielding Argon LA491/LA492 flux 9CrWV is not recommended
Diameter, mm 2.4 2.4 for MIG welding.
Current DC- DC+ Supercore F92 should be used.
Typical parameters 100A, 12V 450A, 30V, 450mm/min
Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW

Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5
LA491 & LA492 Flux

Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrWV solid wire
Product description Agglomerated basic submerged arc welding fluxes
Specifications LA491 BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB 255 AC
LA492 BS EN ISO 14174 SA CS 155 DC H5
Composition LA491: LA492:
(weld metal wt %) 15% SiO2 + Ti O2 20% SiO2
40% CaO + Mg O 40% MgO + CaO
20% AlO3 + MnO 20% Al2O3 + K2O
25% CaF2 20% CaF2
Basicity index ~2.7 (Boniszewski) Basicity index ~2.25 (Boniszewski)
Analysis deposit C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B
(typical) 9CrWV Wire 0.11 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 9.0 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.06 0.19 0.05 0.003
LA491 dep. 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.5 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.04 0.16 0.04 0.001
LA492 dep. 0.08 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.4 0.4 0.4 1.6 0.04 0.14 0.04 0.001
Rev 05 03/12 52 DS: A-20 (pg 3 of 4)

LA491 & LA492 Flux (continued) Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrWV solid wire
All-weld mechanical SAW & LA491 SAW & LA492
properties PWHT 760°C / 2 – 4h min typical typical
Hardness HV (mid) -- 250 225
Parameters AC or DC+ 800A maximum
Packaging data LA491: 25kg sealed drums LA492: 22.5kg sealed drums
Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300 – 350°C / 1 – 2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical
work, it is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.
SUPERCORE F92 All-positional flux cored wire

Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent P92 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip
producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.
Specifications AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-B92-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.5 0.30 0.30 1.5 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typ 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.04 0.2 0.04 0.003 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 4-6h typical --------------- High Temperature ------------
properties +550°C +600°C +650°C +700°C
Tensile strength 775 471 400 308 215
0.2% Proof stress 650 385 294 194 125
Elongation on 4d 21 18.5 25 26.5 25.5
Elongation on 5d 18 17 22.5 24.5 23.5
Reduction of area 50 68 77 81 86
Impact energy + 20°C 25 -- -- -- --
Hardness 260 -- -- -- --
1.2mm
(0.045in)
Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm

18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
Rev 05 03/12 53 DS: A-20 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
T23 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

2¼%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and B for high In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube can be
temperature creep resistance. welded without preheat; if preferred, and for thicker wall
sections, preheat of 150-200°C can be applied. Maximum
Materials to be welded interpass temperature should be kept to 350°C.
ASTM For many current applications T23 tube is put into service
A 213 T23 (seamless tubes) in the as-welded condition. During production of the tube
A 335 P23 (pipe) the typical tempering cycle applied is 760°C/30 minutes;
the ASME code case specifies a minimum tempering
BS EN temperature of 730°C for base material. When it has been
10216 X7CrWVMoNb9-6 (proposed) applied PWHT in the range 715-740˚C has been applied.

These consumables are designed to weld equivalent „type J C Vaillant, B Vandenberghe, C Zakine, J Gabrel, W
23‟ 2¼%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium, Bendick: “The T23/P23 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann
niobium, and a small boron addition to give improved long Tubes, 2006.
term creep properties. The Chromet 23L electrode is
specifically designed for as-welded applications but can
Products available
also be subject to PWHT; the flux cored wire will typically
be used on thicker wall pipe where it is envisaged that Process Product Specification
PWHT will be applied.
MMA Chromet 23L --
The consumables are intended for high integrity service at TIG 2CrWV --
elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions
SAW 2CrWV (wire) --
responsible for creep strength are kept within the parent
material range. LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 2
The rupture strength of T23 can be up to twice that of T22

and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for
components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical
boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of
bainite.
Rev 07 10/12 54 DS: A-21 (pg 1 of 3)

CHROMET 23L MMA all-positional electrode for joining T23 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on high purity, alloyed core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very
low weld metal hydrogen levels. Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to
whole electrode.
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 5B group 2, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.10 -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 -- 0.0005 -- --
max 0.10 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.80 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.03 0.0060 0.03 0.15
typ 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.01 0.01 2.2 0.6 0.2 1.6 0.03 0.23 0.02 0.001 <0.01 <0.05
All-weld mechanical typical typical

properties as-welded 715°C/1
Reduction of area % 50 60
Hardness HV 290-350 220-260
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180
length mm 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.8 16.2
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
2CrWV Solid T23 wire for TIG welding

Product description Solid wire, copper coated, for TIG welding.
Specifications None applicable.
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 5B group 2, QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No --
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V B Al Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 -- -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 0.0005 -- --
max 0.10 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.8 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.0060 0.03 0.25
Typ 0.06 0.6 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.003 <0.01 0.15
Rev 07 10/12 55 DS: A-21 (pg 2 of 3)

2CrWV (continued)
All-weld mechanical typical typical typical
properties as-welded 715°C/30min 740°C/2h
Reduction of area % 55 70 80
Impact energy + 20°C J 50 190 >250
Hardness HV (mid) 325 255 220
Parameters TIG
Shielding Argon
Diameter, mm 2.4
Current DC-
Typical parameters 100A, 12V

2.4 5kg tube
Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 <0.5 <0.5 1.2 5
LA491 FLUX Sub-arc flux

Product description Agglomerated fluoride-basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications DIN 32522 B FB 6 55455 AC 8

BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB 255 AC
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V Cu B
(typical wt%) 2CrWV wire 0.06 0.6 0.30 <0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.1 0.003
Deposit 0.05 0.6 0.35 <0.01 0.01 2.3 0.5 0.2 1.5 0.04 0.22 0.1 0.002
All-weld mechanical 740°C/2h

properties with Tensile strength MPa 645
2CrWV wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 570
Impact energy +20°C J 175
Hardness HV (mid) 245
Operating parameters Current: DC +ve ranges as below:

2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode LA491 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage
conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 3000-350°C/1-3h.
Rev 07 10/12 56 DS: A-21 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
T24 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

2¼%Cr steel alloyed with Mo, V, Nb, and B for high In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube
temperature creep resistance. can be welded without preheat; if preferred, and for
thicker wall sections, a preheat of 150-200°C can be
applied. Maximum interpass temperature should be
kept to 350°C.
BS EN 10216-2 X7CrMoVTiB10-10
ASTM A213 T24 For many current applications T24 tube is put into
service in the as-welded condition. During
Applications production of the tube the typical tempering cycle
applied is 750°C/30 minutes; the ASTM standard
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent specifies a minimum tempering temperature of
„type 24‟ 2¼%Cr steels modified with molybdenum, 730°C for base material.
vanadium, niobium, and a small boron addition to
give improved long term creep properties.
The consumables are intended for high integrity J Arndt, K Haarmann, G Kottmann, J C Vaillant:
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy “The T23/T24 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann
additions responsible for creep strength are kept close Tubes, 1998.
to the parent material range. One exception is Ti/Nb;
the T24 base material is alloyed with Ti but because
Products available
of the difficulties in achieving consistent transfer of
Ti in weld metals this is replaced with Nb. Process Product Specification
TIG/auto-TIG 24CrMoV --
The rupture strength of T24 can be up to twice that of
T22 and interest in its use is growing as a candidate SAW 24CrMoV (wire) --
for components such as waterwalls in ultra-super- LA424 (flux) BS EN S A AR
critical boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating
plants.
Microstructure
bainite.
Rev 03 03/12 57 DS: A-22 (pg 1 of 2)

24CrMoV Solid T24 low alloyed wire for TIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire for TIG and SAW. The cut TIG wire and sub-arc wire are copper coated; the spooled auto-TIG
wire is not copper coated.
Specifications None applicable
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.20 -- 0.80 0.02 0.20 --
max 0.11 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.60 0.40 1.20 0.08 0.30 0.25
typ 0.09 0.6 0.2 0.005 0.01 2.4 0.2 1.0 0.06 0.25 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values PWHT 760°C/2h TIG High Temperature (TIG)
400°C 500°C 600°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 670 550 510 415
0.2% Proof stress MPa 575 493 457 342
Elongation on 5d % 23 -- -- --
Reduction of area % 75 74 75 86
Impact energy +20°C J 250 -- -- --
Impact energy -20°C J 200 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV 220/215 -- -- --
Typical operating TIG SAW

parameters Shielding Argon LA424
Current DC- DC+
Parameters 120A, 14V *
* Main application would be for high speed fillet welds on waterwall, contact Technical Department for
information.
Packaging data ø mm TIG Auto-TIG * SAW

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 5kg tube -- 25kg/300kg
* Mini-spools available on request.
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
LA424 Sub-arc flux for high speed fillet welding

Product description LA424 is an agglomerated submerged arc welding flux. It is optimised for high speed single pass welding and
produces a good bead shape and wetting at high travel speeds. LA424 is suitable for AC/DC welding with
maximum current of 800A.
Specifications BS EN ISO 14174 (flux) S A AB1 76 AC H5 1-16
S A AR1 76 AC H5 1-16
Composition SiO2 + Ti O2 CaO + Mg O AlO3 + MnO CaF2
(flux wt %) 35% 5% 55% 5%
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~0.4
Rev 03 03/12 58 DS: A-22 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONSUMABLES FOR WB36 Website: www.metrode.com

WB36 is a NiMo base material with Cu and Nb The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
additions with good hot strength. Although depend on the thickness of the base material being
consumables of matching composition are not used welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures
compatible alternatives have been found to provide will be in the range 100-250°C depending on wall
the required properties. thickness.
PWHT
WB36 is tempered during manufacture in the
The consumables listed on this data sheet can be used temperature range 580-680°C, depending on
for a wide variety of applications (see also data specifications and requirements and following
sheets A-50, A-61 and A-64) but this data sheet welding PWHT is required for WB36. The PWHT
concentrates on the welding of: requirements will depend on a number of factors but
will normally be about 590±30°C.
DIN 15NiCuMoNb5
1.6368
BS EN 10216-2 15NiCuMoNb5-6-4
1.6368 There is a Technical Profile P36 and the related
BS 3604 Grade 591 welding consumables.
ASTM Code Case 2353
A182 F36, A213 T36 & A335 P36 For offshore oil well-head process pipework and
Proprietary WB36 (V+M) fittings, after PWHT these low nickel consumables
satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements (<1%Ni &
<22HRC) intended to ensure resistance to sulphide-
Applications induced stress corrosion cracking in sour service,
combined with good sub-zero toughness.
WB36 is a high temperature construction steel for
service up to 450°C; typical applications are below
Also find applications for the repair of medium
400°C designed on the basis of tensile rather than
strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief
creep properties. It is mainly used for feedwater
only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.
piping systems in place of standard carbon steels
(eg.A106 grade C) in conventional and nuclear power
stations. WB36 also finds applications for headers, Products available
manifolds and fittings in power stations.
MMA 1NiMo.B AWS E9018-G
Microstructure
TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
SAW SA1NiMo (wire) AWS EF3
consists of tempered ferrite/bainite.
LA436 (flux) BS EN SA AB 167
Rev 04 03/12 59 DS: A-23 (pg 1 of 4)

1NiMo.B All-positional NiMo low alloy steel MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

BS EN 757 E 55 4 1NiMo B 32
Approvals TÜV, DNV
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 -- --
max 0.07 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10 0.03
typ 0.06 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05 0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 590-620°C/1-2h: min typical High Temperature

properties 250°C 350°C 450°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 645 505 445 432
Elongation on 4d % 17 26 22 28 24
Elongation on 5d % -- 23 -- -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
18°C.
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 18 5
Rev 04 03/12 60 DS: A-23 (pg 2 of 4)

MnMo Solid MnMo low alloyed wire for TIG and MIG
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2

BS EN 440 (G4Mo)
BS 2901: Pt1 A31
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
typ 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values PWHT min * TIG MIG High Temperature (TIG)
properties 590-620°C/1-2h Ar + Ar + 250°C 350°C 450°C
5%CO2 20%CO2
Tensile strength MPa 550 640 725 605 650 665 585
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 530 625 490 525 490 460
Elongation on 4d % 17 32 28 25 24 27 25
Impact energy - 30°C J 27 200 >100 >100 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 235/210 235/220 220/205 -- -- --
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding
gas (higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2
which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.

parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 *
Current DC- DC+
Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas
*
mixtures also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 04 03/12 61 DS: A-23 (pg 3 of 4)

SA1NiMo Solid NiMo alloyed wire for SAW
Product description Solid copper coated wire for submerged arc welding. Nominal composition of 1%Ni-0.5%Mo capable of
achieving 90ksi (620MPa) tensile strength. Supplied to NACE MR0175 1.0%Ni maximum on request.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EF3

BS EN 756 S3Ni1Mo
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 10 (Nearest)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni * Mo Cr Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.30 0.05 -- -- 0.8 0.45 -- --
max 0.15 1.80 0.25 0.020 0.020 1.2 0.65 0.20 0.30
typ 0.11 1.75 0.2 0.005 0.01 0.9 0.55 0.05 0.1
* Ni supplied to 1.0% maximum (NACE MR0175) on request.
All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded & PWHT AW 590°C/2h

Impact energy +20°C J 90 140
Typical operating SAW

parameters Shielding LA436 flux
Current DC+
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 450A, 30V, 450mm/min

1.6 25kg coil
2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil To order
4.0 25kg coil
Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (SAW fume negligible)

50 10 <0.5 <0.5 <1.5 1.2 5
Rev 04 03/12 62 DS: A-23 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
C(F)B2 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Advanced 9CrMoV alloy with nominal composition Preheat and Interpass temperature range 200-300°C.
0.12%C-9.5%Cr-1.5%Mo-1%Co-0.25%V- Welding heat input should be kept below ~3kJ/mm.
0.05%Nb+B for high temperature creep resistance.
PWHT
Cooling to <100°C before PWHT is advisable to
For advanced creep resistant steel B2 developed in ensure full transformation to martensite. PWHT:
the European COST programme in forged (FB2) or 730°C/16-24h or preferably 760°C/~4h for Chromet
cast (CB2) forms, such as GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9- WB2 and 730°C/24h or preferably 760°C/~6h for
2-1. Supercore WB2
Applications Related alloy groups

COST alloy B2 was originally developed as a turbine Equivalent solid wire is not currently available;
rotor material and its outstanding creep performance nearest for compatible properties is 9CrWV (P92),
(above P91 and E911) has been confirmed with see data sheet A-20.
further optimisation. Applications of CB2 and FB2
use are growing as a candidate for components such Additional information
as turbine rotors, vales and casings, etc, in fossil
fuelled power generating plants. Zhuyao Zhang and Graham B Holloway “Welding
Consumables for Advanced Boron-Cobalt Alloyed
The weld metals deposited by Chromet WB2 9%Cr-Mo Creep Resisting Steels for Power
electrode and Supercore WB2 flux cored wire are Generation”, IIW Doc IX-2420-12, 2012.
designed to match the base material composition
quite closely for fabricating thick wall components Products available
used in the construction of power plants operating
with advanced steam parameters up to at least
600°C. MMA Chromet WB2 E9015-G H4
E91T1-G H4
Microstructure FCW Supercore WB2
E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4
In the PWHT condition, the microstructure consists of
Rev 07 02/13 63 DS: A-25 (pg 1 of 3)

CHROMET WB2 MMA all-positional electrode for C(F)B2 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B Co
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.005 0.80
max 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.015 1.20
typ 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.009 0.010 9.5 0.6 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.008 1.0
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 4h or equivalent min typical typical ----- High Temperature* -----
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 600 590 320 240 135
Elongation on 4d % 15 23 21 21 34 30
Elongation on 5d % 17 21 19 19 31 28
Impact energy +20°C J -- 40 40 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 230-260 230-260 -- -- --
*: After PWHT at 730°C/12h + 730°C/12h.

length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 14.1 13.5 16.5 16.5
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

min A 80 100 140 200
max A 140 180 240 300
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin
will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g.
Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no
limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
Rev 07 02/13 64 DS: A-25 (pg 2 of 3)

SUPERCORE WB2 All-positional flux cored wire for C(F)B2 creep resisting steel*
Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent C(F)B2 steels. Rutile flux system with an
alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.
Specifications AWS A5.29 E91T1-G H4

AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B Co
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.005 0.80
max 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.015 1.20
typ 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.007 0.017 9.5 0.7 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.008 1.0
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 4h or equivalent min typical typical ----- High Temperature* -----
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 690 670 360 230 144
Elongation on 4d % 15 19 20 15 19.5 47
Elongation on 5d % 17 18 18 14 18 43
Impact energy +20°C J -- 22 32 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 265 250 -- -- --
*: After PWHT at 730°C/12h + 730°C/12h.
1.2mm Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
(0.045in) Down hand 180-260A, 28-30V 210A, 30V 15-25mm
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and
prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene
wrappers.

18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
*: Previously Supercore F921
Rev 07 02/13 65 DS: A-25 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
1%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Also recommended where design requirements

specify toughness testing of higher strength low alloy
Low alloy steel alloyed with nominally 1%Ni for
steel welds down to –50°C eg. offshore
improved toughness. Actual Ni content is kept below
construction, pipelines and pressure vessels.
1% to ensure conformance with NACE MR0175.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
CMn steels with yield stress of 450MPa or where
ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
good toughness is required down to –50°C, such as:
optimum toughness.
ASTM A333 & A334 Grade 6.
A350 Grades LF2 & LF5.
Welding guidelines
A352 Grades LCB & LCC (cast).
API 5L X65. Preheat will dependent on the grade and thickness of
BS 4360 Grades 43E, 50E, 55C, 55EE, 55F. the base material.

For welding higher strength steel structures where The 2%Ni (data sheet A-41) and 3%Ni (data sheet A-
PWHT is impracticable so that welds must possess 42) are also designed for applications requiring low
an appropriate degree of toughness and crack temperature toughness.
resistance.
The addition of about 1%Ni promotes Products available

microstructural refinement, with improved tolerance Process Product Specification
to procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B AWS E8018-C3
metal. Nickel also increases atmospheric weathering
resistance and improves electrochemical balance TIG/MIG 1Ni AWS ER80S-Ni1
between weld and base metal, thus minimising FCW Metcore DWA55E AWS E71T-5
preferential weld area corrosion in marine
environments. For offshore oilfield sour service, a
maximum of 1.0%Ni is commonly required (NACE
MR0175).
Rev 08 03/12 66 DS: A-40 (pg 1 of 4)

TUFMET 1Ni.B 1%Ni MMA electrode for good low temperature toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder, type flux on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-C3 H4

BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 1Ni B 42
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N2 A U
Conforms with NACE MR0175
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Nb Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.80 -- -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 1.20 0.80 0.030 0.030 0.15 1.00* 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.3
typ 0.05 1 0.4 0.015 0.015 0.05 0.9 0.1 0.01 <0.05 0.05
* BS and AWS 1.10%Ni max.
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 550-680 610
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470-550 520
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 150
- 40°C J 47 120
- 50°C J -- 80
- 60°C J 47 65
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8 16.2
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during working shift of 8h.
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°
C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
18°C.
14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
Rev 08 03/12 67 DS: A-40 (pg 2 of 4)

1Ni 1%Ni wire for improved toughness
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-Ni1

BS EN 440 & BS EN ISO 636-A (G3Ni1 – MIG; W3Ni1 – TIG)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu V
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.80 0.40 -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.015 0.020 0.15 1.00 0.35 0.35 0.05
typ 0.10 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 0.05 0.9 0.02 0.2 0.01
* Most wire has a typical Mo of 0.02% but some batches will have typically 0.3% Mo.
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min * TIG MAG Ar + 5%CO2

properties Tensile strength MPa 550 550-650 571
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 460-510 475
Yield strength MPa -- 472 498
Impact energy - 50°C J 27 > 120 > 130
- 75°C J -- > 110 > 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 195/240 190/205
* Minimum as-welded properties according to AWS. All-weld tests show actual proof stress values close to
minimum or slightly lower, depending on process, shielding gas and Mo content (higher Mo wires produce
the higher typical strengths reported). However, note that yield point is typically 10-20MPa above the
0.2% proof stress, and in either case, exceeds 450MPa (65ksi).

Current DC- DC+
Voltage 120A, 14V 280A, 26V
* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 to order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.0 (not 3.2) 5kg tube --

55 6 < 0.1 0.5 < 0.1 1.2 5
Rev 08 03/12 68 DS: A-40 (pg 3 of 4)

METCORE DWA 55E Ni alloyed all-positional flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding
positions. The wire is alloyed with about 0.4%Ni and provides good as-welded ed toughness down to –40°C.
Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g.
Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.20 E71T-5 (MJ )*

AWS A5.36 E71T1-M21A2-CS1-H4
BS EN ISO 17632-A T42 4 P M 1 H5
BS EN ISO 17632-B T494T12-1MAP-H5
* Meets suffix M (Ar+20%CO2) and J (27J at –40°C) requirements. Note that the new classification E71T-
9MJ introduced in AWS A5.20-95 is strictly more appropriate.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.30 -- --
max 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
typ 0.05 1.1 0.5 0.01 0.02 < 0.1 0.35 < 0.1 0.02

properties As welded (PWHT with caution) min * as-welded 600°C/4h **
Impact energy - 40°C J 27 115 >27
* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-5MJ as-welded.
** PWHT has a detrimental effect on impact energy but all batches are impact tested after PWHT of
600°C/4h.
80%.

1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg

33 12 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.5 2 5
Rev 08 03/12 69 DS: A-40 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
2%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type patina as required for matching the characteristics of

weathering steels, and is an alternative to using
Nominally 2.5%Ni low alloy steels.
matching consumables (data sheet A-70).
Microstructure
CMn and low alloy steel plate, pipe, forgings and
castings used extensively for service at low
ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
temperature eg. LT50.
optimum toughness.
ASTM A203 Grade A & B plate.
A333 Grade 6 pipe. Welding guidelines
A350 Grade LF1 & LF2 forgings.
Preheat according to base material and thickness.
A352 Grade LC2 casting.
Although AWS consumable specifications require
BS 1501-224 Grade 490B plate.
PWHT many fabrications will be left as-welded. The
Also proprietary medium tensile steels eg. Hyplus 29 need for PWHT will generally be determined by
(Corus) and Corten weathering steel (Corus, US applicable design codes.
Steels).
Related alloy groups
Applications The 1%Ni low alloy consumables (data sheet A-40)
Fabrication of storage tanks, process plant and and 3%Ni types (data sheet A-42) are also designed
associated pipework where good fracture toughness for applications requiring low temperature toughness.
from as-welded joints is demanded down to
temperatures in the region of -60ºC. Products available
The addition of about 2.5%Ni improves Process Product Specification

microstructural refinement and tolerance to MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B AWS E8018-C1
procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld TIG/MIG 2Ni AWS ER80S-Ni2
metal. It also promotes the formation of a stable
Rev 04 03/12 70 DS: A-41 (pg 1 of 3)

TUFMET 2Ni.B 2.5%Ni MMA electrode for good low temperature toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-C1 H4

BS EN ISO 2560-A (E 46 6 2Ni B 42)
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N5 P U
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo Cu V Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.60 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.05 0.05
typ 0.05 0.75 0.3 0.015 0.010 2.4 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.01 <0.01
All-weld mechanical As welded or PWHT 605ºC/1h * min typical

properties Tensile strength MPa 550-680 ** 600
Impact energy - 60°C J 47 100
- 75ºC J -- *** 65
* BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after PWHT.
** Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
*** Typically >30J as-welded, meeting BS 2Ni.LB/AWS E7018-C1L properties.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 16.8
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g.. Maximum
Storage of redried electrodes at 100– 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5
Rev 04 03/12 71 DS: A-41 (pg 2 of 3)

2Ni Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-Ni2

BS EN 440 and BS EN ISO 636-A (G 2Ni2 - MIG: W 2Ni2 - TIG)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.8 0.40 -- -- 2.00 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.025 0.025 2.75 0.35
typ 0.08 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 2.5 0.10
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded (AW) and

PWHT 605ºC/1h: TIG MAG: Ar + 5%CO2 MAG: Ar + 20%C02
properties
min* AW PWHT AW PWHT AW PWHT
Tensile strength MPa 550 580 556 650 585 580 555
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 470 452 540 460 470 425
Elongation on 4d % 24 32 35 28 32 28 32
Impact energy - 60°C J 27 175 200 45 140 40 100
-101ºC J -- -- 34 -- 50 -- 30
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 220/190 185/220 240/230 195/185 220/195 185/175
* Minimum properties after PWHT 620ºC/1h according to AWS. Actual tests show conformance as-welded,
as required for most fabrications. Proof stress values below AWS are found after PWHT at 605ºC/1h (=typical
practice and PWHT for AWS E8018-C1/Tufmet 2Ni.B).
Note that superior as-welded toughness may be obtained with Metrode 1Ni.

Current DC- DC+
* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.
Less oxidising shielding gas such as Ar + 5%CO2 produced the best mechanical properties, see above.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 To order --

54 6 <0.1 1.5 <0.1 1.2 5
Rev 04 03/12 72 DS: A-41 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
TUFMET 3NiB Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Composition (weld metal wt %)

3.5%Ni alloyed steel electrode with basic flux, metal C Mn Si S P Ni
powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. min -- 0.30 -- -- -- 3.00
Recovery is approximately 120% with respect to core max 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.020 0.030 3.75
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture typ 0.05 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.015 3.3
resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen All-weld mechanical properties
levels.
As welded or PWHT 605°C/1h(1) min typical
Specifications Tensile strength MPa 560-680(2) 620
AWS A5.5 E8018-C2 H4
Elongation on 4d % 19 > 22
BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 3Ni B 42 Elongation on 5d % 20 25
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N7 P Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy -60°C J -- 100
ASME IX Qualification -75°C J 30 > 90
QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10. (1)
BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS
EN ISO-B after PWHT.
Materials to be welded (2)
Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
3.5%Ni alloyed steels specifically for service at cryogenic
temperatures down to –80°C. Parameters
DC +ve
Plate BS1501Grade 503 and A203 Grades D,E,F
Forgings BS1503 Grade 503 and ASTM A350 Grade
LF3 ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Castings BS1504 Grade 503 LT60 and ASTM A352 min A 70 80 100 140
Grade LC3 max A 110 140 180 240
Pipe ASTM A333 Grade 3
Packaging data
Applications ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Construction of cryogenic plant and associated pipework length mm 350 380 450 450
eg. petrochemical industry, demanding resistance to kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8 17.4
weld brittle fracture when operating at temperatures down pieces/carton 627 393 243 159
to -800C in the manufacture, storage and distribution of
Storage
volatile liquids and liquified gases.
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
As with Tufmet 2Ni.B, it can be used for welding C-Mn with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
and low alloy steels for critical applications demanding a hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
combination of strength and reliable toughness down to For electrodes that have been exposed:
temperatures in the region of -600C. Rebake 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
For applications specifying impact properties at -1000C, 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
the use of matching 3.5%Ni weld metal may be cycles, 10h total.
unacceptable because of its sensitivity to procedure, heat Storage of rebaked electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
input etc, which results in excessive scatter of the impact oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
properties. In this situation nickel-base filler metals are maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
usually recommended eg. Metrode 20.70.Nb TIG root, ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
with Nimrod AKS or 182KS fill and cap. For all-TIG lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
applications such as thin-wall pipework, Metrode 2Ni TIG
root followed by 20.70.Nb may be used, or 20.70.Nb Related alloy groups
throughout. There is no matching TIG wire for this electrode, Metrode
2Ni TIG wire is available which is suitable for root runs
Microstructure (data sheet A-41).
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic
with a component of acicular ferrite for optimum Fume data
toughness. Fume composition, wt % typical:
Welding guidelines
14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
Preheat and interpass temperature according to base
material thickness.
73
Rev 04 03/12 DS: A-42 (pg 1 of 1)
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
MnMo HIGH STRENGTH STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Low alloy steel consumables with MnMo additions In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
for welding high strength steels. consists of tempered bainite.

These consumables are used for a variety of ferritic The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
CMn and low alloy steels. depend on the base material being welded. Normally
preheat/interpass temperatures will be in the range
E9018-D1 is used for materials with a minimum 100-250°C.
tensile strength requirement of 620MPa (90ksi); eg.
PWHT
AISI 4130 (90ksi condition), ASTM A487 grades
2A, B & C (cast). The PWHT requirements will depend on a number of
factors including, base material, property
E10018-D2 is used for materials with a minimum requirements, need to conform to NACE etc.
tensile strength requirement of 690MPa (100ksi); eg. Temperatures will normally be about 620°C but
AISI 4130, 4140, 8630; BS970 grades 709M40 when welding 4130 using E10018-D2 temperatures
(En19); DIN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), 34CrMo4 (1.7220); up to about 645°C may be required to temper the
ASTM A487 grades 4A, 4B, 4D & 6A (cast). HAZ.
Applications Although MnMo wire is the nearest match to the
Fabrication of higher strength steels for use in the E9018-D1/E10018-D2 electrodes in terms of
stress relieved condition. composition when welding base materials requiring
high temperature or prolonged soak PWHT (eg.
For offshore oil well-head process pipework and 4130) it may not retain the required strength. In
fittings, these low nickel consumables satisfy NACE these circumstances the 1CrMo or 2CrMo wires may
MR0175 requirements intended to ensure resistance prove useful (data sheets A-12 and A-13). See also
to sulphide-induced stress corrosion cracking in sour alloy WB36 (data sheet A-23).
service, combined with good sub-zero toughness.
Products available
Also finds applications for the repair of medium
strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief Process Product Specification
only (rather than N+T) is to be applied. MMA E9018-D1 AWS E9018-D1
E10018-D2 AWS E10018-D2
TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
Rev 06 03/12 74 DS: A-50 (pg 1 of 4)

General Data for all MMA Electrodes
18°C.

16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5
E9018-D1 All-positional MnMo low alloy steel MMA electrode

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-D1 H4
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.25 -- -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
max 0.10 1.75 0.80 0.025 0.025 -- -- 0.45 --
typ 0.07 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.15 0.35 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 620°C/1h: min typical

- 50°C J 30 55
Hardness HV -- 210
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 15.9 16.8
Rev 06 03/12 75 DS: A-50 (pg 2 of 4)

E10018-D2 MnMo low alloy steel MMA electrode
Specifications AWS A5.5 E10018-D2 H4

BS EN 757 (E 624 MnMoB)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.07 1.65 0.20 -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
max 0.15 2.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 -- 0.9 0.45 --
typ 0.10 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.6 0.35 0.05
All-weld mechanical typical after PWHT: min 620°C/1h * 645°C/4h **

Impact energy 0°C J -- -- >100
- 40°C J 27 >27 >60
HRC -- -- <22
* PWHT according to AWS.
PWHT typically applied to weldments in alloy 4130 to meet <22HRC in HAZ for oilfield sour service
**
(NACE MR0175).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

min A 70 80 100 140 200
max A 110 140 180 240 300
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0

length mm 350 380 450 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.6 16.8 17.1 16.5
pieces/carton 633 351 243 159 105
Rev 06 03/12 76 DS: A-50 (pg 3 of 4)

MnMo Solid MnMo alloyed wire for TIG and MIG
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2

BS EN ISO 16834-B 4M31
BS EN 440 (G4Mo)
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
typ 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded TIG MAG MAG

properties (AW) & PWHT Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 20%CO2
min * AW 620°C/1 645°C/4 AW 620°C/1 AW 620°C/1
Tensile strength MPa 550 720 640 610 725 >635 625 605
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 610 530 530 625 >525 510 490
Elongation on 4d % 17 27 32 31 29 >25 28 25
-
Impact energy J 27 >80 >200 -- >100 -- >55 >100
30°C
-
J -- >50 >100 >130 >70 >110 -- --
45°C
Hardness HV -- 250 220 220 235 220 215 205
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding
gas (higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2
which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.
Maximum strength is found with Ar + 5%CO2, an economic procedure to obtain as-welded properties
equivalent to AWS ER100S-G (and the closest approximation to electrode E10018-D2).

Current DC- DC+
Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas
*

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
Rev 06 03/12 77 DS: A-50 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
HIGH STRENGTH Ni-Mo LOW ALLOY Website: www.metrode.com

A range of Mn-Ni-Mo low alloy consumables The microstructure of all the consumables is
covering tensile strength requirements from 620MPa predominantly ferrite; some will contain high
(90ksi) up to 825MPa (120ksi). Some are designed proportions of acicular ferrite for optimum as-welded
for as-welded applications whilst others are toughness (eg. Tufmet 1NiMo and Tufmet 3NiMo).
predominantly used following a stress relief PWHT.
Welding guidelines
Preheat according to base material and thickness,
These consumables are used for a variety of high although materials likely to be welded by the higher
strength steels. Depending on strength requirements, strength consumables will normally require 100°C
some examples are: minimum preheat.
Tufmet API 5A L80; BS 4360 grade 55F; With some HSLA steels interpass temperatures above
1NiMo RQT 601 (Corus); HY80; Navy 200°C may result in a reduction of strength and
Q1(N). toughness.
E11018-M Q1(N); HY80; RQT 701 (Corus);
PWHT generally dependent on base material and
QT445; NAXTRA 70; Hystal77.
Tufmet
application, the solid wire ER110S-G is not
HY80 & Q1(N);
3NiMo recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
possibly HY100 & Q2(N).
Further information can be found under each
individual product.
Applications
All the consumables are used for a range of high Related alloy groups
strength low alloy steels. The E11018-M and
The 1NiMo.B electrode (data sheet A-61) is used for
Tufmet 3NiMo electrodes in particular are used for
applications requiring maximum retained strength
military applications by the MoD and US Navy for
after extended PWHT.
construction and repair of naval craft and
submarines. The Tufmet 1NiMo was developed for The MnMo consumables (data sheet A-50) may be
the offshore industry where high strength and –50°C suitable for some of the same applications.
toughness is required in the as-welded condition.
Products available
All of the consumables also have applications for
general structural steel fabrications in HSLA steels, Process Product Specification
which may be used for cranes, earth moving MMA Tufmet 1NiMo AWS E9016-G
equipment, and other highly stressed structural
E11018-M AWS E11018-M
components.
Tufmet 3NiMo AWS E12016-G
TIG/MIG ER110S-G AWS ER110S-G
Rev 05 03/12 78 DS: A-60 (pg 1 of 5)


14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5
TUFMET 1NiMo All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Provides minimum strength of 620MPa (90ksi) in the
as-welded and stress-relieved condition.

Approval: Statoil R-SF-163
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo
(weld metal wt %) min 0.030 1.30 0.25 -- -- 0.6 --
max 0.075 1.80 0.60 0.02 0.02 1.0 0.3
typ 0.05 1.5 0.35 0.008 0.01 0.85 0.15
All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 600°C/4-8h
properties Tensile strength MPa 620-730 670 630
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550-660 600 525
Impact energy 0°C J -- -- 130
- 50°C J 60 >100 >100
Operating parameters AC (OCV: 60V min) or DC -ve

Operation on DC+ve is not as favourable as above,
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min A 60 80 100 140
max A 100 140 180 240

length mm 350 450 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.8
Rev 05 03/12 79 DS: A-60 (pg 2 of 5)

E11018-M All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic, metal powder type, flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Conforms to military electrode specification used for Q1(N) and HY80 type steels used in naval construction
by MoD and US Navy. Also suitable for similar high strength steels requiring a minimum strength of 760MPa
(110ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E11018-M H4
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.30 -- -- -- -- 1.50 0.25 --
max 0.10 1.80 0.60 0.030 0.030 0.40 2.50 0.50 0.05
typ 0.05 1.7 0.35 0.012 0.012 0.2 2.2 0.4 0.02
All-weld mechanical Typical as welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 620°C/2h
0.2% Proof stress MPa 680-760 730 760
Reduction of area % -- 65 --
- 50°C J 30 80 40
Lateral expansion - 50°C mm (mils) -- 0.9 (37) --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 16.2 16.8
Rev 05 03/12 80 DS: A-60 (pg 3 of 5)

TUFMET 3NiMo All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The electrode was specially designed for welding HY80 and Q1(N) castings which are N+T following
welding. Also suitable for other high strength steels requiring minimum tensile strength of about 820MPa
(120ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition; or yield strength up to about 800MPa in the as-welded
condition.

Approvals: MoD NES 769 for Q1(N) in Q+T condition.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
(weld metal wt %) min 0.02 0.8 -- -- -- 0.6 3.5 0.4
max 0.06 1.5 0.5 0.025 0.025 1.0 4.5 0.8
typ 0.045 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.8 4 0.5
All -weld mechanical Q+T

properties Stress relieved 900°C/1-6h WQ +
Typical values: min As-welded 600-620°C/1h 635-650°C/1-6h WQ
Tensile strength MPa 830 950 920 710-770
0.2% Proof stress MPa 740 870 870 590-660
Elongation on 4d % 14 20 22 --
Elongation on 5d % -- 18 20 20-25
Reduction of area % -- 55 58 65-70
Impact energy 0°C J -- 65 -- --
- 50°C J -- 45 30 65-135
CTOD - 5°C mm -- -- -- >0.46
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 17.7 16.5
Rev 05 03/12 81 DS: A-60 (pg 4 of 5)

ER110S-G High strength solid TIG and MIG wire
Product description Solid copper wire for TIG and MIG welding of Q+T steels requiring as-welded tensile strength up to about
760MPa (110ksi). It is not recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER110S-G (Classified on the basis of mechanical properties in the as-welded
condition)
BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1CrMo)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.05 1.4 0.4 -- -- 0.2 1.2 0.2 0.04 --
max 0.12 1.8 0.8 0.020 0.020 0.4 1.8 0.4 0.13 0.25
typ 0.1 1.6 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.3 1.4 0.3 0.09 0.1
All-weld mechanical MAG MAG

properties Typical values as welded min TIG Ar+5%CO2 Ar+20%CO2
0.2% Proof stress MPa 660 870 740 660
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 120 60 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 300 280 255
* Minimum values for AWS ER110S-G MAG welds are typically obtained with low CO2 content
shielding gases; more oxidising gases give AWS ER100S-G properties, as shown above.

Current DC- DC+
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas

1.0 -- 20kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 20kg spool
2.4 5kg tube --

50 10 1 0.4 <1.5 1.2 5
Rev 05 03/12 82 DS: A-60 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
1NiMo.B Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Composition (weld metal wt %)

MMA electrode with low hydrogen basic flux coating on C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 --
coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. max 0.07 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10
typ 0.06 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05
Recovery is about 120% with respect to the core wire,
65% with respect to whole electrode. All-weld mechanical properties
PWHT 610-650°C/1-6h min typical
Specifications Tensile strength MPa 620-780* 640-700
AWS A5.5 0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 ** 540-630
E9018-G H4
Elongation on 4d % 17 24-30
BS EN 757 E 55 4 1NiMo B 32 Elongation on 5d % -- 21-26
Approvals TÜV, DNV Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 75-110
ASME IX Qualification - 40°C J -- 60
- 60°C J -- 45
QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10. Hardness HV -- 220
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
Materials to be welded ** Meets 550MPa minimum (DIN) according to yield
ASTM A302 grades C &D. point.
A508 class 1, 1A, 2 & 3. Parameters
A533 grades A-D, class 1 & 2.
DC +ve or
AISI 4130 and similar alloys. AC (OCV: 70V min)
BS 1501 grades 271 & 281. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
3604 grades HFS 591 & CFS 591. min A 70 80 100 140
DIN 15NiCuMoNb5 (1.6368). max A 110 140 180 240
Applications Packaging data

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Designed for welding low alloy steels used for pressure
vessels (often thick wall) and other applications where length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
high strength must be maintained after extended, or
multiple, PWHT cycles. These steels may also be used at
modest elevated temperature and tests have shown
typically 15% reduction in tensile strength at +300°C Storage
compared to the room temperature values for 1NiMo.B 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
weld metal. with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
It is also used for welding type 4130, and other high hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
strength steels, requiring good sub-zero toughness for For electrodes that have been exposed:
oilfield and well-head equipment. In comparison with Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
the MnMo types (data sheet A-50) 1NiMo.B has improved 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
resistance to softening at high tempering parameters. cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
Microstructure oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
tempered high strength ferrite. lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
Fume data
Welding guidelines
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Preheat and PWHT requirements dependent on base
material. Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 18 5
Rev 02 03/12 83 DS: A-61 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
LOW ALLOY Ni-Cu CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com
FOR WEATHERING STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Low alloy steel with Ni-Cu-Cr additions for welding Preheat according to joint thickness and restraint.
weathering steels. Normally left in the as-welded condition so no
PWHT required.
ASTM A588 Grades A, B, C, K.
A242 Types 1, 2.
DIN 1.8960, 1.8961, 1.8963. The Chromet 1L electrode (data sheet A-12) may be
BS 4360 Grades WR50A, WR50B, WR50C. preferred for welding vanadium treated Corten B1
Proprietary Corten A, B1 (Corus and US Steel) steel intended for non-critical elevated temperature
applications eg. chimney stacks.
Applications
Mainly used for weathering steels containing a Related alloy groups
similar controlled copper addition and claimed to The 2%Ni consumables (data sheet A-41) provide
offer a three-fold improvement in corrosion comparable weathering resistance and are also
resistance and a more stable patina compared with compatible with the weathering steels.
plain CMn steel.
Applications include architectural structures, Products available
bridges and exhaust gas flues, chimneys.
This weld metal also resists preferential corrosion in
MMA 1NiCu.B AWS E8018-W2
seawater, particularly in arctic waters high in oxygen
and salinity, and has applications for welding micro- TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W AWS ER80S-G
alloyed and CMn steels in ice-breaker vessels and SAW flux LA436 BS EN SA AB 1
off-shore structures.
Microstructure
ferritic with a high proportion of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.
Rev 04 03/12 84 DS: A-70 (pg 1 of 3)

1NiCu.B MMA electrode for welding Corten type weathering steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Moisture
resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-W2 H4

BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-NCC1 A
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No (not allocated)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.50 0.35 -- -- 0.45 0.40 -- 0.30
max 0.12 1.30 0.80 0.02 0.03 0.70 0.80 -- 0.75
typ 0.06 1 0.6 0.01 0.015 0.6 0.6 0.02 0.5

properties Tensile strength MPa 550-720 * 610
-20ºC J 27 100
-40ºC J -- 70
-60ºC J -- 40
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 16.5
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or 50-150ºC in heated quivers:: no limit, but
lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
14 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.1 18 5
Rev 04 03/12 85 DS: A-70 (pg 2 of 3)

ER80S-W Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW of Corten weathering steels
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.

BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1Cu)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No Not allocated
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.5 -- -- -- 0.6 0.2
max 0.12 1.6 1.0 0.025 0.025 0.4 1.2 0.6
typ 0.09 1.4 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.8 0.4
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min. Ar-20%CO2

Yield stress MPa -- 525
Reduction of Area % -- 62
- 50ºC J -- 75
Hardness mid/cap HV -- 190/245
Typical operating TIG MIG SAW

parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 LA436
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.5mm
Parameters 120A, 14V 280A,26V 350A, 28V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW

1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 5kg tube -- --
2.4 5kg tube -- --
2.5 -- -- 25kg coil

52 8 0.2 0.5 < 0.5 1.6 5
Rev 04 03/12 86 DS: A-70 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
RAILROD Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Good surface profile underneath the weld root area will
maximise fatigue resistance of the joint. Initial support
MMA electrode for rail welding utilising basic low
for depositing the root can utilise a copper backing plate
hydrogen flux coating with low moisture absorption
or wire-reinforced window glass. Before and during
characteristics. Recovery is about 110% with respect to
welding it is important to use a sufficient preheat-
core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
interpass range, and to retard cooling.
Specifications
Composition (weld metal wt %)
None strictly applicable, nearest AWS E12016-G and
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
nearest BS EN E69 Z Z B. min 0.06 0.7 0.2 -- -- 2.0 -- --
max 0.12 1.5 0.8 0.020 0.025 2.6 0.5 0.5
ASME IX Qualification typ 0.09 1 0.5 0.008 0.012 2.3 0.2 0.2
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
Materials to be welded As welded typical
Rail steels with up to 0.8% carbon and nominal tensile Tensile strength MPa 900
strength of > 700 MPa. Elongation on 4d % 17
Impact energy * + 20°C J 18-48
Applications 0°C J 14-43
This electrode is especially designed for the butt Hardness HV 280
welding of rails with square preparation. It can also be * For comparison, typical thermit rail weld: 8J @ 20°C, 5J @
0°C.
used for welding similar cross-sections such as bars,
thick plates, flanges, etc. The electrode is specially Parameters
designed to enable good fusion to the side walls to take
DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
place without excessive slag interference.
Weld metal has good resistance to collapse under
ø mm 3.2 5.0 6.0
compression by rolling loads. min A 100 200 240
Applications include rails for rolling stock and crane max A 160 280 360
rails in dockyards, mines, steelworks and
petrochemical plants. Packaging data
ø mm 3.2 * 5.0 6.0 *
Note that this technique has not been generally accepted length mm 380 450 450
as an alternative to the thermit process for in-situ kg/carton 15.0 17.7 18.3 * supplied to order
welding of passenger track. pieces/carton 447 183 135
Microstructure Storage
Mainly auto-tempered bainitic ferrite. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
Welding guidelines hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
Preheat typically 200°C for >0.5%C rail steel,
Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
increasing to 300°C for >0.7%C rail steel. It is
350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
important to maintain these minimum temperatures cycles, 10h total.
during welding. Maximum suggested interpass Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
temperature 400oC. Slow cool under insulation after oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
welding. maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
This electrode is normally used in the downhand (flat) ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
position with a slag-over-slag technique. Rail ends are lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
square butt welded by setting 15-20mm apart with a
Fume data
prepared 4-6mm thick steel insert at the weld root, then
copper shims are stacked to form an enclosure for the Fume composition, wt % typical:
weld pool whilst allowing excess slag to run free. Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.2 0.8 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
Rev 01 03/12 87 DS: A-80 (pg 1 of 1)

SECTION B
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com STAINLESS STEELS
Martensitic stainless steel consumables

Stainless steels begin with about 12%Cr, leading to a series of plain chromium steels with up to 28%Cr. At
0.1%C the leanest alloy type 410 is just martensitic, but transformation hardening is suppressed by increasing
chromium in types 430 and 446, which are essentially ferritic. Unfortunately, chromium also progressively raises
the ductile-to-brittle transition temperature and restricts mechanical properties. However, this is controlled by
adding some nickel to form the basis of 12-17%Cr martensitics with greatly improved properties, or 20-26%Cr
duplex alloys (eg. data sheets B-60 to B-63).
This section deals with consumables giving compositions and properties close to those of the more common
martensitic stainless base materials. All are low hydrogen types and most have rutile flux coverings for use in
the flat and H-V positions, since welds are more common in plate, forgings and castings than fixed pipework. Post
Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) is mandatory, particularly for tempering the weld and HAZ of martensitic types.
Procedural guidelines are given on relevant data sheets.
Excluding specialised proprietary creep-resistant 'super 12%Cr' martensitic stainless steels, the most common
types can be broadly sub-divided into 3 groups: plain chromium (410, 420), chromium-nickel soft-martensitic
(CA6NM or 410NiMo), and precipitation hardening (FV520, 17-4PH or 630). Raising carbon in 410 makes a
much harder martensitic cutlery or tool steel type 420. Combining 0.15% carbon with 2% nickel turns ferritic 430
into a much stronger and tougher hybrid 431. Replacing carbon with more nickel in alloys of up to 17%Cr gives
tougher and more ductile 'soft' martensitic steels with better weldability. The new supermartensitics are an
improved extension of this group, which are currently welded using superduplex consumables.
Further additions of copper and other alloying enables these standard and proprietary alloys to be precipitation
hardened during heat treatment, making them the strongest of all stainless steels with useful ductility and
toughness. Unfortunately, as alloying is raised for strength or corrosion resistance, the as-cooled weld and HAZ
may not fully transform to martensite without special PWHT. Not far beyond this limit lie austenitic stainless steels
(data sheets B-30 to B-35).
Compared with austenitic stainless steels, procedures for martensitics are complicated by the need for hydrogen
cracking control (particularly in thicker sections), and the need for PWHT which is most inconvenient for
precipitation hardening types. To overcome the need for PWHT of precipitation hardening types, two simplified
alternatives are suggested with some compromise in strength: use a leaner type 410NiMo with single PWHT, or
duplex type (data sheet B-60, B-61 or B-62) and no PWHT. If required, the toughness of matching welds in alloy
410 can be improved with a special 13%Cr-1.5%Ni variant, which might also be considered for alloy 431. Again, a
dissimilar type such as 309L (data sheet B-50) could be used without PWHT under some conditions.
Ferritic stainless steels are also produced with 12%Cr by lowering carbon and adding Al (alloy 405) or Ti (409).
Hybrid utility ferritics with controlled martensite (such as Cromweld 3CR12) have emerged more recently; a
dissimilar type 309L with no PWHT is usual for these. A specialised group of high purity 18-26% Cr+Mo
superferritics are ideally welded with matching TIG filler, but rarely encountered. The remaining heat-resistant
plain 17-28%Cr ferritics are welded with matching consumables and preferably given PWHT. Better as-welded
properties are obtained using a 25%Cr-5%Ni electrode, particularly for the bulk of heavier welds.
The lower strength and non-hardenability of ferritics makes them less prone but not immune to hydrogen cracking.
With increasing chromium, ambient sensitivity to brittle cracking increases at notches or stress concentrations, so
preheat is often advised for alloys with 17%Cr or more. Grain growth in the HAZ is also a limiting feature of
weldment properties particularly ductility and toughness. The possibility of hot cracking in these and martensitic
weld metals is poorly documented and in practice does not occur with the low impurity levels typically present.
Rev 06 03/12 88 DS: B-01 (pg 1 of 6)

Data Specifications
13.RMP E410-26 E 13 R
MMA
B-10 410 13.1.BMP (E410-15) DIN: E 13 1 MPB
TIG/MIG 12Cr ER410 13
13.4.Mo.L.R E410NiMo-26 E 13 4 R
MMA
13.4.Mo.L.B E410NiMo-25 E 13 4 B
B-11 410NiMo
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo ER410NiMo 13 4
FCW Supercore 410NiMo E410NiMoT1-1/4 T 13 4 P
FV520-1 -- --
MMA
17.4.Cu.R (E630-16) --
17.4.PH/
B-12 FV520-B -- --
FV520 TIG
17-4PH ER630 --
MCW Metcore FV520 -- --
Standard austenitic stainless steel consumables

The stainless steels in most widespread use are standard austenitic types. They combine general ease of
fabrication with useful properties over a wide range of temperatures. Low carbon and other grades, effectively
immune to HAZ corrosion (once known as weld decay), are produced economically by continuous casting, a
process which relies on a particular solidification mode that also guarantees welds their resistance to hot cracking.
Consumables in this section are intended to match austenitic stainless steels, and some are modified for special
service properties. The majority of electrodes have rutile or acid-rutile flux coverings for ease of use, although
improved basic types are gaining popularity for fixed pipework. Many types have family variants optimised for
particular user requirements: Supermet for downhand and HV welds, Ultramet (rutile) for all-positional welding,
Ultramet P (rutile) and Ultramet B (basic) types for pipewelding, Vertamet for higher speed vertical-down
welding, and Supercore for flux cored wires.
For normal service below about 400°C, it is common to weld low carbon 304L with 308L consumables, and Ti-
stabilised 321 or unstabilised 304 with Nb-stabilised 347, although either is suitable for any combination of these
19%Cr-9%Ni alloys. Similarly, 19%Cr-12%Ni-2.5%Mo type 316L can be used instead of 318 (Nb-stabilised 316)
for 316 and 316Ti as well as parent 316L. Above about 400°C 'H' grades are usual, and these high temperature
weld metals with >0.04% carbon for strength and stability are covered in Section C. For cryogenic service, see
below.
Austenitics are not thermally hardenable and in practice are annealed by quenching. Hydrogen is soluble in
austenite and does not cause weld cracking. Preheat is not needed or desirable except possibly to eliminate
condensation. Interpass and heat input control is usually more important in thinner sections to minimise
distortion, since austenitics have lower thermal conductivity and higher expansion rates than lower alloy steels.
PWHT is rarely applied, although solution treatment may be specified in procedures for upgrading castings.
Two interrelated issues have generated voluminous literature in connection with welding austenitics: ferrite and
hot cracking. Only a summary is possible here. Fully austenitic weld metal is potentially sensitive to solidification
cracking during deposition as well as microfissuring in reheated beads of multipass welds. Its prevention is helped
by low heat input, controlling impurities and silicon content and raising manganese (low silica rutile or basic fluxes
are more suitable than acid rutile types here). However, when composition balance promotes some weld metal
ferrite, and in particular when ferrite is the leading phase formed during solidification, abrupt resistance to cracking
occurs - even in contaminated welds. The benefit of ferrite in weld deposits (typically 3-10FN in standard types)
has been known for decades and is routinely measured and controlled in electrode production. Alternatively, to
predict ferrite from composition, Schaeffler (later Espy), DeLong and latest WRC diagrams progressively
improve in accuracy. However, the deeper significance of a primary ferritic solidification mode is shown in the
Suutala diagram: above a Cr/Ni equivalent ratio of 1.5, few welds crack. The new WRC diagram shows this
boundary. Since the same principle applies to parent material, the likelihood of cracking in autogenous or diluted
welds can be checked - including those in free-machining grades with high sulphur or selenium.
Rev 06 03/12 89 DS: B-01 (pg 2 of 6)

An arbitrary ferrite limit of 8-12FN is common, although ASME III (nuclear code) permits up to 18FN and castings
often exceed it to raise stress-corrosion resistance. However, for service down to –130°C, a maximum of about
8FN is desirable, or less than 5FN at –196C. Fully austenitic welds are therefore toughest, but 308L and 316L
consumables are available with 2-5FN controlled ferrite (suffix CF on data sheets B-37 & B-38) which meet the
usual criterion of >0.38mm (15 mils) Charpy lateral expansion. Ferrite is also limited for two other service
conditions. For high temperature service (300H products in Section C) control of ferrite, carbon and total
alloying minimises formation of brittle intermetallic phases. To resist nitric acid or the Huey test, molybdenum-
bearing weld metal such as 316L must contain no ferrite (suffix NF), because unlike 308L it is preferentially
attacked. Modified fully austenitic 316L (data sheet B-33) is also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic
properties.
Data Specifications
Supermet 308L E308L-17 E 19 9 L R
Ultramet 308L E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
MMA
Ultramet 308LP E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
Ultramet B308L E308L-15 E 19 9 L B
TIG 308S92 ER308L W 19 9 L
B-30 308L
MIG Supermig 308LSi ER308LSi G 19 9 L Si
SAW 308S92 ER308L S 19 9 L
Supercore 308L E308LT0-1/4 T 19 9 L R
FCW Supercore 308LP E308LT1-1/4 T 19 9 L P
Superoot 308L R308LT1-5 TS308L-R I1
Ultramet 347 E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R
MMA
Ultramet B347 E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B
B-31 347
TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 ER347 19 9 Nb
FCW Supercore 347 E347T0-1/4 T 19 9 Nb R
Supermet 316L E316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R
Ultramet 316L E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
MMA
Ultramet 316LP E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
Ultramet B316L E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B
TIG 316S92 ER316L W 19 12 3 L
B-32 316L
MIG Supermig 316LSi ER316LSi G 19 12 3 L Si
SAW 316S92 ER316L S 19 12 3 L
Supercore 316L E316LT0-1/4 T 19 12 3 L R
FCW Supercore 316LP E316LT1-1/4 T 19 12 3 L P
Superoot 316L R316LT1-5 TS316L-R I1
Ultramet 316NF (E316LMn-16) E 18 15 3 L R
MMA
Ultramet B316NF (E316LMn-15) E 18 15 3 L B
B-33 316NF
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF ER316LMn 20 16 3 Mn L
FCW Supercore 316NF (E316LT0-4) (T 18 16 5 NL R)
MMA Supermet 318 E318-17 E 19 12 3Nb R
B-34 318
TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 ER318 19 12 3 Nb
MMA Ultramet 317L E317L-16 E 19 13 4NL R
B-35 317L TIG/MIG ER317L ER317L 19 13 4 L
FCW Supercore 317LP E317LT1-1/4 T 19 13 4 N L P
Ultramet 308LCF E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
MMA
Ultramet B308LCF E308L-15 E 19 9 L B
B-37 308LCF
TIG/SAW ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L
FCW Supercore 308LCF E308LT1-1/4J T 19 9 L P
Ultramet 316LCF E316L-16 --
MMA
Ultramet B316LCF E316L-15 --
B-38 316LCF
TIG/SAW ER316LCF ER316L --
FCW Supercore 316LCF E316LT1-1/4J TS316L-FB1
Rev 06 03/12 90 DS: B-01 (pg 3 of 6)

309L and 309Mo consumables for dissimilar welding
There are three basic variants of 23%Cr-12%Ni type 309 consumables: unstabilised, Nb-stabilised and Mo-
bearing. All are typically low carbon (< 0.04%C) with ferrite above 10FN and they are essentially over-alloyed
versions of standard austenitic consumables 308L, 347 and 316L respectively. The original purpose of this over-
alloying was to compensate for the effect of dilution when used as the first buffer layer in welding stainless-clad
mild steel, for which they are still used. Choice of the appropriate variant is logically related to the alloy required
for subsequent and finishing layers.
However, as a consequence of their versatility, types 309L and 309Mo have also become two of the most widely
used consumables for dissimilar metal welds. A 309L type is most appropriate where one side of a joint is a
stainless steel and the other side mild or low alloy steel. The 12%Cr utility ferritics are also usually welded with
this type. Consumables of type 309Mo have considerably greater tolerance to dilution conferred by a higher ferrite
content and for many applications they compete effectively with type 312 (data sheet E-22).
Nb-stabilised type 309Nb should be used more cautiously because the presence of niobium can make this weld
metal more prone to hot cracking than the others if dilution conditions lead to a microstructure without ferrite. As
a result of the embrittlement of ferrite, PWHT is avoided for 309L types unless some reduction of ductility or
toughness is acceptable. In conjunction with higher carbon base materials, PWHT can also intensify carbide
precipitation at the fusion boundary. Again, there are reasons to suspect that the presence of Nb may exaggerate
this effect.
For the above and other reasons, 309L types are not used in weldments for service at temperatures above about
300°C, or lower than about –50°C. In these cases, nickel-base weld metal is used (see data sheets D-10 and D-
11). A specially controlled type (suffix CF) is available to match as closely as possible the heat-resisting parent
alloy type 309 (data sheet C-21). Also see the 308Mo (armour welding), 307 and 312 types in Section E for
general purpose dissimilar welding applications.
Data Specifications
Supermet 309L E309L-17 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet 309L E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
MMA
Ultramet 309LP E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet B309L E309L-15 E 23 12 L B
B-50 309L TIG 309S92 ER309L W 23 12 L
MIG Supermig 309LSi ER309LSi G 23 12 L Si
SAW 309S92 ER309L S 23 12 L
Supercore 309L E309LT0-1/4 T 23 12 L R
FCW
Supercore 309LP E309LT1-1/4 T 23 12 L P
Supermet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
MMA Ultramet B309Mo E309LMo-15 E 23 12 2 L B
Vertamet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
B-51 309Mo
TIG/MIG/SAW ER309Mo (ER309Mo) 23 12 2 L
Supercore 309Mo E309LMoT0-1/4 T 23 12 2 L R
FCW
Supercore 309MoP E309LMoT1-1/4 T 23 12 2 L P
B-53 309Nb MMA Ultramet 309Nb E309Cb-16 BS: 23.12.Nb.R
Rev 06 03/12 91 DS: B-01 (pg 4 of 6)

Superaustenitic stainless steel consumables
Lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steel consumables
Although duplex and superaustenitic stainless steels are distinct alloy groups, they are both designed to resist
severe corrosion and in some cases compete with each other. The duplex types have considerably higher
strength. All have greatly increased resistance to stress-corrosion compared with the standard austenitics. High
resistance to general corrosion and especially pitting in high chloride media is obtained with increased levels of
chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen.
Duplex types are sub-divided into three groups based on their typical pitting resistance equivalent, PRE (%Cr +
3.3%Mo + 16%N). Standard duplex types with typically 22%Cr have a PRE of around 35 and superduplex
types with typically 25%Cr have a PRE above 40. Parent material composition and processing is designed to give a
microstructure balanced with 50:50 ferrite and austenite. Weld metals have similar composition except that nickel
is increased to control ferrite in the as-welded condition within a desirable range of 25-60% for optimum
mechanical and corrosion properties. Nitrogen additions also play an essential role in promoting austenite re-
formation in weld metal and parent HAZ, as well as raising the pitting resistance.
The third group of duplex alloys, the lean duplex types, have a PRE of about 25 with corrosion performance
comparable to 316L so they are generally not used in highly corrosive environments. The main use has been for
structural applications where the high strength is beneficial. The lean duplex stainless steels are so called because
some of the higher cost alloying, particularly Ni, is reduced to lower the cost. The lean duplex types can be welded
with standard duplex consumables but matching lean duplex consumables are also offered (data sheet B-59).
In welding standard duplex alloys in general fabrication, procedures similar to the standard austenitics are usually
satisfactory. However, these alloys are frequently used for pipework in which root corrosion performance is
critical and this requires more stringent procedural control. Such controls are even more important for the
superduplex alloys. Technical profiles are available which give guidance on these issues.
The superaustenitic stainless steels occupy a region of alloying between the standard austenitics and nickel-base
alloys. (In nickel base alloys, nickel rather than iron forms the major balance of alloying). Since these alloys are
fully austenitic, controlled interpass temperatures and heat input are desirable to minimise any possibility of hot
cracking. Note that although a matching electrode type 20.18.6.Cu.R is available for the most common 6%Mo
superaustenitic type S31254, this is only used when post-weld solution treatment is carried out. Otherwise
S31254, and other superaustenitic alloys, are normally welded with overmatching nickel base types (Section D).
Data Specifications
MMA Ultramet 904L E385-16 E 20 25 5 CuNL R
B-40 904L MMA Ultramet B904L E385-15 E 20 25 5 CuNL B
TIG/MIG 20.25.4.Cu ER385 20 25 5 CuNL
MMA E320LR-15 E320LR-15 --
B-41 20
TIG/MIG ER320LR ER320LR --
MMA E825L-15 -- DIN: EL-NiCr28Mo
B-42 825
TIG/MIG 82-50 ERNiFeCr-1 BS: NA41
B-45 310L MMA 25.20.LR -- --
B-46 310MoLN MMA Ultramet B310MoLN -- E 25 22 2 N L B
B-47 Matching 6%Mo MMA 20.18.6.Cu.R -- --
MMA Ultramet 2304 -- --
B-59 Lean duplex
FCW Supercore 2304P -- --
Supermet 2205 -- --
Ultramet 2205 E2209-16 E 22 9 3 N L R
MMA
Supermet 2205AR E2209-17 E 22 9 3 L N R
2205XKS E2209-15 E 22 9 3 N L B
B-60 Duplex
TIG/MIG/SAW ER329N ER2209 22 9 3 N L
MCW Supercore M2205 EC2209 T 22 9 3 N L M
Supercore 2205 E2209T0-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L R
FCW
Supercore 2205P E2209T1-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L P
Rev 06 03/12 92 DS: B-01 (pg 5 of 6)

Data Specifications
MMA Zeron® 100XKS E2595-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
Zeron® 100
B-61 TIG/MIG/SAW Zeron® 100X ER2594 25 9 4 N L
superduplex
FCW Supercore Z100XP E2594T1-4 TS 2594-F M21 1
2507XKS E2594-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
MMA
2507 Ultramet 2507 E2594-16 E 25 9 4 N L R
B-62
superduplex Supercore 2507 E2594T0-4 T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3
FCW
Supercore 2507P E2594T1-4 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2
MMA Supermet 2506Cu E2553-16 E 25 9 4 CuNL R
B-63 2553
FCW Supercore 2507Cu -- --
Matching Supermet 2506 -- BS: 25.6.2.R
-- MMA
composition Supermet 2507Cu -- --
Nuclear applications
The final group of consumables in this section are intended for nuclear power applications. There are two types
firstly those with an (N) suffix designed to meet the requirements of the French RCC-M Nuclear Construction Code
(data sheets B-80 & B-81). The second group are the Nitric Acid Grade (NAG) 308L consumables designed for
spent nuclear fuel reprocessing applications (data sheet B-88)
Data Specifications
MMA Ultramet 308L(N) E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
B-80 308L(N)
TIG 308S92(N) ER308L W 19 9 L
Ultramet 316L(N) E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
MMA
B-81 316L(N) Ultramet B316L(N) E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B
TIG 316S92(N) ER316L W 19 12 3 L
B-83 309L(N) MMA Ultramet 309L(N) E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
MMA NAG 19.9.L.R E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
B-88 NAG
TIG NAG 19.9.L ER308L W 19 9 L
Strip for electroslag strip cladding

The electroslag (ESW) strip cladding process is widely used to produce corrosion resistant overlays on vessels in
the petrochemical, refinery and chemical industries. EQ309L is used as a buffer layer while the EQ308L, EQ347
and EQ316L are used for the second layer to provide the appropriate corrosion resistance depending on the
specific application. The EQ308L-OA and EQ316L-OA strips are overalloyed (OA) and designed to provide 308L
and 316L compositions in a single layer.
Data Specifications
EQ308L EQ308L B 19 9 L
EQ308L-OA (EQ309L) (B 23 12 L)
EQ347 EQ347 B 19 9 Nb
B-85 Strip ESW
EQ316L EQ316L B 19 12 3 L
EQ316L-OA (EQ309LMo) (B 23 12 2 L)
EQ309L EQ309L B 23 12 L
Rev 06 03/12 93 DS: B-01 (pg 6 of 6)

Data Sheet B-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
12%Cr MARTENSITIC STAINLESS Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Typical applications include hydrocrackers,

reaction vessels, distillation plants and associated
12%Cr (410) martensitic stainless steel; the
pipework in refineries; furnace parts, linings;
13.1.BMP electrode also has 1.5%Ni.
surfacing run-out rolls in steel mills; cast valve
Materials to be welded bodies, turbine parts and burner nozzles.
wrought cast Microstructure
ASTM 410, 403 A487 grade CA15 In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
UNS S41000, S40300 tempered martensite with some retained ferrite.
DIN 1.4006 (X10Cr13) 1.4006 (G-X10Cr13)
1.4000, 1.4024 Welding guidelines
BS 410S21 (En56A) 410C21 Preheat of 150-250C is required for heavier
403S17 sections. Following welding, components should be
cooled to room temperature before PWHT. Weld
The 13.1.BMP with 1.5%Ni is also suitable for
metal and HAZ's have poor ductility and toughness
ASTM A487 CA15M and DIN 1.4008 (G-
in the as-welded condition, careful handling is
X8CrNi13).
recommended prior to PWHT to minimise physical
Applications shock.
These consumables are designed for welding wrought PWHT
or cast martensitic 12%Cr (type 410) stainless steel.
Plain 410 - A typical industrial PWHT following
Fabrication welds of matching composition such as
welding for plain 410, consists of slowly cooling to
this must be tempered by appropriate PWHT, owing
room temperature to allow full transformation to take
to high hardness (~450HV) and low ductility in the
place (range is Ms-350ºC Mf-100ºC), then temper at
as-welded condition. Conventional 410 has variable
680-760ºC followed by air cool. To ensure <22HRC
toughness but following PWHT the 13.1.BMP
(NACE) in the weld area, PWHT at 745ºC is
electrode with 1.5%Ni has good impact properties
preferred.
down to –10°C or lower depending on the heat
treatment schedule. 13.1.BMP – The optimum properties are obtained
after PWHT at around 700°C, close to the Ac1
Plain 12%Cr steels are the most simple and economic
temperature for this weld metal, which (due to the
alloys with stainless properties. Variants with Ti
added nickel) has a lower Ac1 than plain 410. If
(409), Al (405) or low carbon (410S) are more or less
needed PWHT time can be extended but higher
fully ferritic with typically lower strength than type
temperatures may cause re-hardening with fresh
410. These types, and the newer "utility ferritics", are
martensite formation on cool-out. Superior toughness
normally welded without PWHT using 309/309L
can be achieved with a double temper (cool to
consumables (data sheet B-50). The same applies to
ambient between cycles) and this is recommended to
type 410 when PWHT is not practicable.
conform to NACE, 22HRC maximum.
Type 410 contains just sufficient carbon to enable
Products available
air-hardening transformation to a predominantly
martensitic microstructure. Structural properties Process Product Specification
below ambient are limited by its relatively high MMA 13.RMP AWS E410-26
ductile-brittle transition temperature (particularly
weldments), and up to about 550ºC by its modest 13.1.BMP DIN E 13 1 MPB
creep resistance. It has useful resistance to general TIG/MIG 12Cr AWS ER410
corrosion in non-aggressive media, sulphide-induced
SCC in sour crude oil service, and oxidation up to
about 800ºC.
Rev 08 03/12 94 DS: B-10 (pg 1 of 4)

General data for all 410 MMA electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60%
RH, > 18°C.

20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7
13.RMP 13%Cr MMA electrode

Product description Rutile metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E410-26

BS EN 1600 E 13 R 52
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 -- -- --
max 0.08 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 13.5 0.60 0.5 0.50
typ 0.06 0.5 0.30 0.010 0.015 11.5 0.4 0.2 0.05
All-weld mechanical After PWHT 850C/2h (1) 745C/1h (2)

properties min typical min typical
0.2% Proof stress MPa 250 270 -- 610
Elongation on 4d % -- 36 20 21
Elongation on 5d % 20 34 -- 18
Reduction of area % -- 52 -- 59
(1) BS & BS EN PWHT: 840-870ºC for 2 hours, furnace cool to 595ºC at 55ºC/h. max. Air cool to
ambient. This gives a relatively low strength condition.
(2) AWS PWHT: 730-760ºC for 1 hour, furnace cool to 315ºC at 60ºC/h max., air cool to ambient. This
gives a higher strength tempered condition more representative of normal fabrication welds.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 380 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.1 14.1 16.8
Rev 08 03/12 95 DS: B-10 (pg 2 of 4)

13.1.BMP 13%Cr-1.5%Ni MMA electrode
Product description Basic low hydrogen metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for
positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E410-15)

Nearest classifications
BS EN 1600 (E 13 B 52)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.02 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 1.0 0.15 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.50 0.025 0.030 14.0 2.0 0.50 0.5
typ 0.04 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.02 13 1.5 0.3 0.05
* Molybdenum is controlled to satisfy minimum requirements for ASTM A487 CA15M castings (0.15-
1.0% Mo).
All-weld mechanical Typical after PWHT min * 790C/5h + 680C/2h +

properties 700°C/5h 620°C/2h
- 10°C J -- 90 60
Hardness HRC <22 ** 18 19
* Tensile properties based on ASTM CA15 and CA15M castings. Specifications for wrought grades
vary in tensile strength 415-700MPa.
** For conformance to NACE a double temper is mandatory.
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240
Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 *

length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 16.5 16.5
* 5mm made to order.
Rev 08 03/12 96 DS: B-10 (pg 3 of 4)

12Cr 12%Cr solid wire for TIG & MIG welding of 410 stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG & MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER410

BS EN ISO 14343-A 13
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS410
(wire wt %) min 0.06 -- 0.25 -- -- 12.0 -- -- --
max 0.12 0.6 0.50 0.02 0.03 13.5 0.3 0.3 0.3
typ 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.01 0.02 12.5 0.2 0.03 0.2
* BS 2901: Pt2 requires 0.09-0.15%C.
All-weld mechanical MAG: Ar+20%CO2

properties Typical values after PWHT 740°C/1h (AWS) 740°C/3h
Impact energy + 20°C J <20 20
Hardness cap/mid HV 225/230 215/220
HRC -- 18/21

parameters Ar / 1-3%O2 or
Shielding Argon * Ar / 3-20%CO2
**
Current DC- DC+
** Most economic gas is Ar-20%CO2. This gas provides the highest resistance to weld metal porosity and
carbon content typically not exceeding 0.12%.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube 15kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube --

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.1 <0.5 5
Rev 08 03/12 97 DS: B-10 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
410NiMo MARTENSITIC STAINLESS Website: www.metrode.com

12%Cr-4.5%Ni-0.5%Mo (410NiMo) soft martensitic Preheat-interpass range of 100-200°C is
alloy. recommended to allow martensite transformation
during welding. Cool to room temperature before
PWHT.
wrought cast PWHT
ASTM F6NM CA6NM For maximum resistance to sulphide-induced SCC in
UNS S41500 sour oil conditions NACE MR0175 specifies a
BS EN / DIN 1.4313 G-X5CrNi 13 4 hardness of <23HRc. This is often difficult to achieve
BS -- 425C11 because weld metal and HAZ are very resistant to
AFNOR -- Z6 CND 1304-M softening by PWHT. A double temper for 5-10h is
Applications necessary. Common practice is 675ºC/10h +
605ºC/10h with intermediate air cool to ambient.
High strength (>760MPa) martensitic stainless steel Recent work indicates 650ºC + 620ºC is optimum,
with better resistance to corrosion, hydro-cavitation, and that intermediate air cooling to ambient or lower
sulphide-induced SCC, and good sub-zero toughness is essential. Another authority suggests raising the
when compared with plain 12%Cr steels (e.g. type first PWHT cycle for full austenitisation anneal at
410/CA15). 770ºC/2h prior to final temper. Control of distortion
Weld metal of this type greatly overmatches the may be more critical in this case. In the case of the
strength of equivalent parent material and is Supercore 410NiMo flux cored wire it has not been
remarkably resistant to softening during PWHT. possible to reduce the hardness to 23HRC
These properties can be exploited for welding irrespective of the PWHT carried out.
martensitic precipitation-hardening alloys if If 410NiMo consumables are considered for welding
corrosion conditions are compatible with lower alloy plain 12Cr martensitic stainless steels such as type
weld metal, with the advantage of a single PWHT at 410 or CA15, the PWHT should not exceed about
450-620ºC for tempering. The 410NiMo 650ºC unless a second temper at 590-620ºC is
consumables are also used for overlaying mild and applied.
CMn steels.
Products available
13%Cr-4%Ni alloys are used in cast or forged form
for hydraulic turbines, valve bodies, pump bowls, Process Product Specification
compressor cones, impellers and high pressure MMA 13.4.Mo.L.R AWS E410NiMo-26
pipes in power generation, offshore oil, chemical
13.4.Mo.L.B AWS E410NiMo-25
and petrochemical industries.
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo AWS ER410NiMo
Microstructure
FCW Supercore 410NiMo AWS E410NiMoT1-1/4
tempered martensite with some retained austenite.
Rev 09 03/12 98 DS: B-11 (pg 1 of 5)

13.4.Mo.L.R Rutile MMA electrode for 410NiMo
Product description Rutile metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E410NiMo-26

BS EN 1600 E 13 4 R 52
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50
typ 0.03 0.8 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05
All-weld mechanical Typical properties min PWHT (1) As-welded (2)

Elongation on 4d % 15 17 4.5
- 40ºC J -- 35 13
- 60ºC J -- 30 8
Hardness HV -- 270-300 350
(1) AWS & BS PWHT: 595-620ºC for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.
(2) This weld metal is not usually recommended for use in the as-welded condition, except for surfacing
applications where a hardness of 330-400HV is useful.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 18.0 16.8
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
18°C.

18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7
Rev 09 03/12 99 DS: B-11 (pg 2 of 5)

13.4.Mo.L.B Basic MMA electrode for 410NiMo
Product description Basic metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E410NiMo-25

BS EN 1600 E 13 4 B 62
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50
typ 0.03 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05
All-weld mechanical Typical properties min PWHT (1)

(1) AWS PWHT: 595-620ºC for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.
Operating parameters DC +ve
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 16.5 17.1
18°C.

18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 28 1.7
Rev 09 03/12 100 DS: B-11 (pg 3 of 5)

ER410NiMo Solid wire for welding 410NiMo martensitic stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.9 (ER410NiMo) Does not always strictly conform see composition.
BS EN ISO 14343-A 13 4
BS EN ISO 14343-B (SS410NiMo)
Composition C Mn * Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min -- 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 --
max 0.05 1.0 0.60 0.02 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3
typ 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.015 12.3 4.5 0.5 0.1
* AWS requires 0.6%Mn max and 0.50%Si max.
All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT 610ºC/1h: TIG

Impact energy 0°C J 90
-50ºC J 60
Hardness cap/mid HRC 25-30
HV 300

parameters Ar with 1-2%O2
Shielding Argon *
or 1-5%CO2 **
Current DC- DC+
** Proprietary gas mixtures with <5%CO2 are also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

54 5 8 3.2 <0.5 <0.5 5
Rev 09 03/12 101 DS: B-11 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 410NiMo Flux cored wire for welding 410NiMo martensitic stainless steel
Product description All-positional rutile flux cored wire made on a high purity stainless steel strip
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E410NiMoT1-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 13 4 P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS410NiMo-FB1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 -- --
max 0.06 1.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3 0.05
Typ 0.03 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.017 11.8 4.5 0.5 0.03 0.03
All-weld mechanical Typical values: Min 610ºC/1h 610ºC/10h 650ºC/10h

+620ºC/10h
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 940 870 --
0.2% Proof stress MPa 500 850 700 --
Reduction of area % -- 50 55 --
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45 50 50
- 40°C J -- 30 40 35
Hardness HV -- 330 310 310
HRC -- 31 27 28
AWS PWHT = 593-621°C/1 hour. BS EN PWHT = 580-620°C/2 hours.
Operating parameters Shielding gas Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.

Current DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 1-3V):
ø mm range typical stickout

1.2 150-280A, 25-32V 180A, 29V 15-25mm
1.6 200-350A, 26-34V 260A, 30V 15-25mm
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any
possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %):
Fe Mn CrVI Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

18 3 2.5 1 0.2 <0.5 2
Rev 09 03/12 102 DS: B-11 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
MARTENSITIC PRECIPITATION Email: info@metrode.com
HARDENING STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

High strength martensitic precipitation hardening Preheat not usually necessary for thickness up to 15mm,
stainless steels. for thicker restrained sections, a preheat-interpass
temperature range of 100-200C is recommended.
Temperatures above 200C will suppress martensite
FV520 Types: transformation with consequent microstructural
ASTM A564, A693, A705; Grade XM-25 coarsening.
UNS S45000 PWHT
BS 3146 Grade ANC 20.
‘S’ grades; 2S.143; 3S.144; 3S.145 When matching composition consumables are used for
Proprietary FV520B (Firth Vickers) welding these materials a PWHT must be carried out.
Custom 450 (Carpenter) Normal practice is for the materials to be used in the
over-aged condition. PWHT for over-ageing consists
630 / 17.4.PH Types: of: 750C for 2 hours, air cool to 15C; followed by
ASTM A564; Grade 630 550C for 2 hours and air cool.
A747; CB7Cu-1 (cast) Additional information
UNS S17400
BS EN 10088-2; X5CrNiCuNb 16-4 (1.4542) On cooling the weld metal transforms from austenite to
DIN 1.4548, 1.4549 martensite (Ms) below about 250C, but a significant
Proprietary 17-4PH (Armco Steel) fraction of austenite is still retained at ambient
Custom 630 (Carpenter) temperature. Since sub-zero cooling is impractical, this
austenite is destabilised by annealing at 750-850C.
Applications Carbide precipitation in the austenite raises its Ms
temperature to enable complete transformation when
Used for welding very high strength martensitic
cooled, ensuring more effective tempering and ageing
stainless steels, precipitation hardened by additions of
during the second PWHT cycle. Omission of the
copper. Strength can be up to three times that of
inconvenient first PWHT cycle may give properties
standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.
with greater batch variability. The use of 410NiMo (B-
11) allows a simplified PWHT to be used, and when
The FV520/450 type alloys have corrosion resistance
PWHT is not possible 2205 duplex (B-60) or
comparable to 304 stainless steel. The 630/17-4PH
superduplex (B-61 & B-62) consumables may allow
types, with no Mo and higher carbon, do not have such
PWHT to be avoided without compromising
good resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion as
mechanical properties too much.
the FV520/450 types.
Products available
Applications include pump shafts, impellers,
hydraulic equipment used in oil and gas industries, Process Product Specification
petrochemical, marine and nuclear engineering.
MMA FV520-1 --
Microstructure 17.4.Cu.R (AWS E630-16)
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of TIG FV520B --

precipitation hardened tempered martensite with some 17-4PH AWS ER630
retained austenite. MCW --
Metcore FV520
Rev 08 06/13 103 DS: B-12 (pg 1 of 4)

18°C.

15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2
FV520-1 MMA electrode for FV520 base material

Product description Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications There are no national specifications for this electrode.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.4 0.2 -- -- 13.0 4.5 1.2 1.2 0.15
max 0.05 1.0 0.5 0.030 0.030 15.5 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
typ 0.03 0.6 0.3 0.010 0.015 14 5 1.5 1.6 0.3
All-weld mechanical Typical properties PWHT Aged * Over-aged **

Elongation on 4d % -- 16
Hardness HV 420 345
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 14.4 17.1
Rev 08 06/13 104 DS: B-12 (pg 2 of 4)

17.4.Cu.R MMA electrode for 17-4PH base material
Product description Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications There are no national specifications for this electrode but it is similar to AWS A5.4 E630-26.
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.0 3.5 -- 1.5
max 0.10 1.0 0.8 0.030 0.030 16.5 4.5 0.5 2.5
typ 0.02 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 15 4 0.2 2
All-weld mechanical Typical properties PWHT Over-aged *

Hardness HV 330
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.3 15.0 18.6
FV520B Solid TIG wire for welding FV520 stainless steel

Specifications There are no national specifications for this wire.
(wire wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 13.2 5.0 1.2 1.2 0.15
max 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.03 0.03 14.7 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
typ 0.05 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.02 14 5.5 1.6 1.7 0.3
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT Aged * Over-aged ** Over-aged *** single cycle
550°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 1240 1050 760 1000
Impact energy + 20°C J 7 60 125 125
- 20°C J -- 20 85 75
Hardness mid HV 450 380 315 400
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.
*** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 620C/2 hours, air cool.
Rev 08 06/13 105 DS: B-12 (pg 3 of 4)

FV520B (continued)
Typical operating TIG
parameters Shielding Argon *
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 120A, 14V

1.6 5kg tube
2.4 5kg tube

52 4 11 4 <0.5 2.7 4.5
17-4PH Solid TIG wire for welding 17-4PH stainless steel

Product description Solid wire for TIG welding.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6
(wire wt %) min -- 0.25 -- -- -- 16.00 4.5 -- 3.25 0.15
max 0.05 0.75 0.75 0.03 0.03 16.75 5.0 0.75 4.00 0.30
typ 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.02 16.3 4.8 0.2 3.5 0.2
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT Over-aged *

Elongation % 10
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool; or 1040C, air cool + 620C/4 hours.

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube

50 4 13 3.5 <0.5 5.5 3.6
Rev 08 06/13 106 DS: B-12 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
308L STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C;
materials. no PWHT required.
Materials to be welded Additional information
ASTM BS EN & DIN

There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
welding with 308S92. There is also additional
304L 1.4306 information available covering the Supercore flux
304 1.4301 cored wires.
304LN 1.4311
CF3 1.4308 Related alloy groups
CF8 1.4541
321 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550 308L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other
cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-37.
347
Stainless steel consumables for high temperature
BS UNS applications on 304H can be found in data sheets C-
304S11 S30403 10 or C-12.
304S15/16/31 S30400
304S61 S30453 Products available
304C12 S32100 Process Product Specification
304C15 S34700
MMA Supermet 308L AWS E308L-17
321S31
347S31 Ultramet 308L AWS E308L-16
Ultramet B308L AWS E308L-15
Applications
Ultramet 308LP AWS E308L-16
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels including 301, 302,
303, nitrogen bearing 304LN and titanium stabilised TIG 308S92 AWS ER308L
321. Service temperatures are typically –100°C to MIG Supermig 308LSi AWS ER308LSi
about 400°C. SAW 308S92 AWS ER308L
Applications include food, brewery, SS300 BS EN SA AF2
pharmaceutical equipment, architectural and SSB BS EN SA AF2
general fabrication, and nuclear engineering.
L2N BS EN SF CS 2
The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable AWS E308LT0-1/4
FCW Supercore 308L
for 304/304H in elevated temperature structural
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12. For Supercore 308LP AWS E308LT1-1/4
cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-37. Superoot 308L AWS R308LT1-5
Microstructure
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally
in the range 3-10FN depending on the application.

Rev 13 03/12 107 DS: B-30 (pg 1 of 7)

General Data for all 308L MMA Electrodes
18°C.

Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
SUPERMET 308L General purpose rutile 308L MMA electrode

Product description MMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon
level. 'Low hydrogen' manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. 'Supermet
Technology' gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum
cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld
metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-17
BS EN 1600 E 19 9 LR 32

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10 0.10 0.05 6
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical
Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 80
ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 25 50 60 75 100 130
max A 45 70 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

length mm 250 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 12.0 16.5 16.5
pieces/carton 1350 846 609 333 243 156
Rev 13 03/12 108 DS: B-30 (pg 2 of 7)

ULTRAMET 308L All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 304L
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the
benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high
cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including
fixed pipework.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
Approvals TÜV
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.1 0.1 6
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical 1050°C + WQ

Impact energy -100°C J -- 35 --
-196°C J -- * -- > 60
* See Ultramet 308LCF (data sheet B-37) for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.8
ULTRAMET B308L Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 304L

Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and
high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and
overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions
it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L B 4 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 19 10 0.1 <0.1 6
Rev 13 03/12 109 DS: B-30 (pg 3 of 7)

ULTRAMET B308L (continued)
Impact energy +20°C J -- 80-120
-196°C J -- 35-50
Operating parameters DC +ve only.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155
length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
ULTRAMET 308LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode

Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet
308LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including
ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 308LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without
the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 11
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.1 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 10 0.01 0.1 6
ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2

min A 50 60 75
max A 70 90 120
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.0 14.1
Rev 13 03/12 110 DS: B-30 (pg 4 of 7)

308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi 308L solid wire
Product description Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications 308S92 (TIG & Sub-arc) Supermig 308LSi (MIG)
AWS A5.9 ER308L ER308L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L G 19 9 L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L SS308L Si

Composition C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 10
* Supermig 308LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.8%.
All-weld mechanical As welded typical
properties TIG MIG SAW + SS300
Impact energy -130°C J 110 70 50
-196°C * J 80 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV 200/220 200/220 195/215
* For applications requiring cryogenic toughness see data sheet B-37.

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2* SS300**
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.
Packaging data TIG MIG SAW
ø mm 308S92 Supermig 308LSi 308S92
0.8 -- 15kg reel --
1.0 2.5kg tube 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
4.0 -- -- 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 13 03/12 111 DS: B-30 (pg 5 of 7)

SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP Rutile flux cored wires
Product description Flux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 308L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for
downhand and HV welding. Supercore 308LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed
pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
The Supercore 308L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these
applications, it is recommended that Supercore 308LP is used.
Specifications & Supercore 308L Supercore 308LP

Approvals AWS A5.22 E308LT0-1/4 E308LT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L R C/M 3 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB0 TS308L-FB1
Approvals TÜV TÜV
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.5 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.02 0.02 19.5 10 0.1 0.1 8

-110°C J -- 40
Hardness HV -- 200
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should
not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm

17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
Rev 13 03/12 112 DS: B-30 (pg 6 of 7)

SUPEROOT 308L Flux cored TIG wire for root welds without back purge
Product description Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 308L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in
a robust moisture resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 308L is designed specifically for situations
where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or where there is an economic benefit in
eliminating back-purge.
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 R308LT1-5

BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-RI1
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 1.2 0.03 0.04 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5
typ 0.02 1.7 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.6 10.3 0.1 0.05
Typically 8FN.

Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent
filler.

parameters Shielding Argon*
Current DC-
Diameter 2.2mm
Voltage 90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 308L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are
available on request.

2.2 1kg tube
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
32 12 8 16 <0.5 < 0.5 -- 3.1
Rev 13 03/12 113 DS: B-30 (pg 7 of 7)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
347 STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

347 austenitic stainless steel for joining 321 and 347 Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally
base materials. in the range 3-12FN.

ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C;
321 1.4541 no PWHT required.
347 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550
CF8C (cast) 1.4552 (cast)
BS UNS There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
321S31 S32100 welding with 347S96. There is also additional
347S31 S34700 information available covering the Supercore flux
347C17 (cast) cored wires.

Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 The 308L consumables cover many of the same base
stainless steel types 321 and 347. Also suitable for materials and applications (B-30). For elevated
unstabilised grades such as 304/304L. Service temperature applications 347H consumables should
temperatures are typically -100C to about 400C. be used (C-11).
Applications are similar to 308L (B-30) and include

food, brewery, pharmaceutical equipment, Products available
architectural and general fabrication, and nuclear Process Product Specification
engineering.
MMA Ultramet 347 AWS E347-16
The 347 consumables covered here are generally not Ultramet B347 AWS E347-15
suitable for service in elevated temperature structural TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 AWS ER347
applications where 0.04-0.08% carbon is specified SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2
for creep resistance, see data sheets C-11 and C-12.
SSB BS EN SA AF2
For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm FCW Supercore 347 AWS E347T0-1/4
(15mils) charpy lateral expansion at –196C, use
unstabilised weld metal with low carbon and
controlled ferrite (B-30).
Rev 08 03/12 114 DS: B-31 (pg 1 of 4)

General Data for all 347 MMA Electrodes
18°C.

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 347 All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 321/347

Product description MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347 has all the benefits of an
advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter
electrodes.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb R32
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
max 0.04 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
typ 0.02 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.4 0.07 6

-196°C J -- 20
-196°C J -- 53 (1050°C + WQ)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Rev 08 03/12 115 DS: B-31 (pg 2 of 4)

ULTRAMET B347 Basic pipe-welding electrode for 321/347
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good
moisture resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional
welding of fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts
under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and
although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb B 42
max 0.06 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 6
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0* 5.0
length mm 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5/17.4 17.4
pieces/carton 669 396 258/267 162
* 350mm is the standard length, 450mm is available to order.
347S96 Solid welding wire for TIG, MIG & SAW of 321/347
Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
max 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
typ < 0.04 1.5 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.7 0.2 0.6 0.1 8
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG
Impact energy - 50°C J 150
- 196°C J 35
Hardness cap/mid HV 220/240
Rev 08 03/12 116 DS: B-31 (pg 3 of 4)

347S96 (continued)
parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 or SSB flux
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2 2.4mm
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 To order -- --
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
SUPERCORE 347 Downhand rutile flux cored wire for 321/347

Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347 combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Metal
recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E347T0-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A T19 9 Nb R C/M 3
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB0
max 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 10.5 0.1 0.5 0.1 8
85% argon. The wire is suitable for use on CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased
spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 2-3V):
1.2 120-280A, 22-34V 180A, 29V 15-20mm
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
Rev 08 03/12 117 DS: B-31 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Alloy type Additional information

316L Mo bearing austenitic stainless. There are Technical Profiles available on Superoot
316L and sub-arc welding with 316S92. There is
Materials to be welded also additional information available covering the
Supercore flux cored wires.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
316L 1.4404/1.4401 Related alloy groups
316 1.4436 316L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other
316LN 1.4406/1.4429 cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-38.
CF3M 1.4408 Stainless steel consumables for high temperature
CF8M 1.4437 applications on 316H can be found in data sheets C-
12 or C-13.
BS UNS
316S11/13 S 31603 Products available
316S16/31/33 S 31600
316S61 S 31653 Process Product Specification
316C12/16/71 MMA Supermet 316L AWS E316L-17
Ultramet 316L AWS E316L-16
Applications
Ultramet B316L AWS E316L-15
These consumables are used for Mo bearing
Ultramet 316LP AWS E316L-16
austenitic stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. They
are also suitable for Ti or Nb stabilised and nitrogen- TIG 316S92 AWS ER316L
bearing or free machining versions of the above MIG Supermig 316LSi AWS ER316LSi
alloys. Type 316/316L steels are widely used for SAW 316S92 AWS ER316L
their good resistance to pitting, many acids and
general corrosion. SS300 BS EN SA AF2
SSB BS EN SA AF2
The 316L consumables covered here are not suitable LA491 BS EN SA FB255
for 316/316H in elevated temperature structural BS EN SF CS 2
L2N
applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13. For
cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-38. FCW Supercore 316L AWS E316LT0-1/4
Supercore 316LP AWS E316LT1-1/4
Microstructure Superoot 316L AWS R316LT1-5
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally
in the range 2-10FN depending on the application.
Welding guidelines
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C;
no PWHT required.
Rev 18 06/13 118 DS: B-32 (pg 1 of 7)

18°C.

8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 LR 32
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical 1050°C + WQ

Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 70 --
-196°C J -- -- 35
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C
ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 25 50 60 75 100 130
max A 45 70 90 120 155 210

length mm 250 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 13.5 17.4 16.8
pieces/carton 1344 846 603 396 249 159
Rev 18 06/13 119 DS: B-32 (pg 2 of 7)

ULTRAMET 316L All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 316L
benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high
cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including
fixed pipework.

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
Approvals TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd, LRS
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical 1050°C + WQ

Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 70 --
-100°C J -- 40 --
-196°C J -- -- 40
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 12.9 13.5 16.5
ULTRAMET B316L Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 316L

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
Rev 18 06/13 120 DS: B-32 (pg 3 of 7)

ULTRAMET B316L (continued)
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6
Impact energy * -50°C J -- 80
-196°C J -- 45
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.5
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5
ULTRAMET 316LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode

316LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including
ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 316LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without
the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L R 11
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6
ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2

min A 50 60 75
max A 70 90 120
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 14.4
Rev 18 06/13 121 DS: B-32 (pg 4 of 7)

316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi Solid 316L wire
Specifications 316S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 316LSi (MIG)
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L G 19 12 3 L Si W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW
Approvals TÜV, LRS TÜV, LRS

(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 10
typ 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6
All-weld mechanical min typical

properties As welded TIG MIG SAW + SS300
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 435 450
Impact energy * -130°C J -- > 100 > 70 > 45
-196°C J -- > 60 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/220 200/220 195/215

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2* SS300**
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Voltage 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.

0.8 To order 15kg reel --
0.9 -- 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
Rev 18 06/13 122 DS: B-32 (pg 5 of 7)

The Supercore 316L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these
applications, it is recommended that Supercore 316LP is used.

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
Approvals (1.2 & 1.6mm) TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.3 0.5 0.02 0.02 18 12.5 2.7 0.1 6
* 0.9mm diameter Supercore 316L is typically 2.3%Mo and does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A.

-110°C J -- 40
Operating parameters Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be
used but argon should not exceed 85%.
0.9 (Supercore 316L only) 75 – 170A, 20 – 30V 120A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.2 120 – 280A, 21 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm
14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
Rev 18 06/13 123 DS: B-32 (pg 6 of 7)

SUPEROOT 316L Flux cored TIG wire for root welds without back purge
Product description Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 316L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in
a robust moisture resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 316L is designed specifically for situations
where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or to gain the economic benefit of eliminating
back-purge. For most applications, the use of a 316L root bead is considered compatible with subsequent
filling with 308L, 347 or 316L as appropriate.
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 R316LT1-5

BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-RI1
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 --
max 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.5
typ 0.01 1.6 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.2 12.5 2.2 0.05
Typically 5FN.

Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent
filler.

parameters Shielding Argon*
Current DC-
Diameter 2.2mm
Voltage 90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 316L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are
available on request.

2.2 1kg tube
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
30 12 11 15 < 0.5 -- 3.3
Rev 18 06/13 124 DS: B-32 (pg 7 of 7)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NON-MAGNETIC 316L Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Unlike conventional 316L weld metal containing

ferrite, which suffers preferential attack in
Nil-ferrite, modified 316L alloy for non-magnetic,
concentrated nitric acid, the nil-ferrite alloy has
cryogenic and nitric acid applications.
excellent resistance and is suitable for deposition
directly onto CMn steel to provide corrosion
Materials to be welded resistant overlays.
For type 316L and similar parent materials where
ferrite-free and non-magnetic weld metal is required; Microstructure
also suitable for 304/304L and 316/316L for
Fully austenitic.
cryogenic service.
May be suitable for welding 200 series stainless Welding guidelines

steels, eg. UNS S20910 (XM-19), Nitronic 50
No preheat required, and maximum interpass
(Armco) and other nitrogen strengthened stainless
temperature 150C.
steels.
Applications
ASTM A262 practice C (Huey) corrosion test
The high nickel and nitrogen levels provide a fully
(immersion in boiling, 65%, nitric acid for five 48
austenitic and non-magnetic weld deposit with
hour periods): typical corrosion rates are 0.7–
maximum magnetic permeability of 1.01. A typical
tensile strength above 600MPa is also achieved by 1.2m/48hr (0.13-0.22mm/year). Stamicarbon
means of the controlled level of nitrogen. A high requirement is 3.3m/48hr.
manganese content ensures freedom from micro-
fissuring in the ferrite-free weld metal. Related alloy groups
Applications exploiting non-magnetic properties The 310L and 904L alloys may also be useful for low
include welding of 316L fittings for minesweepers magnetic permeability applications.
and offshore downhole instrumentation collars.
Products available
The fully austenitic microstructure gives excellent
strength and toughness at cryogenic temperatures for Process Product Specification
joining 304L and 316L LPG and LNG storage MMA Ultramet 316NF BS EN E 1815 3 L R
vessels. Useful toughness is also maintained down to Ultramet B316NF BS EN E 1815 3 L B
liquid helium temperatures -269C (4K) for
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF BS EN 20 16 3 Mn L
superconducting applications. Impact testing
procedures at this temperature are complex and FCW Supercore 316NF (BS EN T 18 16 5 N L R)
expensive, with results of questionable validity. To
qualify the toughness of weld metal for service at
4°K, the ASME Code Committee has proposed
>0.53mm (21mils) at –196°C (77°K). This proposal
is based on correlations between fracture toughness
and Charpy data at these temperatures.
Rev 06 03/12 125 DS: B-33 (pg 1 of 5)

18°C.

8 10 1.5 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.
ULTRAMET 316NF All-positional rutile MMA electrode

Product description Rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high
manganese content ensures freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E316LMn-16) Nearest classification

BS EN 1600 E 18 15 3 L R 3 2
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
max 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
typ < 0.03 3.0 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

Impact energy - 196°C * J -- 60
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) -- 0.7mm (28mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code
recommendation.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0 16.5
Rev 06 03/12 126 DS: B-33 (pg 2 of 5)

ULTRAMET B316NF Basic all-positional MMA pipe welding electrode
Product description Basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high
manganese to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E316LMn-15) Nearest classification

BS EN 1600 E 18 15 3 L B 4 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
max 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
typ < 0.03 3.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15

Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) -- 0.6 (24mils)
recommendation.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Rev 06 03/12 127 DS: B-33 (pg 3 of 5)

ER316MnNF Non-magnetic solid wire for TIG and MIG
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER316LMn

BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 16 3 Mn N L
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6 QW442 A-No --
(wire wt %) min -- 6.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 15.0 2.5 -- 0.12
max 0.025 8.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 21.0 18.0 3.5 0.3 0.20
typ 0.02 7 0.5 0.01 0.02 20 16 3 0.15 0.15

Impact energy - 196°C * J 95
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) 1.0 (40)
recommendation.

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2 *
Current DC- DC+
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

26 22 15 13 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
Rev 06 03/12 128 DS: B-33 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 316NF Rutile flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system designed primarily for
downhand welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 (E316LT0-1/4) nearest equivalent

BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 18 16 5 NL R C/M 3) nearest equivalent
Approval TÜV
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 14.0 2.5 0.08
max 0.04 3.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 19.0 16.0 3.5 0.20
typ 0.03 2.5 0.4 0.01 0.025 18 15 3 0.12

Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm 0.38 (15mils) 0.6
Hardness HV -- 185
recommendation.
80%.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by ~3V):
1.2 130A-25V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12-20mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 12.5kg
12 18 2 4 4 <1 6 1.2
Rev 06 03/12 129 DS: B-33 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
318 STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Nb stabilised, Mo-bearing stainless steel. No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C.

wrought cast Supermet 318 is not recommended for cryogenic
ASTM/ASME 316Ti, 316Cb CF10MC applications, nor elevated temperature structural
DIN & BS EN 1.4571/1.4573, 1.4579/1.4581 service.
1.4580/1.4583
BS 320S31/33 318C17 Related alloy groups
UNS S31635, S31640
The 316L consumables can be used for many of the
same base materials and applications (data sheet B-
Applications 32). For cryogenic applications see controlled ferrite
Use to weld titanium or niobium-stabilised grades of 316L consumables (data sheet B-32) and for elevated
molybdenum-bearing austenite stainless steels, or as temperature see 316H (C-13) or 16.8.2 (C-12)
an alternative electrode for unstabilised grades such consumables.
as 316/316L. It is not recommended for structural
service above about 400ºC. Products available
It is also used for depositing corrosion resistance Process Product Specification
overlays and valve seat inlays on medium carbon
MMA Supermet 318 AWS E318-17
alloy steels, and for this reason the electrode is
normally supplied with a typical ferrite content of 3- TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 AWS ER318
14FN. SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2
Microstructure SSB BS EN SA AF2
Austenite with 3-14FN (3-12% ferrite), typically LA491 BS EN SA FB255

10FN.
Rev 06 03/12 130 DS: B-34 (pg 1 of 3)

SUPERMET 318 Nb stabilised Mo-bearing stainless steel MMA electrode
Product description Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0..025%) typical carbon levels.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance, and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the
downhand and H-V welding positions. Smaller sizes up to 3.2mm offer excellent all-positional operability.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.

BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 Nb R 32
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 10 x C -- 6
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.50 13
typ 0.025 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 11.5 2.7 0.6 0.1 9

Impact energy + 20C J -- 65
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 14.1 13.2 18.0
18°C.

Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 7 1 5 0.5 <0.2 16 1
Rev 06 03/12 131 DS: B-34 (pg 2 of 3)

318S96 Solid 318 stainless steel wire for TIG, MIG and SAW

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 Nb
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 11.0 2.5 10xC -- 3
max 0.07 2.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.3 12
typ 0.035 1.8 0.45 0.01 0.02 19.5 11.5 2.5 0.6 0.2 10


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 ***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
* Also required as a back purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
*** SSB, LA491 and L2N also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible):
30 12 15 11 1.5 <0.5 3.3
Rev 06 03/12 132 DS: B-34 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168

19%Cr-13%Ni-3.5%Mo (317L) austenitic stainless Austenite with 3-10FN (3-9% ferrite), typically 5FN.
steel.
wrought cast No preheat required, and a maximum interpass of
ASTM/UNS 317/S31700 CG8M 150C is desirable. Normally used in the as-welded
317L/S31703 CG3M condition.
DIN/BS EN 1.4438
BS 317S16 317C16 Additional information
317S12 317C12
The 317LM and 1.4539 alloys, with 4-5%Mo, can be
welded with the overmatching 904L consumables
Applications
(data sheet B-40).
Use to weld 317/317L stainless steels in which the
raised Mo level provides improved resistance to
pitting in high chloride environments and to some
acids (not nitric acid). These steels are used in 317L falls between the lower alloyed 316L (data
marine, chemical process, papermaking, and food sheet B-32) and the higher alloyed 904L (data sheet
processing applications. B-40) materials.
Also suitable for 316/316L and their stabilised Products available

versions when the benefits of higher molybdenum
weld metal are required to maximise weld area Process Product Specification
pitting resistance. MMA Ultramet 317L AWS E317L-16
Not suitable for structural service above about 400ºC, TIG/MIG ER317L AWS ER317L
or for cryogenic applications. FCW Supercore 317LP AWS E317LT1-1/4
Rev 07 03/12 133 DS: B-35 (pg 1 of 4)

ULTRAMET 317L All-positional MMA electrode for 317L stainless steel
Product description Rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0.025%) typical carbon levels. A controlled
addition of nitrogen, in conjunction with ~3.8%Mo, provides improved pitting corrosion resistance compared
to 316L. Ultramet 317L gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design.
These features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high
cosmetic finish and full volumetric weld metal integrity. The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suited to
vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. Low hydrogen manufacturing
technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.

BS EN 1600 E 19 13 4 N L R 32
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.5 -- 0.08 3
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.50 0.20 10
typ 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 13 3.8 0.1 0.12 5

- 50°C J -- 30
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
18°C.

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
8 6 1 6 <0.2 0.6 16 0.8
Rev 07 03/12 134 DS: B-35 (pg 2 of 4)

ER317L Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding 317L stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 317L stainless steel.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER 317, ER 317L

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 13 4 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS317, SS317L
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 13.0 3.0 -- 2
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 15.0 4.0 0.3 10
typ 0.015 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 14 3.5 0.15 5


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 **
Current DC- DC+
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

28 12 15 12 2 <0.5 3.3
Rev 07 03/12 135 DS: B-35 (pg 3 of 4)

SUPERCORE 317LP All-positional rutile flux cored wire for 317L
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 317LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework but provides excellent operability in the flat and
HV positions as well. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E317LT1-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A (nearest T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS317L-FB1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.5 0.20 10
typ 0.03 1 0.6 0.02 0.02 19 13 3.5 0.1 0.07 6

-50°C J -- 45
Hardness HV -- 220
not exceed 85%.
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg spool.

17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
Rev 07 03/12 136 DS: B-35 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CRYOGENIC 308LCF CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Controlled ferrite 308L austenitic stainless steels for No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C
joining 304L base materials used in cryogenic (300°C may be acceptable on thicker section
applications. material); no PWHT required.
Materials to be welded For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the
higher end of the allowable ranges.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
304L 1.4306
304 1.4301 There is a Technical Profile covering the use of the
304LN 1.4311 controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications.
CF3 1.4308 G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding
CF8 consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless
Steel World America 2004 Conference, Houston,
BS UNS 2004.
304S11 S 30403
304S15/16/31 S 30400 Related alloy groups
304S61 S 30453 General purpose 308L stainless steel consumables are
304C12 in data sheet B-30. Stainless steel consumables for
304C15 high temperature applications on 304H can be found
Applications in data sheets C-10 or C-12.
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels with service Products available

temperatures down to –196°C. The controlled ferrite Process Product Specification
SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are
MMA Ultramet 308LCF AWS E308L-16
specifically designed for cryogenic service; they are
not batch selected consumables. Ultramet B308LCF AWS E308L-15
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to TIG ER308LCF AWS ER308L
cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG. SAW ER308LCF AWS ER308L
Standard 308L consumables for general purpose LA491 BS EN SA FB255

fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. The FCW Supercore 308LCF AWS E308LT1-1/4J
308L consumables covered here are not suitable for
304/304H in elevated temperature structural
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12.
Microstructure
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
8FN for solid wires).

Rev 07 03/12 137 DS: B-37 (pg 1 of 5)

18°C.

8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 308LCF Rutile MMA electrode for cryogenic 304L applications

Product description MMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile
downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content
designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for
unusual occasions when 304L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of
308H.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
typ <0.025 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 10 0.1 <0.1 3

-196°C J -- 35
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.2
Rev 07 03/12 138 DS: B-37 (pg 2 of 5)

ULTRAMET B308LCF Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 304L
Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high
purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308LCF is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead
welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to
adverse wind and drafts.
BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L B 4 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 18.5 10 0.05 <0.1 3
Impact energy +20°C J -- 80-120
-196°C J -- 35-50
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155
length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.4
Rev 07 03/12 139 DS: B-37 (pg 3 of 5)

ER308LCF 308L solid wire for cryogenic 304L applications
Product description Batch selected solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER308L
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L

(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 8
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 7
properties As welded TIG SAW + LA491
Impact energy -130°C J -- 110 50
-196°C J -- 80 30
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER308LCF SAW wire batch tested, withLA491 flux, for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Current DC- DC+
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube 25kg coil
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 07 03/12 140 DS: B-37 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 308LCF Rutile all positional flux cored wire for cryogenic 304L applications
Product description Supercore 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring
>0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.
Supercore 308LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about
90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E308LT1-1/4J
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L P C/M 2

(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 5
typ 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.6 10.5 0.1 0.1 3
-130°C J -- 40
-196°C J -- 36
not exceed 85%.
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 15 – 20mm
150A, 25V (positional)

17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
Rev 07 03/12 141 DS: B-37 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CRYOGENIC 316LCF CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Controlled ferrite 316L austenitic stainless steels for Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
joining 316L base materials used in cryogenic 8FN for solid wires).
applications.
Welding guidelines
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C
ASTM BS EN & DIN
(300°C may be acceptable on thicker section
material); no PWHT required.
316L 1.4404/1.4401
316 1.4436 For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the
316LN 1.4406/1.4429 higher end of the allowable ranges.
CF3M 1.4408
CF8M 1.4437 Additional information
BS UNS There is a Technical Profile covering the use of the

316S11/13 S 31603 controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications.
316S16/31/33 S 31600
316S61 S 31653 G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding
316C12 consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless
316C16/71 Steel World America 2004 Conference, Houston,
2004.
Applications
These consumables are used for Mo bearing
austenitic stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. Type General purpose 316L stainless steel consumables are
316/316L steels are widely used for their good in data sheet B-32. Stainless steel consumables for
resistance to pitting, many acids and general high temperature applications on 316H can be found
corrosion. . The controlled ferrite SMAW electrodes in data sheets C-12 or C-13.
and flux cored wires are specifically designed for
cryogenic service; they are not batch selected Products available
consumables. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet 316LCF AWS E316L-16
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to
cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG. Ultramet B316LCF AWS E316L-15
TIG ER316LCF AWS ER316L
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose SAW ER316LCF AWS ER316L
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. The
316L consumables covered here are not suitable for LA491 BS EN SA FB255
316/316H in elevated temperature structural FCW Supercore 316LCF AWS E316LT1-1/4J
applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13.
Rev 07 03/12 142 DS: B-38 (pg 1 of 5)

18°C.

8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 316LCF Rutile MMA electrode for cryogenic 316L applications

downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content
designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for
unusual occasions when 316L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of
316H.

BS EN 1600 (Nearest E 19 12 3 L R 3 2)
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

-100°C J -- 50
-196°C J -- 30
Hardness HV -- 230
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Rev 07 03/12 143 DS: B-38 (pg 2 of 5)

ULTRAMET B316LCF Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 316L
BS EN 1600 (Nearest E 19 12 3 L B 4 2)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.
-196°C J -- 35
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.4
Rev 07 03/12 144 DS: B-38 (pg 3 of 5)

ER316LCF Solid 316L wire for cryogenic applications
Product description Solid wires for TIG and sub-arc welding.
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L W=TIG, S=SAW

(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8
typ 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6
properties As welded TIG SAW + LA491
Impact energy -130°C J -- > 100 > 45
-196°C J -- > 60 30
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER316LCF SAW wire batch tested, withLA491 flux for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Current DC- DC+
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
Rev 07 03/12 145 DS: B-38 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 316LCF Rutile all positional flux cored wire for cryogenic 316L applications
Product description Supercore 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring
>0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.
Supercore 316LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about
90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E316LT1-1/4J

BS EN ISO 17633-A (nearest T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.0 12.4 2.2 0.1 3
* Does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

-130°C J -- 45
-196°C J -- 34
Lateral expansion * -130°C mm -- 0.70
-196°C mm 0.38 0.55
not exceed 85%.
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 15 – 20mm
150A, 25V (positional)

14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
Rev 07 03/12 146 DS: B-38 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONSUMABLES FOR 904L Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type weld metal is recommended, see alloy 625 (data sheet
D-20).
904L is a nominally 20%Cr-25%Ni-5%Mo-2%Cu fully
austenitic alloy with good corrosion resistance. It is the preferred weld metal for some lower alloy
austenitics such as Creusot UHB 34L and UHB 734L
Materials to be welded for wet process phosphoric acid service.
ASTM-ASME DIN BS
Applications include tanks and process vessels, piping
N08904 1.4505 1449: 904S13
systems, agitators and rotors and cast pumps and
1.4506 1504: 364C11 (cast)
valves for use in the fertiliser, phosphoric, sulphuric
1.4536
and acetic acid plants, and in salt and seawater
1.4539
environments. It is also used in some offshore
1.4585
applications, including overlays on mild and low alloy
1.4500 (cast)
steels.
Proprietary alloys Microstructure
Uddelholm 904L In the as-welded condition the weld metal
2RK65 (Sandvik) microstructure is fully austenitic.
Cronifer 1925LC (VDM)
254SLX (Avesta Polarit) Welding guidelines
Uranus B6 & B6M (Creusot Loire) No preheat or PWHT is required, interpass should be
Suitable for copper-free variants of the above alloys and controlled to 150C maximum and heat input should
also to overmatch leaner alloys such as 317L, 317LN, also be controlled particularly with larger diameter
317LM, 317LMN, 1.4439, 1.4440 and S31726. MMA electrodes.
These consumables give a fully austenitic, low carbon Process Product Specification
weld metal with molybdenum and copper, with good MMA Ultramet 904L E385-16
resistance to corrosion in sulphuric, phosphoric and
Ultramet B904L E385-15
other inorganic and organic acids.
TIG/MIG 20.25.4Cu ER385
They are not normally chosen for resistance to
corrosion in concentrated nitric acid. For service in
severe chloride pitting media, overmatching nickel-base

18°C.
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect OES.
Rev 10 03/12 147 DS: B-40 (pg 1 of 3)

ULTRAMET 904L Rutile MMA electrode for welding 904L
Product description MMA electrode (formerly 21.26.5.CuNb.R) with a special rutile flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic
stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give
resistance to microfissuring.

BS EN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu NL R 52
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
typ 0.02 1.2 0.55 0.015 0.02 20.5 25 4.6 1.5 0.02 0.09

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1
ULTRAMET B904L Basic all-positional MMA pipe-welding electrode for alloy 904L
Product description Special basic flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon,
silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.

BS EN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu NL B 62
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
typ 0.025 2 0.4 0.005 0.02 21 25 4.8 1.8 0.05 0.08
Rev 10 03/12 148 DS: B-40 (pg 2 of 3)

ULTRAMET B904L (continued)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.1
20.25.4.Cu Solid TIG and MIG wire matching alloy 904L

BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 25 5 Cu L

(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2
max 0.025 2.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0
typ 0.01 1.7 0.3 0.001 0.015 20 25 4.5 1.5
Current DC- DC+
** Ar-He-CO2 proprietary mixtures also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
28 13 16 20 3 2.5 2.5
Rev 10 03/12 149 DS: B-40 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 20 Website: www.metrode.com
with 4mm diameter electrodes.

Alloy type
20%Cr-34%Ni-3.5%Cu-2.5%Mo (alloy 20) austenitic Repair of alloy 20 castings may present particular
corrosion resistant alloy. problems with HAZ regions being sensitive to
fissuring and weld metal increasing in crack
Materials to be welded sensitivity if silicon pick-up takes place.
Troublesome castings may require buttering at very
ASTM A351, A744 Grade CN-7M low heat input with small diameter electrodes and
BS 1504 Grade 332C11 minimum dilution.
Proprietary Alloy 20, 20Cb, 20Cb-3 (Carpenter)
Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot)
Langalloy 20V (Meighs) PWHT
Welds are normally left in the as-welded condition
Applications but castings to ASTM specifications may require
solution treatment at 1125C following major repairs.
This electrode is usually made to order. It gives a
fully austenitic, niobium stabilised weld metal with
molybdenum and copper and a high resistance to Related alloy groups
corrosion in sulphuric acid, other mineral acids, The 825 consumables (data sheet B-42) are similar
organic acids and their mixtures. Most parent high alloy corrosion resistant products and can be
material specifications are for castings. offered as a technically compatible alternative in
some applications.
Applications include tanks, process piping, heat
exchangers, agitators and rotors, cast pumps and
valves; for use in the chemical processing, metal Products available
cleaning and pickling industries. Process Product Specification
MMA E320LR-15 AWS E320LR-15
Microstructure TIG ER320LR AWS ER320LR*
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully MIG ER320LR AWS ER320LR*
austenitic. *Contact Metrode concerning these products
Welding guidelines
No preheat, interpass to be controlled to 150C
maximum and heat input to be controlled particularly
Rev 04 03/12 150 DS: B-41 (pg 1 of 2)

E320LR-15 MMA electrode for welding alloy 20
Product description MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on an over-matching high purity core wire.
The E320LR-15 electrode is manufactured with strict controls on the maximum carbon, silicon, sulphur and
phosphorus (to optimise as-welded corrosion resistance); and also restricted ranges for manganese and
niobium. This low residual (LR) electrode is intended to reduce sensitivity to microfissuring whilst
maintaining excellent corrosion resistance, but interpass temperature and heat input still need to be controlled.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E320LR-15
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.5 -- -- -- 19.0 32.0 2.0 8xC 3.0
Max 0.03 2.5 0.30 0.015 0.020 21.0 36.0 3.0 0.40 4.0
typ 0.02 2 0.2 0.005 0.01 20 34 2.5 0.3 3.5
All-weld mechanical As welded Min (1) typical

properties MP
Tensile strength 520 535
a
MP
0.2% Proof stress -- 345
a
Impact energy +20°C J -- 117
-196°C J -- 98
(1) ASTM N08020 parent material requires TS >550MPa, PS >240MPa
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 150

length mm 275 325 325
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 13.5
18°C.

5 5 2 6 1 1 20 0.8
Rev 04 03/12 151 DS: B-41 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 825 Website: www.metrode.com

Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu alloy of the generic 825 type. In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure is fully austenitic.
Welding guidelines
Matching 825 materials:
No preheat required, interpass should be restricted to
ASTM/UNS N08825 150C maximum and the heat input should be
DIN 2.4858 controlled particularly with 4mm and 5mm diameter
BS 1501 & 3072 Grade NA16 electrodes.
Proprietary Incoloy 825 (Special Metals)
Incoloy 825CP, cast (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 4221 (Krupp VDM)
Some authorities accept or prefer overmatching type
The E825L-15 MMA electrode is also suitable for the 625 weld metal (data sheet D-20) but 825 is the
28%Cr alloy 28 materials: conventional type for welding alloy 825. Both the
E825L-15 electrode and 82-50 wire are also suitable
ASTM UNS N08028 for welding the leaner alloy 20 type materials. The
DIN 1.4563 MMA electrode E825L-15 (but not the 82-50 wire)
Proprietary Nicrofer 3127LC (Krupp VDM) can also be used for welding the 28%Cr, alloy 28
Sanicro 28 (Sandvik) type, materials.
Also suitable for lower nickel materials of the alloy

20 type. Related alloy groups
The 625 alloy (data sheet D-20) is sometimes used
Applications for welding 825 and alloy 28 materials.
The consumables deposit Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu weld metal

with a high corrosion resistance to organic acids and Products available
hot sulphuric acid. The high nickel content gives Process Product Specification
good resistance to stress corrosion cracking in
MMA E825L-15 DIN EL-NiCr28Mo
chloride and H2S environments.
TIG/MIG 82-50 AWS ERNiFeCr-1
Applications include tanks and process vessels,
pipework systems, heat exchangers, agitators and
rotors, and cast pumps and valves for use in the
chemical processing and increasingly offshore oil
and gas industries. Also suitable for corrosion
resistant overlays and for welding dissimilar
materials.
Rev 04 03/12 152 DS: B-42 (pg 1 of 3)

E825L-15 MMA electrode for austenitic alloy 825
Product description MMA electrode for welding 825, alloy 28 and alloy 20 type materials. Specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile
flux on high purity 825 core wire. The electrodes are designed for fixed pipework welds including the
demanding ASME 5G/6G positions. Careful control of carbon, manganese, silicon and nitrogen to maximise
corrosion resistance in the as-welded condition and to ensure high resistance to solidification cracking and
microfissuring in multipass welds. The composition is controlled to give a Pitting Resistance Equivalent
(PRE) of about 40, where PRE = %Cr + 3.3%Mo.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E383-15) Does not strictly conform; Ni & Cu are higher in E825L-15
compared to the E383-15 classification.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb Fe
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 27.0 35.0 3.2 1.5 -- --
max 0.03 3.0 0.5 0.015 0.030 31.0 40.0 4.5 3.0 1.0 30
typ 0.02 2 0.3 0.01 0.01 28 38 3.5 2 0.3 27

Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 90 120
max A 80 110 150 190

length mm 275 325 325 325
kg/carton 10.8 13.8 14.1 14.1
18°C.
4 5 3 7 1 1 20 0.7
Rev 04 03/12 153 DS: B-42 (pg 2 of 3)

82-50 Solid TIG and MIG wire for welding high alloy austenitic 825 material
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 825 and alloy 20 type materials. The 82-50 wire only has a nominal
21%Cr and so is not suitable for alloy 28. Note MIG wire is to order only.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiFeCr-1

BS EN ISO 18274 SNi8065
Also known generically as filler metal 65 (FM65)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Al Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 19.5 38.0 2.5 1.5 -- 0.60 22.0
max 0.05 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 23.5 46.0 3.5 3.0 0.20 1.2 bal
typ 0.02 0.5 0.3 0.005 0.015 22 40 3 2 0.1 0.8 30
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG (Ar) TIG (Ar+2%H2)


parameters Shielding Argon * Argon
Current DC- DC+ **
Diameter 2.4 1.2mm
* Also required as a purge for root runs. Ar+1-5%H2 can prove beneficial see mechanical properties.
** Pulsed current may provide better arc transfer characteristics.

(to order)
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

23 2 19 29 2 3 1.7
Rev 04 03/12 154 DS: B-42 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ELECTRODE FOR 310L Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type The low carbon fully austenitic deposit has excellent
cryogenic toughness and it can be used as an
Low carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni (310L) for corrosion
alternative to 308L/316L types for welding
resisting applications.
conventional austenitic materials where superior
impact values are required at temperatures at or
Materials to be welded below -196ºC.
BS EN / DIN
X1CrNi25 21 (1.4335) Microstructure
AFNOR Fully austenitic.

Z1 CN 25 20
Z2 CN 25 20 M (cast) Welding guidelines
Proprietary No preheat is required. Owing to the inherent hot
2RE10 (Sandvik) cracking susceptibility of fully austenitic weld metal
Uranus 65 (Usinor Industeel)) it is desirable to keep interpass temperature below
Cronifer 2521LC (Krupp VDM) 150C and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm..

310L consumables are designed for welding special The standard 310 alloy, with 0.1%C (data sheet C-
low-carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni alloys which are used for 30) is related but is used for entirely different high
their excellent resistance to oxidising media, e.g. temperature applications and the two alloys cannot be
nitric acid. Applications range from the chemical interchanged.
process plant used in fertiliser production to the
waste nuclear fuel reprocessing industries. It is not The 316NF consumables (data sheet B-33) and the
intended for welding standard type 310 used for heat Ultramet B310MoLN electrode can be used for
resisting applications (see data sheet C-30). similar corrosion resisting applications.
The electrode can also be used for surfacing steels to Products available
give a deposit with properties similar to the bulk
weld metal, but care should be taken to deposit Process Product Specification
sufficient layers to eliminate any effects of dilution. MMA 25.20.L.R None
Rev 05 03/12 155 DS: B-45 (pg 1 of 2)

25.20.L.R MMA electrode for 310L stainless steel
Product description Special low silica basic rutile flux on low carbon stainless steel core wire. Detrimental residual elements
including silicon are kept to low levels for optimum corrosion performance. Coupled with raised manganese,
these features also ensure excellent resistance to microfissuring hot cracking. Suitable for all-positional
welding up to 3.2mm diameter.

Approvals: Approved for welding equivalent parent material Uranus 65 by independent tests.
(weld metal wt %) min -- 4.0 -- -- -- 24.0 19.0 -- -- --
max 0.040 7.0 0.4 0.020 0.025 26.0 22.0 0.2 0.3 0.3
typ 0.03 5 0.3 0.008 0.01 25 21 0.1 <0.1 0.08

Hardness HV 170
All-weld corrosion The weld metal has been subjected to the Huey test (ASTM A262 practice C: 5 x 48hr periods in boiling 65%
properties nitric acid). The corrosion rates were as follows:
Condition Corrosion rate Selective attack

As-welded 0.40 µm/48hr (= 0.07mm or 3 mils/year) < 0.01mm
PWHT 815C/2hrs 0.73 µm/48hr (= 0.13mm or 5 mils/year) < 0.13mm
ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 75 100
max A 120 155
Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0

length mm 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0
pieces/carton 318 258
18°C.

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
Rev 05 03/12 156 DS: B-45 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ELECTRODE FOR 310MoLN Website: www.metrode.com
Applications are mainly for joining matching steels

Alloy type
although it can also be used for surfacing.
25%Cr-22%Ni-2.5%Mo-0.15%N (alloy 310MoLN)
austenitic corrosion resistant alloy. Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully
austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability is <1.01.
AISI 310MoLN
AFNOR Z1 CND 25.22.Az Welding guidelines
DIN / EN 1.4465 (X2CrNiMoN 25-25-2)
No preheat required and interpass should be
1.4466 (X1CrNiMoN 25-22-2)
UNS controlled to 150C maximum. It is also desirable
S31050
Proprietary Uranus 25 22 2 (Usinor Industeel)
for heat input to be limited to a maximum of
1.5kJ/mm, particularly with 4mm diameter
2RE69, 3R60U.G (Sandvik)
electrodes.
Cronifer 25.25.LCN (VDM)
HR3ELM (Sumitomo)
Applications The alloy has excellent resistance to the ASTM A262
practice C corrosion test (Huey test). Typically
Ultramet B310MoLN is used primarily for welding
required to meet <0.16g/m2/h (0.18mm/year), and
similar wrought or cast 310MoLN parent alloys. It is
selective attack <0.07mm.
particularly suited to positional welding, including
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position,
Products available
in material thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest
sections. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet B310MoLN BS EN: E 25 22 2 NLB
The 310MoLN alloy has very good resistance to
pitting, intergranular corrosion, chloride bearing
media and nitric acid. The main applications of the
alloy are in the production and processing of urea
and sulphuric acid.
Rev 04 03/12 157 DS: B-46 (pg 1 of 2)

ULTRAMET B310MoLN MMA electrode for welding alloy 310MoLN
Product description MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity stainless steel core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications BS EN 1600 E 25 22 2 N L B
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 3.0 -- -- -- 24.0 20.0 2.0 0.10 --
Max 0.04 5.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 23.0 3.0 0.20 0.50
typ 0.03 4 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 22 2.2 0.15 0.05

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 340 340
kg/carton 11.4 13.8 14.1
18°C.

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
Rev 04 03/12 158 DS: B-46 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
20.18.6.Cu.R Website: www.metrode.com
Product description A minimum temperature of 1200°C is required to dissolve

these intermetallic phases and some authorities require
MMA electrode with basic-rutile flux system, including
>1230°C. This is followed by water quenching to prevent
alloying, made on high purity stainless steel core wire.
further intermetallic formation on cooling.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire and
65% with respect to the whole electrode. Composition (weld metal wt %)
Specifications C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE
min -- 0.2 0.2 -- -- 19.5 17.5 6.0 0.5 0.15 40
There are no national specifications for this electrode. max 0.03 1.0 0.8 0.02 0.03 21.0 20.0 7.0 1.0 0.28 --
Materials to be welded typ 0.02 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 20.5 18.5 6.5 0.7 0.2 44
PRE = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
ASTM A351 CK3MCuN (cast).
A182 F44. All-weld mechanical properties
S31254 Solution annealed
min * typical
BS EN 1.4547 1200-1250°C/2h + WQ
Proprietary 254SMO (Outokumpu) Tensile strength MPa 550 716
Applications Elongation on 4d % 35 50
This electrode deposits weld metal that closely matches Reduction of area % -- 54
the composition of equivalent 6%Mo superaustenitic Impact energy -50°C J -- >120
parent material, usually castings, and is used only when Hardness HV -- 200
post weld solution annealing is applied. * Minimum properties for CK3MCuN castings.
As deposited weld metal of this type has inherent Mo Parameters
segregation and it is essential that welds are fully solution
annealed to obtain the excellent pitting resistance this alloy
is capable of. When solution annealing is not possible the
use of over-matching nickel base electrodes (Nimrod ø mm 3.2 4.0
625KS, Nimrod C22KS or Nimrod C59KS) is normal min A 80 130
practice. max A 110 160
The main applications for this electrode are in foundry Packaging data
repair or fabrication of castings for use in process plant ø mm 3.2 4.0
where high resistance to chloride pitting and crevice length mm 350 350
corrosion is required. Applications include: heat
kg/carton 15.0 14.1
exchangers and pipework for seawater contaminated oil
and gas plant, equipment for pulp bleaching, gas cleaning
systems (FGD), and components handling acid solutions Storage
with halides.
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
Microstructure unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
Fully austenitic. electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-
Welding guidelines up and increase the risk of porosity.
Preheat not required. Interpass temperature is restricted to For electrodes that have been exposed:
minimise the possibility of hot cracking in the parent Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
HAZ. In susceptible castings, buttering with 100°C Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
maximum interpass temperature and <1.0kJ/mm heat input Storage of redried electrodes at 50-200°C in holding oven or
50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
may be required prior to filling the joint using more
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
relaxed parameters. opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
Heat treatment Fume data
To eliminate segregation this weld metal must be solution Fume composition, wt % typical:
annealed. High Mo austenitic alloys are prone to
intermetallic phase formation (sigma, chi) at 600-1000°C. Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
This damage could occur in the HAZ and weld metal 8 8 7 2 1.5 1 18 0.7
during welding but will certainly occur as the temperature
rises slowly during PWHT.
Rev 02 03/12 159 DS: B-47 (pg 1 of 1)
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168

24%Cr-13%Ni (309L) austenitic stainless for Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on base
dissimilar joint buffer layers etc. material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on
mild steels; up to 250°C on hardenable steels.
Mainly used under high dilution conditions,
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and There is a Technical Profile on sub-arc welding with
CMn steels. 309S92 and also additional information covering the
Supercore flux cored wires.
Applications
There are 3 main areas of application:
The 309Mo consumables (B-51), 307 (E-21) and
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn,
29.9 types (E-22) cover similar applications. For
mild steel or low alloy steels and for joining
high temperature applications refer to the controlled
304L/321 clad plate. Subsequent layers are deposited
ferrite 309 types (C-21) and high carbon 309H (C-22)
with an electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg
for matching high carbon cast alloys.
308L, 347.
Products available
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited
in joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to Process Product Specification
mild and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets
MMA Supermet 309L AWS E309L-17
and other attachments. Service temperatures above
400°C are normally avoided. It is also used for Ultramet 309L AWS E309L-16
welding 12%Cr 'utility ferritics' such as Cromweld Ultramet B309L AWS E309L-15
3CR12, to itself and other steels. Ultramet 309LP AWS E309L-16
Similar metal joints: Wrought and cast steels of TIG 309S92 AWS ER309L
23Cr-12Ni type (eg ASTM 309 and CH8, BS 309S24 MIG Supermig 309LSi AWS ER309LSi
and 309C30) can be welded if the service
requirement is corrosion resistance below 400°C. SAW 309S92 AWS ER309L
However, for high temperature structural service, SS300 BS EN SA AF2
weld metal with controlled higher carbon and lower SSB BS EN SA AF2
ferrite should be used (Thermet 309CF – data sheet
LA491 BS EN SAFB255
C-21).
FCW Supercore 309L AWS E309LT0-1/4
Microstructure
Supercore 309LP AWS E309LT1-1/4
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-20FN. The solid
wires tend to have lower ferrite than the MMA and
FCW consumables, the ferrite falling in the range 8-
15FN for the solid wires.
Rev 11 03/12 160 DS: B-50 (pg 1 of 6)

RH, > 18°C.
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 LR 32

(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.5 0.5 20
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 13 0.05 0.1 15
Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
length mm 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.3 18.0
Rev 11 03/12 161 DS: B-50 (pg 2 of 6)

ULTRAMET 309L All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 309L
benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with
high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes
including fixed pipework. The 2.5mm electrodes are also designed for open butt root welding.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L R 32
Approvals Germanischer Lloyd
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

Hardness HV -- 230
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 13.5 18.0
ULTRAMET B309L Basic coated 309L MMA electrode for pipe-welding

overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site
conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L B 42
BS 2926 23.12.LB
DIN 8556 E 23 12 L B 20+
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15
Rev 11 03/12 162 DS: B-50 (pg 3 of 6)

ULTRAMET B309L (continued) 
-50°C J -- 50
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 * 5.0 **
length mm 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 14.1/17.4 17.1
pieces/carton 678 402 267/267 159
* 350mm is the standard length for 4.0mm diameter; 450mm is available to order.
** 5.0mm diameter made to order.
ULTRAMET 309LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode

309LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications
including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 309LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root
runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet
material.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L R 1 1
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

Hardness HV -- 230
ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2

min A 50 60 75
max A 80 90 120
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 12.0
Rev 11 03/12 163 DS: B-50 (pg 4 of 6)

309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi 309L solid wire
Specifications 309S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 309LSi (MIG)
BS EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 L G 23 12 L Si

(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 20
typ 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 23.5 13 0.1 0.15 12
properties As welded TIG MIG
Impact energy + 20°C J >200 100
- 20°C J -- 80
- 75°C J >150 --

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2** SS300***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Voltage 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
*** SSB and LA491 also suitable.
0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 To order -- --
32 12 20 11 < 0.5 < 0.5 2.5
Rev 11 03/12 164 DS: B-50 (pg 5 of 6)

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 L P C/M 2
Approvals TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 12
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 22
typ 0.03 1.3 0.6 0.02 0.02 24 12.5 0.1 0.1 15
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 65 *
- 20°C J -- 55 *
Hardness HV -- 205
* These values are for Supercore 309LP. Values for Supercore 309L are 45J at +20°C, 40J at -20°C.

1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
14 11 2 5 4 <1 6 1.2
Rev 11 03/12 165 DS: B-50 (pg 6 of 6)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
309Mo STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

23%Cr-13%Ni-2.5%Mo (309Mo) austenitic stainless Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on base
steel. material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on
mild steels, up to 250°C on hardenable steels.
Mainly used under high dilution conditions, particularly Additional information
dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn steels.
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
There are no comparable base materials.
welding with 309Mo. There is also additional
Applications information available covering the Supercore flux cored
wires.
There are 3 main areas of application:
Related Alloy Groups
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 316L clad plate. The 309L consumables (B-50), 307 consumables (E-21)
Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode and 29.9 consumables (E-22) cover a similar range of
chosen to match the cladding, eg 316L, 318. Also as a applications.
buffer layer prior to hardsurfacing with chromium
Products Available
carbide types.
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in Process Product Specification
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild MMA Supermet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and Ultramet B309Mo AWS E309LMo-15
other attachments. Service temperatures above 300°C
are normally avoided. For some of these applications a Vertamet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
more economic alternative may be suitable, eg 309L, TIG/MIG/
ER309Mo EN ISO 23 12 2 L
307. SAW
SAW flux SS300 EN ISO SA AF2 64
Hardenable steels: The high level of alloying and
ferrite level tolerates dilution from a wide range of SSB EN ISO SA AF2
alloyed and hardenable steels to give crack-free welds. FCW Supercore 309Mo AWS E309LMoT0-1/4
Microstructure Supercore 309MoP AWS E309LMoT1-1/4
Austenite with ferrite normally in the range 10-30FN.

recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.
Rev 09 09/12 166 DS: B-51 (pg 1 of 5)

SUPERMET 309Mo General purpose rutile 309Mo MMA electrode
Product description Acid rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives
sound porosity-free deposits.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E309LMo-17

EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L R 32
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.5 2.5 0.05 25
Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
length mm 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 17.7 18.0
ULTRAMET B309Mo 309Mo basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode

Product description Basic coated electrode on high purity 304L core wire manufactured to order. Designed to give moisture
resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity.

EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L B 42
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 12
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.50 36
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 2.6 0.1 20
Rev 09 09/12 167 DS: B-51 (pg 2 of 5)

ULTRAMET B309Mo (continued)
ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 75 100
max A 120 155
length mm 350 350
kg/carton 15.0 14.1 Note: Product available to order only.
VERTAMET 309Mo Rutile vertical-down electrode for dissimilar welds

Product description Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon levels. ‘Low
hydrogen’ manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. The electrode is
designed for all-positional use where the emphasis is on fast welding speeds achieved by the vertical-down
welding technique (BS EN 287-1 PG position). For fillet and lap joints in thinner sheet material, an added
advantage is reduced distortion resulting from the lower heat input of vertical-down welding. Although
designed primarily for vertical-down it can be successfully used in all other positions.

EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L R 11
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 23 12 2.4 0.1 15
ø mm 2.5 3.2
min A 60 75
max A 90 120
Typical vertical-up ~65 ~80
Typical vertical-down ~85 ~110
length mm 300 300
kg/carton 12.9 12.9
Rev 09 09/12 168 DS: B-51 (pg 3 of 5)

ER309Mo Solid 309Mo wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Specifications AWS A5.9 (nearest ER309LMo)

EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 2 L
EN ISO 14343-B (nearest SS309LMo)
ASME IX Qualification (QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8. Most relevant F & A No because wire does not conform to AWSA5.9)
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 21.0 11.0 2.0 -- 5
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 25.0 15.5 3.5 0.3 20
typ 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 22 14.5 2.7 0.2 10

Impact energy + 20°C J > 90

parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2 * SS300 **
Current DC- DC+ DC+
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
32 12 20 11 1.5 <0.5 2.5
Rev 09 09/12 169 DS: B-51 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP Rutile flux cored wires for dissimilar welding
Product description Flux cored wires made using an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309Mo
combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV
welding. Supercore 309MoP is designed for all-positional welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications Supercore 309Mo Supercore 309MoP

AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-1/4 E309LMoT1-1/4
EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
EN ISO 17633-B TS309LMo-FB0 TS309LMo-FB1
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 15
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 25
typ 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 12.8 2.3 0.1 20

Hardness HV -- 245
not exceed 85%.
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 160A-26V 15-20mm
16 11 3 4 6 <1 6 0.8
Rev 09 09/12 170 DS: B-51 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ULTRAMET 309Nb Website: www.metrode.com
Product description If PWHT is applied there will be some weld metal

embrittlement, although ductility should remain
MMA electrode with rutile flux system made on high acceptable after normal times and temperature.
purity 304L stainless steel core wire. Deposits a low However fusion boundary embrittlement can be more
carbon 309 type weld metal with a minimum niobium severe and acceptability should be established with
level of 0.7%. representative procedure tests.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire
and 65% with respect to the whole electrode. Composition (weld metal wt %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
Specifications min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- 0.70 --
max 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 1.00 0.50
AWS A5.4 E309Nb-16 (previously E309Cb-16)
typ 0.03 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 0.05 0.8 0.1
BS EN 1600 E 23 12 Nb R 32
ASME IX Qualification All-weld mechanical properties

As welded typical
QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8. Tensile strength MPa 660
Materials to be welded Elongation on 4d % 34
There are no comparable parent materials; used for Reduction of area % 52
overlays only.
Parameters
Applications
Ultramet 309Nb is designed specifically for use
where niobium stabilised weld metal is required in ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
overlays, or inlays, on CMn or low alloy steels. A min A 60 75 100 130
minimum niobium content of 0.7% in undiluted weld max A 90 120 155 210
metal ensures a fully stabilised deposit of
Packaging data
approximately 347 composition is produced in the
first layer on mild and medium carbon steels. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 300 350 350 450
It may also be useful for the first run when welding kg/carton 13.8 15.6 15.9 18.0
321 or 347 clad steels, prior to completion with 347 pieces/carton 717 441 288 168
type weld metal. It is not recommended as an
alternative to 309L types for dissimilar welded joints. Storage
Microstructure 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
In the as-welded condition the microstructure longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
consists of austenite with a ferrite content of 8-20FN. electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-
up and increase the risk of porosity.
Welding guidelines Redry 150 – 200°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Preheat is dependent on the base material Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or
hardenability, eg none on mild steel, up to 200°C on 50-200°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
hardenable (0.4%C) steels. recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
With a typical dilution of 25-30% on a medium
carbon steel, Ultramet 309Nb could produce a fully Fume data
austenitic weld deposit. It is well known that weld
metals containing niobium are especially sensitive to Fume composition, wt % typical:
hot cracking when little or no ferrite is present. Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
Therefore it is desirable to minimise dilution in the 9 6 1 7 <0.5 <0.2 17 0.7
first layer of overlays by controlling parameters and
bead overlap (aim for 50% overlap).
171
Rev 02 03/12 DS: B-53 (pg 1 of 1)
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
LEAN DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Lean duplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steels. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain
about 25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat
Materials to be welded input/cooling rate conditions.
BS EN & DIN
X2CrNiN23L Welding guidelines
1.4362 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
ASTM/UNS 150°C max, although for many applications this could
S32304, S32101, S32001 be relaxed to 250˚C. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5
Proprietary alloys include: kJ/mm (depending on material thickness) should be
Sandvik SAF 2304 acceptable. Welds are left in the as-welded condition.
Usinor Industeel Uranus 35N
Avesta Polarit LDX 2101 Related alloy groups
AK Steel Nitronic 19D
The 22%Cr duplex consumables (data sheet B-60) are
Applications related and can also be used for welding the lean duplex
stainless steels.
Lean duplex stainless steels (LDSS) provide cost
savings compared to 22%Cr duplex stainless steels There is no matching solid wire available. The ER329N
because of the reductions in Ni and Mo. The LDSS also (AWS ER2209) wire should be used for
provide a strength advantage compared to austenitic MIG/TIG/SAW applications, data sheet B-60.
stainless steels and generally have comparable
corrosion resistance to austenitic stainless steels. Products available
The LDSS are finding more widespread use in today’s Process Product Specification
economic climate, particularly in structural applications. MMA Ultramet 2304 --
Uses include: bridges and structural work generally
FCW Supercore 2304P --
replacing austenitic stainless steels and carbon steels
rather than replacing standard duplex alloys.
Rev 04 03/12 172 DS: B-59 (pg 1 of 3)

ULTRAMET 2304 Rutile electrode for lean duplex
Product description
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with rutile flux system optimised for all welding
positions except vertical down.
Specifications AWS A5.4 Proposed E2101-16
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.10 24
max 0.04 1.5 0.9 0.02 0.03 25.5 9.5 0.8 0.5 0.20 31
typ 0.03 0.7 0.7 0.015 0.025 24.5 9.1 0.2 0.3 0.13 27
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

- 20°C J -- 50
- 50°C J -- 37
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV 55V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 50 65 100
max A 90 120 160

length mm 300 350 450
kg/carton 12 13.5 17.4
18°C.
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
Rev 04 03/12 173 DS: B-59 (pg 2 of 3)

SUPERCORE 2304P Flat and positional FCAW for lean duplex
Product description High performance rutile all positional flux cored wire produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically
<0.04% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications NONE
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.08 24
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.03 25.5 10.0 0.8 0.75 0.20 31
typ 0.03 1.0 0.6 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.2 0.2 0.2 0.14 27
PREN (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

- 50°C J -- 55
Hardness HV -- 240

1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9
Rev 04 03/12 174 DS: B-59 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
22%Cr DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

22%Cr standard duplex ferritic-austenitic stainless Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain
steels. about 25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat
input/cooling rate conditions.
Welding guidelines
ASTM BS EN & DIN
A182 Gr F51 1.4462 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
A890 Gr 4A (cast) X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5 kJ/mm
BS UNS (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable
318S13 S31803, S32205 but some codes restrict the max to 1.75 or 2.0kJ/mm.
J92205 (cast)
Proprietary alloys include: PWHT
Sandvik SAF2205
Avesta Polarit 2205 Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
Creusot Ind UR 45N almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
Böhler A903 repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution
VDM Cronifer 2205LCN treated condition. Experience has indicated good
S+C Maresist F51 (cast) properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench with
Sumitomo SM22Cr or without a cooling step to 1060°C before quenching.
Lean and Mo-free duplex including:
(UNS S32304 / DIN 1.4362 / X2CrNiN23L) Additional information
Sandvik SAF 2304 A Technical Profile covering duplex and superduplex
Creusot Ind UR35N stainless steels is available.
LDX 2101 Avesta Polarit
Applications
Lean duplex (data sheet B-59), superduplex (data sheets
Duplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings B-61, B-62 and B-63) and duplex matching
have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite consumables for casting repairs.
with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with general
alloying level, confers: Products available
- high strength compared with standard austenitic
steels, eg type 316L. Process Product Specification
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of MMA Supermet 2205 -
environments.
Ultramet 2205 AWS E2209-16
- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion
cracking (CSCC). Supermet 2205AR AWS E2209-17
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride 2205XKS AWS E2209-15
environments, eg seawater.
TIG/SAW ER329N AWS ER2209
These alloys are finding widening application in the MIG ER329N AWS ER2209
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process MCW Supercore M2205 AWS EC2209
industries, eg pipework systems, flowlines, risers,
manifolds etc. SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
FCW Supercore 2205 AWS E2209T0-1/4
Supercore 2205P AWS E2209T1-1/4
Rev 14 03/12 175 DS: B-60 (pg 1 of 9)

General Data for all 22%Cr Duplex MMA Electrodes
18°C.
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.
SUPERMET 2205 Overalloyed rutile electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode with enhanced Cr, Mo and N levels, giving higher weld pitting resistance than the nearest
AWS specification A5.4 E2209-16. See Ultramet 2205 for rutile type conforming to AWS.
Supermet 2205 is made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give
minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics.
Supermet 2205 is designed for welding wrought, forged or cast "standard" duplex stainless steels for service
in the as-welded condition. Good properties are also obtained when solution treated, as frequently required
for casting repairs. The electrode has a rutile flux system and is used primarily for downhand and H-V
welding applications. Smaller sizes offer excellent all-positional operability.
Specifications NONE Nearest is AWS A5.4 E2209-16.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No 8
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.14 36
max 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 0.5 0.25 43
typ 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.4 0.1 0.17 38
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
All-weld mechanical Pipe butt 1120°C/

properties As welded min typical weld 3h + WQ
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 650 752 480
Reduction of area % -- 40 35 --
Impact energy +20°C J -- 60-73 -- --
- 20°C J -- 45-55 45-50 --
- 30°C J -- 40-52 42-46 > 90
- 40°C J -- 35-47 38-43 > 70
- 50°C J -- 30-40 35-40 > 35
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV 55V min)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 65 100 130
max A 90 120 160 190

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 13.8 18.6
Rev 14 03/12 176 DS: B-60 (pg 2 of 9)

ULTRAMET 2205 Rutile all-positional electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode made on duplex stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum
carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system
optimised for all welding positions except vertical down and provides excellent operability.

BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 22.0 8.5 2.8 -- 0.14 34
max 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
typ 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 23.2 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

Hardness HV10 (HRC) -- < 305 (< 28)
Impact energy + 20°C J (mm) -- > 54 (> 0.8)
- 20°C J (mm) -- 43-48 (> 0.5)
- 50°C J (mm) -- 32-41 (>0.38)
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
Rev 14 03/12 177 DS: B-60 (pg 3 of 9)

SUPERMET 2205AR Rutile downhand electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give
minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux
system optimised for operability.

BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 3
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.5 -- 0.14 35
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.025 0.030 23.5 10.5 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
typ 0.03 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

Hardness HV10 (HRC) -- < 310 (< 28)
- 20°C J -- 40
- 50°C J -- 35
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.0
Rev 14 03/12 178 DS: B-60 (pg 4 of 9)

2205XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode made on duplex stainless core wire with a special basic flux to give optimum all-positional
operability. Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
The electrode has a basic flux system and is recommended where the highest sub-zero toughness is required,
and for the most demanding positional welding applications such as fixed pipework in the ASME 6G position.

BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L B 4 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.15 35
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.75 0.20 38
typ 0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36
All-weld mechanical 1120 – 1135°C

properties As welded min typical +WQ
Tensile strength MPa 690 750-870 790
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 630-700 480
Impact energy + 20°C J -- > 85 --
- 50°C J 47 > 60 > 75
- 75°C J -- > 30 --
Hardness HV -- 260-290 240
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
Rev 14 03/12 179 DS: B-60 (pg 5 of 9)

ER329N Solid welding wire for 22%Cr duplex
Product description Solid duplex stainless wire for welding 2205 type duplex stainless steels.

BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 9 3 N L
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 22.5 8.0 3.0 -- 0.14
max 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.3 0.20
typ 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17*
Duplex weld metal microstructure with austenite + 30-50% ferrite.
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N is > 35.
* ER329N MIG spooled wire is selected for suitability for both MIG and auto-TIG, with typically 0.15%N to
control porosity.

properties Typical values as welded min TIG MIG SAW + SSB
Tensile strength MPa 690 790 800-835 790
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 620 560-620 630
Elongation on 4d % 20 36 28-35 30
Hardness HV -- 270 (< 310) 270 (< 310) 275 (< 320)
HRC -- 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28)
Impact energy - 30°C J -- 180 (> 140) > 70 75 (>55)
- 50°C J -- 180 (> 120) > 60 55 (>35)
- 75°C J -- 125 (>70) -- --

parameters Shielding Argon Ar / He / CO2 SSB flux *
Current DC - pulsed DC +
Diameter 1.6 / 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
* LA491 flux also suitable.

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 2.5kg tube 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube 15kg spool 25kg coil
2.0 2.5kg tube -- to order

28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5
Rev 14 03/12 180 DS: B-60 (pg 6 of 9)

SUPERCORE M2205 Metal cored wire for MIG welding
Product description The wire is made with an austenite stainless steel sheath and high purity metal powders. Metal recovery is
about 96% with respect to the wire
Specifications AWS A5.22 EC2209
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 7.5 2.5 -- 0.08 34
max 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.5 0.20 38
typ 0.02 1.4 0.8 0.010 0.018 22.5 8.5 3.0 0.15 0.15 35
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

properties Ar-38%He-2%CO2
Impact energy - 50°C mm -- 38
Hardness HV -- 280
Operating Parameters Shielding gas: Stainshield heavy, Ar-38%-He-2%CO2 shielding gas at 15-20l/min.
Current: DC+ve
1.2 180A-27V to 250A-32V 200A-29V 10-20mm
28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5
Rev 14 03/12 181 DS: B-60 (pg 7 of 9)

SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P Flat and positional FCAW for 22%Cr duplex
Product description High performance rutile flux cored wires produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm. Supercore 2205 is
suited to welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions (material > 6mm). Supercore 2205P is
optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G
welding positions (pipe typically > 150mm diameter, > 15mm wall).
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically
<0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications Supercore 2205 Supercore 2205P

AWS A5.22 E2209T0-1/4 E2209T1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0 TS2209-FB1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.8 -- 0.08 34
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.030 24.0 10.0 4.0 0.3 0.20 38
typ 0.03 1.2 0.7 <0.01 0.02 23 9.2 3.1 0.1 0.12 35
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
All-weld mechanical As welded min Supercore 2205P Supercore 2205

typical typical
- 50°C J -- 55 40
- 75°C J -- 30 -
used but argon should not exceed 85%. Gas mixtures without oxygen additions can be helpful for optimum
weld metal toughness.

1.2 150A-25V to 280A-34V 200A-30V 15-20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm
1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9
Rev 14 03/12 182 DS: B-60 (pg 8 of 9)

SSB FLUX Sub-arc flux
Product description Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications DIN 32522 BFB6 63353 DC8M

BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC
(typical) ER329N wire 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.5 3.2 0.1 0.17
deposit 0.02 1.3 0.5 -- -- 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15
All-weld mechanical As welded

ER329N wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 630
Hardness HV 275 (< 320)
HRC 23 (< 28)
Impact energy - 30°C J 75 (>55)
- 50°C J 55 (>35)

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should
be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
Rev 14 03/12 183 DS: B-60 (pg 9 of 9)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX - ZERON® 100 Website: www.metrode.com

25%Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steels Multipass welds in the as-welded condition consist of
matching the proprietary Zeron® 100 alloy. a duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with an
approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat
Materials to be welded input/cooling conditions.
Matching
Welding guidelines
wrought: cast:
UNS S32760 UNS J93380, DIN 1.4508 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
DIN 1.4501 ASTM A890 6A, 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm
ASTM A182 F55 ACI CD3MWCuN (depending on material thickness) should be
acceptable but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or
Other superduplex, including 1.75kJ/mm.
wrought:
UNS S32750, 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta), UR47N (CLI) PWHT
UNS S32550, S32520, UR52N+ (CLI), Ferralium
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
SD40 (Meighs)
almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
UNS S39274, DP3W (Sumitomo), UNS S32950,
repairs to castings are generally specified in the
7-Mo Plus (Carpenter)
cast: solution treated condition. Experience has indicated
UNS J93404, DIN 1.4469 good properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water
ASTM A890 5A, ACI CE3MN quench.
Zeron® 100 has an exceptional combination of Further information on the welding of Zeron® 100 is
strength and resistance to corrosion and erosion in a available in the Metrode Technical Profile on duplex
wide range of aggressive media. The presence of and superduplex.
Cu+W provides superior resistance to sulphuric and
hydrochloric acids when compared to similar alloys Related alloy groups
without these additions. Offshore applications 2507 superduplex (data sheet B-62) and matching
exploit the high resistance to pitting and stress- consumables for casting repair (solution annealed)
corrosion cracking in seawater. It is also highly applications.
resistant to caustic alkalis and phosphoric acid.
Service temperature range is usually limited to –50°C Products available
to 280°C, the upper limit owing to thermal instability
("450°C" and sigma embrittlement). Process Product Specification
®
It is widely used in oil and gas production and MMA Zeron 100XKS BS EN E25 9 4 NLB
®
process pipework, risers, manifolds, pressure TIG/MIG/SAW Zeron 100X BS EN 25 9 4 NL
vessels, valves, pumps, desalination plant, systems SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF 2
for flue-gas desulphurisation (FGD) and also in the LA491 BS EN SA FB 2
mining, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. FCW Supercore Z100XP AWS E2594T1-4
Zeron® 100 wires are also used for joining
supermartensitic stainless steels.
Rev 10 03/12 184 DS: B-61 (pg 1 of 5)

General Data for all Zeron® 100 MMA Electrodes
18°C.

7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7
ZERON® 100XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for superduplex

Product description Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding Zeron® 100 and other superduplex alloys for service in
the as-welded condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct
austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead
welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Fully alloyed matching Zeron® 100 core wire including W and Cu. Moisture resistant flux technology.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2
Weir Materials MDS 12809/08
Approvals ABS, DNV
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW

(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.025 0.9 0.5 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.23 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

properties Tensile strength MPa 760 800-950
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 650-750
Reduction of area % -- 40-45
Impact energy - 20°C J -- > 55
- 50°C J -- > 40
Hardness HV -- 270-320
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 13.5 13.5
Rev 10 03/12 185 DS: B-61 (pg 2 of 5)

ZERON® 100X Solid welding wire for superduplex
For applications where Zeron® 100X wire is to be used for welding supermartensitic stainless steels it is
possible for wire to be supplied with a total hydrogen content of 3ppm maximum.

BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 9 4 N L (prefix W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW)
Weir Materials MDS 12809/07
Approvals ABS, DNV (TIG and SAW in conjunction with SSB flux)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW

(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.6 0.7 0.23 41 42
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min TIG MIG SAW TIG +160°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 870 860 885 769
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 695 645 700 523
Elongation on 4d % 15 36 25 26 39
Elongation on 5d % 20 32 23 24 34
Impact energy -50°C J -- 130 60 40 --
-75°C J -- >100 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 290 290 290 --

parameters Shielding Argon Ar/He/CO2 SSB flux
Current DC- pulsed DC+
Diameter 1.6/2.4mm 1.2mm 1.6mm
Voltage 100A, 12V 180A, 28V 350A, 30V

0.8 -- To order --
1.0 -- To order --
1.2 -- To order --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --
28 10 22 8 2 1.3 2.3
Rev 10 03/12 186 DS: B-61 (pg 3 of 5)

SSB FLUX Sub-arc flux
Product description Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
(typical) Zeron® 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.023 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min SAW

properties with Tensile strength MPa 750 890
®
Zeron 100X wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 700
Reduction of area % -- >40
Hardness HV -- 290

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should
be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
LA491 FLUX Sub-arc flux

Product description Agglomerated fluoride-basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB 255 AC
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
(typical) Zeron® 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min SAW

properties with Tensile strength MPa 750 890
®
Zeron 100X wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 700
Reduction of area % -- >40
Hardness HV -- 290

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode LA491 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
Rev 10 03/12 187 DS: B-61 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE Z100XP Rutile flux cored wire for superduplex stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore Z100XP
combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding. Metal
recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E2594T1-4

BS EN ISO 17633-B TS 2594-F M21 1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PREN PREW

(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.1 3.7 0.6 0.6 0.22 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

-50°C J -- 32
Hardness HV -- 280
HRC -- 26
85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
1.2 120 – 250A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
14 10 1.5 5 5 <1 5 1.0
Rev 10 03/12 188 DS: B-61 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX - 2507 Website: www.metrode.com

25%Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steel. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition consist of
a duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with an
Materials to be welded approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat
25%Cr superduplex:
input/cooling conditions.
UNS S32750, S32760 *
ASTM A182 F53, F55 Welding guidelines
BS EN 10088-2 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4 (1.4410) Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
SAF 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta) 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm
Uranus 47N (CLI) (depending on material thickness) should be
Castings: acceptable but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or
UNS J93404 1.75kJ/mm.
ASTM A890 Gr5A, 6A *
ACI CE3MN PWHT
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
* Zeron® 100 (see DS: B-61) almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
repairs to castings are generally specified in the
Applications solution treated condition. Experience has indicated
Superduplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and good properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water
forgings have an approximate 50:50 microstructure quench.
of austenite with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with
general alloying level confers: Additional information
Further information on the welding of 2507
- high strength compared with standard austenitic superduplex is available in the Metrode Technical
steels eg. type 316L. Profile on duplex and superduplex.
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of
environments. Related alloy groups
- high resistance to chloride induced stress
corrosion cracking (CSCC). Zeron® 100 superduplex (data sheet B-61) and
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride matching consumables for casting repair (solution
environments eg. seawater. annealed) applications.
These alloys are finding widening application in the Products available

offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical Process Product Specification
process industries, eg. pipework systems, flowlines,
risers, manifolds etc. MMA 2507XKS BS EN 25 9 4 N L B
Ultramet 2507 BS EN 25 9 4 N L R
TIG 2507 AWS ER2594
FCW Supercore 2507 AWS E2594T0-4
Supercore 2507P AWS E2594T1-4
Rev 08 03/12 189 DS: B-62 (pg 1 of 5)

18°C.

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 16 0.7
* F = 28% for basic coated 2507XKS electrode but this does not affect the OES.
2507XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for superduplex

Product description Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded
condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct austenite-ferrite
microstructural phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead welding positions
such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position, and for applications requiring the highest
toughness.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No --
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46
typ 0.03 1 0.5 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.8 0.1 0.22 41
All-weld mechanical >1120°C/>3h + WQ

properties As welded min typical transverse *
Tensile strength MPa 800 870 >760
Impact energy +20°C J -- 85 --
-50°C -- 60 >80
-75°C -- 35 --
Hardness HV -- 280-330 <300
* Representative properties for solution treated welds in castings of ASTM A890 grade 5A. Ferrite >30%.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
Rev 08 03/12 190 DS: B-62 (pg 2 of 5)

ULTRAMET 2507 Rutile all-positional electrode for superduplex
Product description Rutile coated MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This
electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve the correct austenite-ferrite microstructural
phase balance.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- 0.20 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.30 46
typ 0.03 1 0.8 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 4 0.1 0.23 42

-50°C -- >21
HRC -- 28
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.8
Rev 08 03/12 191 DS: B-62 (pg 3 of 5)

2507 Solid welding wire for superduplex

BS EN ISO 14343-A W 25 9 4 N L
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.0 3.0 -- -- 0.20 40
max 0.03 2.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 27.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.30 --
typ 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.9 0.05 0.05 0.25 42
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min TIG

Hardness cap/mid HV -- 300

parameters Shielding Argon
Current DC-
Diameter 1.6/2.4mm
Voltage 100A, 12V

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.0 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube

28 10 22 8 2 1.3 2.3
Rev 08 03/12 192 DS: B-62 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 2507, 2507P Rutile flux cored wires for superduplex stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. The Supercore 2507
combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV
welding. Supercore 2507P combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and
downhand welding. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications Supercore 2507 Supercore 2507P

AWS A5.22 E2594T0-4 E2594T1-4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 -- -- 0.20 40
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.30 --
typ 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.010 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.8 0.05 0.05 0.23 41

Impact energy * +20°C J -- 60
-20°C J -- 45
-50°C J -- 35
Hardness HV -- 300
* Values given are for Supercore 2507P. Impact values for Supercore 2507 are typically: 45J at +20°C. 35J
at -20°C and 30J at -50°C.
85%.
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
14 10 1.5 5 5 <1 5 1.0
Rev 08 03/12 193 DS: B-62 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX WITH 2%Cu Website: www.metrode.com

Superduplex ferritic-austenitic alloy with nominally In the as-welded, or solution annealed condition, the
25%Cr-8%Ni-3.5%Mo-1.5%Cu-0.2%N. microstructure is duplex with about 25-60% ferrite.

cast For general fabrication welds no preheat is generally
ASTM A240 UNS S32550 (wrought). required and interpass is kept below 150°C. For
A351 & A744 grade CD4MCu. castings and other highly restrained welds a preheat-
A890 grade 1A/UNS J93370. interpass range of 100-225°C is helpful in avoiding
A890 grade 1B/UNS J93372. any risk of hydrogen cracking.
DIN 1.4515 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3).
1.4517 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3 3). PWHT
BS 3100 grade 332C13.
3146 grade ANC21. The consumables are designed to be predominantly
Proprietary Ferralium 255 and SD40 (Meighs). used in the solution annealed condition. Castings
Uranus 50M, 55, 52N, 52N+ (CLI). will invariably require solution annealing and both
Ferrinox 255 (Advanced Metals). electrode and flux cored wire provide higher
toughness and somewhat lower strength after
solution annealing. The G48A performance is also
Applications better following solution annealing. Typical PWHT
These consumables are designed to match similar is carried out at 1120°C for about 2-3 hours and then
alloys, usually supplied as castings. The addition of water quenched.
copper improves corrosion resistance in sulphuric
acid media and potentially increases strength and Related alloy groups
wear resistance, but as-welded toughness and pitting
performance in chloride media are reduced in Solid filler wire to match these alloys (AWS
comparison to alloys with <1%Cu. Although the ER2553) has only 6%Ni, so welds usually have
composition is controlled to ensure a minimum excess ferrite. The best alternative is Zeron® 100X
Pitting Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of 40 to match with 0.7%Cu (DS B-61). Copper-free 2507
the superduplex alloys and maximise resistance to electrodes are also available (DS B-62).
pitting consumables with <1%Cu may be preferred
for non-sulphuric acid media unless PWHT is applied Products available
(see later).
Applications include pumps and valves, MMA Supermet 2506Cu AWS E2553-16
corrosion/wear resisting parts, and process
FCW Supercore 2507Cu -
equipment for use in offshore oil and gas
industries, pulp, paper and textile industries, and
chemical and petrochemical plant.
Rev 06 03/12 194 DS: B-63 (pg 1 of 3)

SUPERMET 2506Cu Rutile coated MMA electrode for copper bearing superduplex
Product description MMA electrode made on a low carbon stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux containing additional
elements for alloying and deoxidation. Nitrogen and nickel are controlled to give a balanced duplex structure
to minimise the risk of cracking, particularly in highly restrained welds.

BS EN 1600 E 25 9 3 Cu N L R 52
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 7.5 2.9 1.5 0.18 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 8.5 3.9 2.5 0.25 --
typ 0.03 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 25.5 8 3.5 1.7 0.22 41
* PRE (Pitting Resistance Equivalent) = %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N
All-weld mechanical Typical as-welded and PWHT 1120°C/2h + WQ As-welded

properties min * typical min typical
0.2% Proof stress MPa 485 575 550 780
Elongation on 5d % -- -- 15 16
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 70 -- 35
- 30°C J -- 60 -- 22
Hardness HV -- 260 -- 340
HRC -- -- -- 30
These properties are appropriate for ASTM CD4MCu castings solution treated for optimum corrosion
*
resistance; rapid cooling is important for best impact properties.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 14.1 16.5
18°C.

9 5 1 7.5 1 0.6 <0.1 16 0.6
Rev 06 03/12 195 DS: B-63 (pg 2 of 3)

SUPERCORE 2507Cu Rutile flux cored wire for Cu containing superduplex stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. The Supercore 2507Cu
combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV
welding.
Specifications There are no national specifications for this wire, the nearest relevant specification is AWS A5.22 E2553T0-4.
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.2 1.0 0.2 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.5 4.2 2.0 0.3 --
typ 0.03 0.8 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.7 1.4 0.25 41
All-weld mechanical Typical as welded and PWHT 1120°C/2h + WQ As-welded

properties typical min typical
Elongation on 4d % 40 -- 35
Reduction of area % -- -- 32
Impact energy +20°C J 65 -- 40
-50°C J 45 -- >27
Hardness HV 250 -- 300
85%.
1.2 140 – 280A, 22 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 180A, 26V 15 – 20mm
14 10 1.5 5 5 1 5 1.0
Rev 06 03/12 196 DS: B-63 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NUCLEAR 308L CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

308L austenitic stainless steels conforming to RCC-M Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN.
for joining 304L base materials used in nuclear
applications. Welding guidelines
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C;
no PWHT required.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
304L 1.4306 Additional information
304 1.4301
Requirements are taken from the relevant consumable
304LN 1.4311
data sheets in the French RCC-M code.
CF3 1.4308
CF8
For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93 and B-
UNS
94) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please contact
S 30403 Metrode Technical Department.
S 30400
S 30453 Related alloy groups
See data sheet B-81 for related 316L consumables
Applications conforming to the RCC-M requirements.
Used to weld 304L (18/8) stainless steels for
applications in the nuclear industry requiring Products available
conformance to the RCC-M code. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet 308L(N) AWS E308L-16
Standard 308L consumables for general purpose
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. 308H TIG 308S92(N) AWS ER308L
consumables for elevated temperature service can be
found in data sheets C-10 and C-12. Controlled ferrite
308L consumables for cryogenic applications can be
found in data sheet B-37.
Rev 02 03/12 197 DS: B-80 (pg 1 of 3)

ULTRAMET 308L(N) Rutile MMA electrode
downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content
designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2920.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
RCC-M S 2920
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co N FN *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.00 9.00 -- -- -- -- 5
max 0.035 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.025 21.00 11.00 0.50 0.5 0.20 -- 15
typ <0.025 0.7 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 9.5 0.1 <0.1 0.04 0.08 8
* Ferrite calculated in accordance with DeLong diagram.
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical min +350°C typical +350°C

properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600 -- 410
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 125 305
Elongation on 5d % 30 45 -- --
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 65 -- --
* Minimum average (minimum individual value).
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
RH, > 18°C.

8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
Rev 02 03/12 198 DS: B-80 (pg 2 of 3)

308S92(N) 308L solid wire
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2910.
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 L
RCC-M S 2910

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co FN *
(wire wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.00 -- -- -- 5
max 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 21.0 11.00 0.3 0.3 0.20 15
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 0.04 8
All-weld mechanical As welded min +20°C typical +20°C min +350°C typical +350°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 605 -- 400
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 125 290
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 160 -- --

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 02 03/12 199 DS: B-80 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NUCLEAR 316L CONSUMABLES
Rev 02 03/12 DS: B-81 (pg 1 of 4)

BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 12 3 L
RCC-M S 2915

(wire wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- 5
max 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 20.00 14.00 3.00 0.3 0.20 15
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 19 12.5 2.6 0.15 0.04 10
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical min typical
properties +20°C +350/+360°C
Tensile strength MPa 520 605 -- 410/410
0.2% Proof stress MPa 210 465 140/130 280/280
Elongation on 4d % -- 48 -- 30/30
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 110 -- --

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 02 03/12 203 DS: B-81 (pg 4 of 4)

BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 12 3 L
RCC-M S 2915

(wire wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 18.00 12.00 2.5 -- -- 5
max 0.030 2.50 0.60 0.020 0.025 20.00 14.00 3.00 0.3 0.20 15
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 19 12.5 2.6 0.15 0.04 10
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical min typical
properties +20°C +350/+360°C
Tensile strength MPa 520 605 -- 410/410
0.2% Proof stress MPa 210 465 140/130 280/280
Elongation on 4d % -- 48 -- 30/30
Impact energy +20°C J 60 (42) * 110 -- --

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
Rev 02 03/12 203 DS: B-81 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NUCLEAR 309L CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

309L austenitic stainless steel electrode conforming Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on base
to RCC-M for dissimilar joints in nuclear material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on
applications. mild steels; up to 250°C on hardenable steels.

Mainly used under high dilution conditions, Requirements are taken from the relevant
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M code.
CMn steels.
For consumable qualification data sheets (B-93, B-94
Applications and B-95) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, contact Metrode Technical Department.
mild steel or low alloy steels and for joining
304L/321 clad plate. Subsequent layers are deposited
with an electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg See data sheet B-80 and B-81 for related 308L and
308L, 347. 316L consumables conforming to the RCC-M
requirements.
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited
in joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to
Products available
mild and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets
and other attachments. Service temperatures above Process Product Specification
400°C are normally avoided. It is also used for MMA Ultramet 309L(N) AWS E309L-16
welding 12%Cr 'utility ferritics' such as Cromweld
3CR12, to itself and other steels.
Microstructure
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-18FN.
Rev 01 03/12 204 DS: B-80 (pg 1 of 2)

ULTRAMET 309L(N) Rutile MMA electrode
downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 309L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content
designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2930.

BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L R 3 2
RCC-M S 2930
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.00 12.00 -- -- -- 8
max 0.030 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.025 25.00 14.00 0.50 0.75 0.15 18
typ 0.025 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.3 0.1 <0.1 0.04 14

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 13.5
RH, > 18°C.

9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
Rev 01 03/12 205 DS: B-80 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
STAINLESS STEEL STRIP Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type ferrite depending on dilution and number of layers.

300 series stainless steel (308L, 347, 316L and 309L) Welding guidelines
for cladding applications.
Specific welding guidelines will depend on the alloy
Materials to be welded being clad so preheat, interpass and PWHT
Suitable for electroslag strip cladding with ES100 (data
requirements should be applied for the material being
sheet F-48) flux. clad.
Base materials being clad are most commonly those Additional information
associated with pressure vessels eg. CMn boiler plate See data sheets F-48 (ES100 flux) for additional
CrMo and CrMoV. information.
Used for cladding to provide general corrosion
resistance (308L, 347 and 316L) and buffer layers
(309L). Strip EQ308L AWS EQ308L
The EQ308L-OA and EQ316L-OA are over-alloyed EQ308L-OA (Nearest AWS EQ309L)
(OA) strips that are designed to produce respectively a EQ347 AWS EQ347
308L and 316L composition in a single pass. EQ316L AWS EQ316L
Typical applications include cladding of vessels for the EQ316L-OA (Nearest AWS EQ309LMo)
petrochemical, refinery and chemical industries. AWS EQ309L
EQ309L
Microstructure
Overlays consist of austenite with controlled levels of
General Data for all Strip Electrodes

Product description Solid strips for electroslag strip cladding.
Typical operating Electroslag Cladding

parameters Shielding ES100 flux
Current DC+
Width x thickness 60 x 0.5mm
Packaging data Width x thickness mm Electroslag Strip

30 x 0.5 25-30kg coil
60 x 0.5 25-30kg coil
90 x 0.5 25-30kg coil
120 x 0.5 25-30kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (Electroslag fume negligible)

32 12 20 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
Rev 02 03/12 206 DS: B-85 (pg 1 of 3)

EQ308L Solid strip for electroslag cladding
Specifications AWS A5.9 EQ308L
BS EN ISO 14343-A B 19 9 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B BS 308L
(strip wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 19.50 9.00 -- --
max 0.030 2.50 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.00 11.00 0.50 0.50
typ 0.01 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.02 20.5 10.2 0.1 0.1
EQ308L-OA Solid strip for electroslag cladding

Specifications AWS A5.9 (Nearest EQ309L)
(strip wt %) min -- 1.00 -- -- -- 20.0 10.0 -- --
max 0.030 2.50 0.65 0.020 0.030 23.0 12.5 0.50 0.50
typ 0.01 1.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 21.5 11.5 0.1 0.1
EQ347 Solid strip for electroslag cladding

Specifications AWS A5.9 EQ347
BS EN ISO 14343-A B 19 9 Nb
BS EN ISO 14343-B BS 347
(strip wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 19.00 9.00 -- 10xC --
max 0.080 2.50 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.00 11.00 0.50 1.0 0.50
typ 0.01 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.02 20.0 10.5 0.1 0.5 0.1

BS EN ISO 14343-A B 19 12 3 L
(strip wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 18.00 11.00 2.50 --
max 0.030 2.50 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.00 14.00 3.00 0.50
typ 0.01 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.02 18.4 12.5 2.8 0.1
EQ316L-OA Solid strip for electroslag cladding

Specifications AWS A5.9 (Nearest EQ309LMo)
(strip wt %) min -- 1.00 -- -- -- 19.0 11.5 2.5 --
max 0.030 2.50 0.65 0.020 0.030 22.5 15.5 3.5 0.50
typ 0.01 1.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 20.5 13.5 2.9 0.1
Rev 02 03/12 207 DS: B-85 (pg 2 of 3)

BS EN ISO 14343-A B 23 12 L
(strip wt %) min -- 1.00 0.30 -- -- 23.00 12.00 -- --
max 0.030 2.50 0.65 0.020 0.030 25.00 14.00 0.50 0.50
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.02 23.6 13.3 0.1 0.1
Rev 02 03/12 208 DS: B-85 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NAG 308L CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

308L austenitic stainless steels for joining Nitric No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250˚C,
Acid Grade (NAG) 304L base materials. The no PWHT required.
consumables are manufactured to BNFL (now
Sellafield Ltd) specifications. Additional information
These products are approved and certified by
Sellafield Ltd (SL) and are only supplied to SL
ASTM 304L contractors for use on SL projects.
BS 304S11
BS EN & DIN 1.4306 Huey tests on weld deposits achieve corrosion rates
UNS S30403 of <0.3mm/year as-welded and <0.6mm/year in the
304L material that meets the specific NAG sensitised condition.
requirements.
Applications
Standard 308L consumables for general fabrication
Used to weld nitric acid grade (NAG) 304L applications are in data sheet B-30.
stainless steels used in the construction of waste
nuclear fuel processing plant. Products available
It is also suitable for the welding of conventional Process Product Specification
304L stainless steels for nuclear applications – MMA NAG 19.9.L.R NF 0086/1
particularly for QA reasons where NAG and
conventional 304L steels are being fabricated TIG NAG 19.9.L NF 0087/1
together.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure consists of austenite with ferrite
content of about 6FN.
Rev 01 03/12 209 DS: B-88 (pg 1 of 3)

NAG 19.9.L.R MMA electrode for welding nitric acid grade 304L stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 308L electrode on special high purity 304L core wire.
A special flux system is used to maintain carbon, sulphur and phosphorus within specified limits and also give
porosity-free deposits.
All electrode sizes have optimum versatility for downhand welding with high cosmetic finish and weld metal
integrity; and all positional welding with the 2.5/3.2 mm electrodes.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0086/1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.2 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.80 0.015 0.018 21.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010 10
typ 0.02 1 0.5 0.01 0.015 19.5 10 0.05 0.1 0.01 0.0005 6

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12 13.5 12.9 12.9
18°C.
8 5 0.8 5 -- <0.2 16 1
Rev 01 03/12 210 DS: B-88 (pg 2 of 3)

NAG 19.9.L 308L wire for welding nitric acid grade 304L stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding

BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 L
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0087/1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W B
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.015 0.018 22.0 11.0 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.0010
typ 0.015 1.7 0.3 0.004 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.07 0.02 0.0003


Current DC-
Diameter 2.4

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
3.2 2.5kg tube
Rev 01 03/12 211 DS: B-88 (pg 3 of 3)

SECTION C
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS
Consumables for elevated temperature service
The 300H consumables are designed for welding matching high carbon stainless steels typically used at service
temperatures of 400-800°C. To ensure optimum performance under these service conditions not only is the carbon
controlled (normally 0.04-0.08%C) but the ferrite and total alloying are also carefully regulated to minimize the
formation of brittle intermetallic phases.
The 309 consumables in this section should not be confused with the 309L/309Mo types used for dissimilar welding
(B-50 and B-51). The 309 consumables in Section C generally have controlled carbon and ferrite and are designed
for matching base materials for elevated temperature service.
Consumables in the 330, 800 and HP40 alloy sections are designed to match a wide range of special austenitic
alloys which are used primarily for resistance to creep and hot corrosion or oxidation. In all types, the
presence of a controlled level of carbon is essential for hot strength. Parent alloys with 0.4% carbon or more are
produced predominantly in cast form and have quite low room temperature ductility, but in general this does not
have an adverse effect on weldability.
Preheat is not normally required for welding these alloys, with the exception of the highest alloy high carbon types
containing tungsten which can suffer from cold cracking due to build up of residual stresses and low ductility.
Interpass temperature and heat input control is more important for the lower carbon types to minimise any
possibility of hot cracking. The presence of a copious primary carbide eutectic tends to suppress hot cracking in
the higher carbon types. PWHT is rarely applied to any of the alloys in this section, although service-aged base
material may require solution treatment to restore satisfactory ductility prior to welding.
Data Specifications
300H stainless steel consumables for elevated temperature service

Ultramet 308H E308H-16 E 19 9 H R
MMA
Ultramet B308H E308H-15 E 19 9 H B
C-10 308H TIG/MIG/SAW 308S96 ER308H 19 9 H
Supercore 308H E308HT0-1/4 --
FCW
Supercore 308HP E308HT1-1/4 --
Ultramet 347H E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R
MMA
Ultramet B347H E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B
C-11 347H
TIG/SAW ER347H ER347 19 9 Nb
FCW Supercore 347HP E347HT1-1/4 T 19 9 Nb P M 2
Supermet 16.8.2 E16.8.2-17 --
MMA
E16.8.2-15 E16.8.2-15 --
TIG ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 W 16 8 2
C-12 16.8.2
SAW ER16.8.2 ER16.8.2 S 16 8 2
Supercore 16.8.2 -- --
FCW
Supercore 16.8.2P -- --
17.8.2.RCF -- BS: 17.8.2.R
MMA
C-13 316H Ultramet 316H E316H-16 E 19 12 2 R 32
TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 ER316H 19 12 3 H
Rev 07 03/12 212 DS: C-01 (pg 1 of 2)

Data Specifications
High temperature 309 alloys

C-20 253MA MMA Supermet 253MA -- --
MMA Thermet 309CF E309H-16 (E 22 12 R)
C-21 309
TIG/MIG 309S94 ER309 23 12 H
High temperature austenitic stainless steel

C-25 Super 304H TIG MT304H -- --
310 stainless steels for high temperature service

25.20 Super R (E310-16) E 25 20 R
MMA
C-30 310 Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15) E 25 20 B
TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94 ER310 25 20
C-31 310H MMA Thermet 310H E310H-15 E 25 20 H B
Consumables for alloys 330 and 800

MMA Thermet 800Nb -- --
C-40 800
TIG/MIG 21.33.Mn.Nb -- --
C-41 330 MMA Thermet R17.38H (E330H-16) BS: 15.35.H.R
C-45 25.35.Nb MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb -- --
Consumables for HP40 and other high carbon cast alloys

MMA Thermet HP40Nb -- BS: 25.35.H.Nb.B
C-50 HP40Nb
TIG/MIG 25.35.4C.Nb -- --
MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb -- --
C-60 35.45
TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb -- --
C-70 HP50 MMA Thermet HP50WCo -- --
C-80 22H MMA Thermet 22H -- --
C-90 657 MMA Nimrod 657 -- --
Rev 07 03/12 213 DS: C-01 (pg 2 of 2)

Data Sheet C-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
308H STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

For 304/304H materials used at elevated Austenite with delta ferrite controlled 2-8FN.
temperatures.
Welding guidelines
Preheat not required; maximum interpass temperature
wrought cast 250°C. No PWHT required.
ASTM / UNS 304H/S30409 CF10, CF8
DIN 1.4948 Additional information
BS 304S51 302C25, 304C15 Farrar J.C.M. and Marshall A.W.: 'Type '300H'
austenitic stainless steel weld metals for high
Applications temperature service'
The 308H consumables are designed to match
unstabilised 18Cr-10Ni austenitic stainless steels for Marshall A.W. and Farrar J.C.M.: 'Influence of
elevated temperature strength and oxidation residuals on properties of austenitic stainless steel
resistance. These steels and the weld metal have weld metal, with particular reference to energy
carbon content controlled to 0.04-0.08%. industries' (Conference) Stainless Steels '84, pp 271-
285, Metals Society, London 1985.
Composition limits of the MMA electrodes and
FCAW wires are tightened above those of BS/AWS There is also a Metrode Technical Profile covering
specifications in order to meet requirements of Shell the use of these products in the petrochemical
and other operators of refinery equipment. Weld industry on cat crackers.
metal Cr and Ni are kept low and ferrite is controlled
to minimise embrittlement by sigma phase. Related alloy groups
Beneficial and detrimental minor elements and See also the consumables in the related alloy groups
residuals are also controlled to optimise high of 347H (C-11), 16.8.2 (C-12) and 316H (C-13).
temperature properties. No bismuth-bearing
constituents are allowed in these consumables, to Products available
ensure <0.002%Bi as required by API 582.
The 308H consumables should also be considered for MMA Ultramet 308H AWS E308H-16
welding thick (>12mm) stabilised grades 321H or
347H to avoid in-service HAZ cracking and low Ultramet B308H AWS E308H-15
creep rupture ductility associated with 347 weld TIG/MIG 308S96 AWS ER308H
metal. Note that some authorities recommend the use SAW 308S96 AWS ER308H
of type 16-8-2 types for these steels, including 304H.
SS300 BS EN SA AF2
308H is widely used in petrochemical and chemical SSB BS EN SA AF2
process plant, particularly for the fabrication of FCW Supercore 308H AWS E308HT0-1/4
cyclones, transfer lines used to re-circulate the Supercore 308HP AWS E308HT1-1/4
catalyst in catalytic crackers (cat crackers) operating
in the range 400-815°C.
Rev 08 03/12 214 DS: C-10 (pg 1 of 5)

ULTRAMET 308H Rutile electrode for 304H stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with rutile flux on matching core wire.
Ultramet 308H gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design. These
features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high cosmetic
finish and full volumetric weld metal integrity.
The smaller sizes are particularly suited to vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed
pipework. In addition, the 2.5mm diameter is specifically designed to enable the root pass to be deposited in
single side butt welds using standard MMA equipment without a gas purge.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E308H-16

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 H R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.08 1.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max
Note: Cr content of 2.5mm is typically 19.5%.
All-weld mechanical High Temperature

properties As welded min typical 650°C 732°C 816°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 445 234 187 156
Elongation on 4d % 35 45 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 30 43 28 51 53
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 80 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 190-210 -- -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
satisfactory for much longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions
will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
18°C.

8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 16 1
Rev 08 03/12 215 DS: C-10 (pg 2 of 5)

ULTRAMET B308H Basic pipe welding electrode for 304H stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on matching core wire.
Ultramet B308H is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME
6G position, in materials thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest sections.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 H B 4 2
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.25 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1 0.4 0.01 0.02 18.5 9.5 0.1 0.05 3
Mo + Nb + Ti = 0.25% max

0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 460 223 168 111
Elongation on 4d % 35 41 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 30 38 24 48 47
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 100 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 210 -- -- --
Operating parameters DC +ve.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5
18°C.

8 5 0.8 5 < 0.2 28 1
Rev 08 03/12 216 DS: C-10 (pg 3 of 5)

308S96 Solid wire for 304H stainless steel
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER308H (ER19-10H on request)

BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 H
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308H
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- --
max 0.08 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.5 10.0 0.25 0.25
typ 0.05 1.8 0.4 0.002 0.015 19.9 9.5 0.1 0.1
Typical ferrite level of undiluted weld metal is in the range 3-8FN.
ER19-10H (on request) has Cr  20.0, Mo  0.25, Nb  0.05, Ti  0.05.

Impact energy + 20°C J > 100

parameters Shielding Argon Ar/2%O2 or Ar/1-3%CO2 SS300 or SSB flux
Current 100A, DC- 260A, DC+ 350A, DC+
Voltage 12V 28V 30V

0.8 -- To order --
1.0 -- To order --
1.2 To order 15 kg spool --
2.0 To order -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- To order
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):

32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
Rev 08 03/12 217 DS: C-10 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 308H / 308HP Downhand and positional FCW for 304H stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wires made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 308H is designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld metal integrity,
primarily in downhand and H-V welding situations with plate and material of a 6mm thickness or greater.
Supercore 308HP designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework.
Specifications Supercore 308H Supercore 308HP (1.2mm only)

AWS A5.22 E308HT0-1/4 E308HT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308H-FB0 TS308H-FB1
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.03 0.04 20.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 18.8 9.5 0.1 0.1 5
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical High Temperature

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 420 213 177 140
Elongation on 4d % 30 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 30 36 30 46 40
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 100 -- -- --
Aged at 730°C/1000h J -- 90 -- -- --
not exceed 85%.
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12 – 20mm
1.2 (positional) 120A-22V to 250A-32V 150A-25V 12 – 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15 – 25mm
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used
spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
Rev 08 03/12 218 DS: C-10 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Alloy type For welding 321/347 for general corrosion resisting

applications at temperatures up to about 400°C use
Controlled, high carbon Nb stabilised stainless steel
347 (data sheet B-31) or 308L (data sheet B-30)
for elevated temperature service.
consumables.
Materials to be welded For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm

ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN (15mils) charpy lateral expansion at –196°C, use
321H 1.4941 unstabilised weld metal with low carbon and
347H 1.4961 controlled ferrite (B-37).
Microstructure
BS UNS
321S51 S32109 Austenite with 2-9FN, typically 4FN (solid wire
347S51 S34709 typically 8FN).
Applications Welding guidelines

Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 No preheat or PWHT required; maximum interpass
high carbon stainless steel types 321H and 347H. temperature 250°C.
Applications include catalytic crackers (cat Related alloy groups

crackers), cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts,
steam piping, superheater headers, some gas and The 308H (data sheet C-10), 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12)
steam turbine components, used in petrochemical, and 316H (data sheet C-13) consumables are also
chemical process plants and in power generation relevant for many of the same materials and
industries. applications.
Note that the alloy 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12) was Products available
developed as a more ductile alternative to 347H
consumables to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H Process Product Specification
base material of >12mm thickness. For this reason MMA Ultramet 347H AWS E347-16
when joining thicker section 321H/347H the 16.8.2 Ultramet B347H AWS E347-15
consumables are considered a preferable alternative.
TIG/SAW ER347H AWS ER347
FCW Supercore 347HP AWS E347HT1-1/4
Rev 14 03/12 219 DS: C-11 (pg 1 of 5)

General Data for all 347H MMA Electrodes
18°C.

8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
ULTRAMET 347H All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 321H/347H

Product description MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347H has all the benefits of an
advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter
electrodes.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb R32
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 2
max 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8
typ 0.05 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 4
* BS requires 10xC minimum.
All-weld mechanical As welded Room Temperature High Temperature

properties min typical 650˚C 732˚C 815˚C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 500 283 269 206
Elongation on 4d % 30 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 37 19 20 7
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 12.9 16.5
Rev 14 03/12 220 DS: C-11 (pg 2 of 5)

ULTRAMET B347H Basic pipe-welding electrode for 321H/347H which is made to order
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good
moisture resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional
welding of fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts
under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and
although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.

BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb B 42
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb * Cu FN
max 0.08 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 8
typ 0.05 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.6 0.07 5
* BS requires 10xC minimum.
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 500 263 265 223
Elongation on 4d % 30 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 37 18 14 5
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.8
Rev 14 03/12 221 DS: C-11 (pg 3 of 5)

ER347H Solid welding wire for 321H/347H
Product description Solid wire for TIG and SAW.
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 3
max 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9
typ 0.055 1.7 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.2 0.1 0.6 0.1 8
All-weld mechanical As welded Typical High Temperature
properties TIG 650˚C 732˚C 815˚C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 318 244 184
Impact Energy +20˚C J 125 -- -- --
parameters Shielding Argon * SS300 or SSB flux
Current DC- DC+

Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
Rev 14 03/12 222 DS: C-11 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 347HP All-positional rutile flux cored wire for 321H/347H
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347HP is
designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90%
with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E347HT1-1/4

BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2
max 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9
typ 0.05 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 5

properties min typical 732°C
85% argon.
1.2 120-280A, 22-34V 180A, 29V (downhand) 15-20mm
160A, 25V (positional) 15-20mm
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
Rev 14 03/12 223 DS: C-11 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
16.8.2 FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE Email: info@metrode.com
3XXH STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers),

cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, thick wall steam
16.8.2 for high temperature 3XXH stainless steels. piping, superheater headers, some gas and steam
Materials to be welded turbine components used in petrochemical, chemical
process plants and in power generation industries.
ASTM/UNS DIN BS
304H / S30409 1.4948 304S51 Owing to the lean composition and controlled ferrite
321H / S32109 1.4941 321S51 content, the 16.8.2 consumables also show useful
347H / S34709 1.4961 347S51 cryogenic toughness down to -196°C.
316H / S31609 - 316S51, 316S53 Microstructure
Applications Austenite with delta ferrite of 1-6FN typically. Hot
The 16.8.2 consumables have a controlled composition, cracking is not reported at low FN.
optimised for performance in structural service at Welding guidelines
temperatures up to about 800°C. With molybdenum
specifically at the lower limit for AWS 16.8.2, it is Preheat is not required; maximum interpass temperature
essentially a dilute hybrid between E308H and E316H. 250°C. Welds are left as-welded, no PWHT required.
Rather than matching any single parent material, it has
applications for welding all the '3XXH' series of stainless
steels with 0.04-0.10% carbon, which combine creep, O R Carpenter and R D Wylie: "16-8-2 Cr-Ni-Mo for
oxidation and general corrosion resistance. welding electrodes" Met. Prog. 1956, 70, (5), 65-73. This
paper describes the original development (by Babcock and
A low total Cr+Mo with controlled carbon and ferrite
Wilcox) of E16-8-2 to weld 347 for power plant
content ensures high resistance to thermal embrittlement
applications.
by intermetallic phases (and also excellent toughness at
low temperatures). A strictly limited level of Mo provides R D Thomas: "HAZ cracking in thick sections of
valuable effects on creep ductility and thermal fatigue, austenitic stainless steels" Part 1, Weld J 1984, 63, 12, 24-
balanced against control of oxidation under stagnant 32; Part 2 idem 355s-368s. This detailed review covers all
conditions above 650°C, and sigma or chi phase formation standard stainless steels, in particular for high temperature
in service. No bismuth-bearing constituents are allowed in structural applications.
these consumables, to ensure <0.00 2%Bi as required by
API 582. There is also a Metrode Technical Profile available on the
use of 16.8.2 consumables in cat crackers.
For 304H, some authorities now choose 16.8.2 specifically
to avoid hot ductility and creep-fatigue problems in thick Related alloy groups
sections which traditionally would have been welded with See also the consumables in the related alloy groups of
308H. Historically, this weld metal was initially developed 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11), 316H (C-13).
to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H of >12mm
thickness. For the same reasons it is also a candidate for Products available
321H, although HAZ failures here are not so well
documented. For thermal stability, it is equally suitable
for 316H in preference to matching weld metal. MMA Supermet 16.8.2 AWS E16.8.2-17
E16.8.2-15 AWS E16.8.2-15
In some applications, the chromium in 16.8.2 weld metal
may be considered too low for satisfactory resistance to TIG/SAW ER16.8.2 AWS ER16.8.2
corrosion (possibly under dew-point conditions during FCW Supercore 16.8.2/P None relevant
plant shutdown). However, the weld root is normally on
the process side, and is conventionally deposited by TIG
using higher chromium weld metal. Similar electrodes for
capping runs are available if required.
Rev 06 03/12 224 DS: C-12 (pg 1 of 5)

SUPERMET 16.8.2 Rutile electrode for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description General purpose, all-positional MMA electrode with rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire.
Manufactured with 'controlled hydrogen' and moisture resistant flux covering technology to ensure high
resistance to weld porosity.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E16-8-2-17

BS EN 1600 (E 16 8 2 R)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
max 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6
typ 0.05 1 0.45 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.1 3
* Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.
BS EN E16 8 2 R has Mo 1.50 – 2.50%.

Tensile strength MPa 550 > 620 310 232 161
0.2% Proof stress MPa -- > 410 225 179 126
Elongation on 4d % 35 42 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 42 28 47 43
Impact energy (and LE*) + 20°C J (mm) -- > 70 (>1.3) -- -- --
Impact energy (and LE*) - 50°C J (mm) -- > 50 (>0.9) -- -- --
* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.0
18°C.

8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1
Rev 06 03/12 225 DS: C-12 (pg 2 of 5)

E16.8.2-15 Basic pipe welding electrode for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with fully basic lime-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. E16.8.2-15 is a basic
coated all-positional electrode suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications,
including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E16-8-2-15

BS EN 1600 (E16 8 2 B)
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
max 0.08 2.5 0.60 0.03 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.75 6
typ 0.05 1.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 15.5 8.5 1.2 0.06 3
* BS EN E16 8 2 B has Mo 1.50 – 2.50%
Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- > 410 216 187 132
Elongation on 4d % 35 40 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % -- 37 27 36 57
Impact energy -100°C J -- > 50 -- -- --
Operating parameters DC + ve. Unsuitable for AC.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
18°C.

8 5 0.7 5 0.1 0.2 16 1
Rev 06 03/12 226 DS: C-12 (pg 3 of 5)

ER16.8.2 Solid wire TIG and SAW for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG welding and sub-arc welding of 300H stainless steel.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER16-8-2

BS EN ISO 14343-A 16 8 2
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS16-8-2

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.3 -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 --
max 0.10 2.0 0.6 0.02 0.03 16.5 9.5 2.0 0.3
typ 0.06 1.4 0.4 0.01 0.01 15.5 8.5 1.3 0.1
* Mo 1.0 – 1.3% on request.
Typical ferrite level 1-6FN.
All-weld mechanical typical High Temperature (TIG)
properties As welded TIG SAW 650°C 732°C 816°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 360 221 178 147
Elongation on 4d % 35 29 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % -- 29 31 36 42
Impact energy –196°C J -- 30 -- -- --
parameters Shielding Argon SS300 or SSB flux
Diameter 2.4 2.4
Current 100A 350A, DC+
Voltage 12V 30V
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube 25kg spool
Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible):
40 10 12 7 0.5 < 0.5 4.2
Rev 06 03/12 227 DS: C-12 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 16.8.2 / 16.8.2P Rutile FCW for 3XXH stainless steel
Product description These wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system with alloying controlled to
maximise high temperature strength and resistance to service embrittlement. Supercore 16.8.2 is made in
1.6mm only and is designed for applications primarily in the downhand and HV positions on plate and
material of about 6mm thickness and above. Supercore 16.8.2P is made in 1.2mm only and is designed for
welding in all welding positions from ASME 1G/2G up to 5G/6G pipework, and also provides very good
operability in the flat/HV position. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 None applicable
BS EN ISO 17633-B (nearest TS16-8-2-FM1)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No 8
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 14.5 7.5 1.0 -- 1
max 0.08 2.0 0.70 0.03 0.04 17.0 10.0 2.0 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.02 16.2 9.2 1.1* 0.1 4
* Mo controlled around 1.0 – 1.3% unless requested otherwise.
0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 410 207 180 134
Elongation on 4d % 35 42 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 42 30 44 39
properties (continued) Impact energy (and LE*) + 20°C J (mm) -- 100 (1.8)
-130°C J (mm) -- 50 (0.8)
- 196°C J (mm) -- 45 (0.7)
* LE = Charpy lateral expansion, mm (0.38mm = 15 mils)
not exceed 85%.
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 350A-34V 300A-30V 15 – 25mm
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used
spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.
17 11 1.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
Rev 06 03/12 228 DS: C-12 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168

For 316/316H materials used at elevated Austenite with delta ferrite typically controlled in the
temperatures. range 2-8FN.

ASTM 316/316H Preheat not required, maximum interpass temperature
CF10M 250°C. PWHT not required.
BS 316S51
316S52 Additional information
316S53 There is a Metrode Technical Profile available
316C16 covering 3XXH consumables and their use in
316C71 refinery cat crackers.
UNS S31609
Applications
See also the consumables in the related alloy groups
These consumables are designed for welding of 308H (C-10), 347H (C-11) and 16.8.2 (C-12).
316/316H austenitic stainless steels operating at high
temperatures (500-800°C) under long term creep Products available
conditions. The 17.8.2.RCF MMA electrode is a
modified 316H weld metal of lean composition to Process Product Specification
resist thermal embrittlement. MMA 17.8.2.RCF BS 17.8.2.R
The consumables can also be used for welding Ultramet 316H AWS E316H-16
321/321H and 347/347H grades in high temperature TIG/MIG/SAW 316S96 AWS ER316H
structural service. This is particularly important in
thick highly restrained weldments, since the SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2 AC
possibility of premature service failure by SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
intergranular HAZ cracking is reduced by using more
ductile weld metal rather than 347H.
Used for welding steam piping, superheater
headers, furnace parts, some gas and steam engine
turbine components, in the petro-chemical
industry, in fossil and nuclear fuelled power
stations.
Rev 09 03/12 229 DS: C-13 (pg 1 of 4)

18°C.

8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1
17.8.2.RCF Rutile electrode for 316 at elevated temperature

Product description MMA electrode with a rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire, giving a tightly controlled level
of silicon and residual elements to minimise formation of intermetallic phases (sigma, chi) during service.
Designed primarily for downhand and HV welding although for structural applications it is usable positionally.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E16.8.2-16) nearest
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS), QW442 A-No 8
(weld metal wt %) min 0.06 0.5 -- -- -- 16.5 8.0 1.5 -- 3
max 0.10 2.5 0.50 0.030 0.040 18.5 9.5 2.5 0.50 8
typ 0.08 1.6 0.25 0.008 0.02 17 8.5 2 <0.1 5

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- > 460 287 197 147
Elongation on 4d % -- > 30 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 > 30 28 44 53
Reduction of area % -- > 45 55 61 75
Impact energy -100°C J -- > 50 -- -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.4 14.7 18.6
Rev 09 03/12 230 DS: C-13 (pg 2 of 4)

ULTRAMET 316H Rutile coated MMA electrode for 316H stainless steel
Product description Rutile coated electrode made on high purity 304 core wire, previously called Metrode E316H-16. The higher
alloy content compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at
elevated temperatures (500-800°C).
BS EN 1600 E 19 12 2 R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.08 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 8
typ 0.05 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 0.1 5
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 450 264 204 152
Elongation on 4d % 30 35 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 25 33 32 43 54
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.8
316S96 Solid wire for TIG/MIG and SAW of 316H

Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW which can not only be used in conjunction with E316H-16, but also with
17.8.2.RCF and other 300H consumables.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER316H
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 H
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316H
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.025 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8
typ 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15 4
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded typical

parameters Shielding Ar Ar + 2%O2/CO2 SS300 or SSB flux
Diameter 2.4 1.2 2.4
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Rev 09 03/12 231 DS: C-13 (pg 3 of 4)

316S96 (continued)
1.2 -- 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg spool
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible):
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
SS300 and SSB FLUXES Sub-arc fluxes

Product description SS300 and SSB are agglomerated basic fluxes producing weld deposits with minimal Si pick-up and low Mn
and Cr losses. SS300 has a BI of ~1.6 and SSB has a BI of ~2.2.
Specifications SS300 flux SSB flux

BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 AC SA AF2 DC
(weld metal wt %) wire (316S96) 0.05 1.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 19 13 2.2 0.15
Deposit (with SS300/SSB flux) 0.04 1.6 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 13 2.2 0.15
All-weld mechanical As welded (with SS300/SSB typical

flux)
Operating parameters Current: DC+ve ranges as below:

2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 30V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode SS300 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums and SSB Flux in 20kg metal
drums. Preferred storage conditions of opened drums: <60%RH, >18°C. If the flux has become damp or has
been stored or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
Rev 09 03/12 232 DS: C-13 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
OXIDATION RESISTANT 253MA ALLOY Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type control of hot cracking in this high silicon weld metal
is dependent on some ferrite being present during
Iron based 22%Cr-10%Ni alloy with controlled
solidification. Caution is therefore required when
additions of C, Si, N and rare earths (RE),
considering dilution by dissimilar materials which
predominantly cerium, with excellent oxidation
could promote fully austenitic solidification, such as
resistance.
type 310 and other high nickel alloys. Combinations
with alloys stabilised with Ti and especially Nb
Materials to be welded should be avoided, due to the possibility of
wrought embrittlement by Si-rich eutectics with these
elements.
ASTM/UNS S30815.
BS EN 10095 1.4818 X6CrNiSiNCe 19-10 Applications include furnaces and furnace parts,
1.4828 X15CrNiSi 20-12 high temperature flues, exhaust and heat
1.4835 (X9CrNiSiNCe 21-11-2). recuperator systems, combustion nozzles.
DIN 1.4893 (X8CrNiSiN 21 11).
1.4891 (X4CrNiSiN 18 10)). Microstructure
Proprietary Avesta 253MA Austenite with controlled ferrite of about 5FN.
Also suitable for similar material:
Welding guidelines
ASTM UNS S30415
Avesta 153MA No preheat required, it is desirable to keep interpass
below 150°C.
Applications
Designed to match equivalent alloys with good hot
strength coupled with excellent resistance to There are other consumables that also provide
oxidation up to about 1100°C. Resistance to excellent oxidation resistance but they are generally
sulphidation under oxidising conditions is superior to more highly alloyed than the 253MA alloy.
many higher nickel heat-resistant alloys. Resistance
to nitriding and carburisation is satisfactory except Products available
under reducing conditions where higher nickel alloys
are superior. Process Product Specification
Also satisfactory for dissimilar combinations of MMA Supermet 253MA --
materials with related levels of alloying. However,
Rev 06 03/12 233 DS: C-20 (pg 1 of 2)

SUPERMET 253MA Rutile electrode for matching alloy 253MA
Product description All-positional MMA electrode with an acid rutile flux system on alloyed core wire. Controlled Si and rare
earth (RE) additions (mainly cerium) provide excellent oxidation resistance.
Specifications There are no applicable national standards.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu Ce * FN
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 -- 1.4 -- -- 21.0 9.0 -- 0.14 -- -- 3
max 0.10 1.0 2.0 0.020 0.035 23.0 11.0 0.50 0.20 0.50 trace 10
typ 0.06 0.8 1.5 0.01 0.02 22 10.3 0.1 0.16 0.1 0.005 5
* Cerium is present but actual value not reported on test certificate.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 50 75 100
max A 75 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4
18°C.

9 6 1 7 <0.2 17 0.7
Rev 06 03/12 234 DS: C-20 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONTROLLED FERRITE 309 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type also a candidate for welding ‘utility ferritic’ stainless

steels for elevated temperature service.
23%Cr-12%Ni (309) alloy with a controlled ferrite
and carbon content to match similar heat resistant 309 steels have useful oxidation resistance up to
alloys. about 1000°C and the lower nickel content gives
better sulphidation resistance than 310 types.
They are normally used in furnace or flue-gas
wrought cast systems and ducting where the structural creep
ASTM/UN S30900 (309) A351 Grades CH8, requirements are modest.
S S30908 (309S) CH10, CH20.
S30909 (309H) Microstructure
DIN 1.4829 1.4832
(X12CrNi 22 12) (G-X25CrNiSi20 14) Austenite with up to 8% ferrite and some carbides.
BS 309S24 309C30
EN 1.4833 Welding guidelines
(X12CrNi23-12)
Preheat not required for most applications.
Applications
These consumables deposit 309 type weld metal with
a controlled carbon of about 0.08% and low ferrite The 309L consumables (data sheet B-50) typically
content. These controls are designed to increase the used for dissimilar joints are related but are not used
high temperature strength and microstructural for the same high temperature applications.
stability for service applications above 400°C. The
widely used 309L dissimilar weld metal has lower Products available
hot strength and is more prone to embrittlement
during long term high temperature service for which Process Product Specification
it is not intended. MMA Thermet 309CF AWS E309H-16
TIG/MIG 309S94 AWS ER309
The main application for this electrode is for welding
steels of similar composition although some high
temperature steels of dissimilar composition, such as
ferritic CrAl and CrSiAl alloys are applicable. It is
Rev 07 03/12 235 DS: C-21 (pg 1 of 3)

THERMET 309CF 309 electrode with controlled carbon and ferrite content
Product description MMA electrode with a rutile flux coating on high purity 304L core wire.

BS EN 1600 (E 22 12 R 32) Cr 20.0-23.0%
(weld metal wt %) min 0.06 0.5 0.2 -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 2
max 0.15 2.0 0.8 0.025 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.5 0.50 8
typ 0.08 1.5 0.3 0.01 0.02 22.7 12.8 0.1 0.1 5

Hardness HV -- 210
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.6 15.9
18°C.

9 6 7 1 <0.2 17 0.7
Rev 07 03/12 236 DS: C-21 (pg 2 of 3)

309S94 309 solid wire with controlled carbon and ferrite

BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 12 H
UNS S30980
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 3
max 0.12 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 24.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.07 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 6


Current DC- DC+
** Proprietary Ar, and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 are also suitable.

1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

32 12 20 11 <0.5 <0.5 2.5
Rev 07 03/12 237 DS: C-21 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
MT304H Website: www.metrode.com

High carbon 304 alloy with copper, niobium and In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld metal
nitrogen additions to provide improved creep microstructure consists of austenite matrix with
performance. precipitates and carbo-nitrides. During service creep
strength is enhanced by the precipitation of copper rich
Materials to be welded precipitates, Nb carbo-nitride and NbCrN
EN 10216-5: 1.4907 / X10CrNiCuNb 18 9 3.
ASTM A213: UNS S30432. Welding guidelines
Grade 18Cr-9Ni-3Cu-Cb-N in ASME Code Case For most applications no preheat or PWHT is required.
2328-1 2003. Maximum interpass temperature 150°C and heat input
VdTÜV material data sheet 550 (2003). 1.5kJ/mm although these controls may need to be
tightened depending on tube dimensions.
Proprietary alloys include:
Super 304H (Sumitomo)
DMV 304HCu (Salzgitter Mannesmann Stainless Tubes) No directly related alloy groups.

This alloy was designed for use as superheater and
reheater boiler tube in the latest generation of Ultra MMA * Thermet MT304H -
Super Critical (USC) coal fired power plant. The alloy TIG/MIG MT304H -
is designed to cope with the latest power plant designs
* Contact Technical Department
were steam temperatures can be in the region of 600°C;
although ASME Code Case 2328-1 specifies allowable
stresses up to 815°C.
Rev 02 03/12 238 DS: C-25 (pg 1 of 2)

MT304H Solid welding wire for TIG welding
Product description Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG/GTAW welding.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -- , QW442 A-No --
(wire wt %) min 0.07 2.5 -- -- -- 17.0 14.5 0.7 2.5 0.5 0.15
max 0.13 4.0 0.40 0.015 0.015 20.0 18.0 1.2 3.5 1.0 0.25
typ 0.1 3.2 0.2 0.005 0.005 18 16 0.9 2.8 0.7 0.2
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG TIG High Temperature

Room Temp 550°C 650°C 750°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 570 388 371 336
Elongation on 5d % 28 -- -- --
Impact energy +20°C J 90 -- -- --
Impact energy -50°C J 80 -- -- --

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Packaging data ø mm TIG Spooled

0.9 - 0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order)
2.4 2.5kg tube -
24 18 16 13 1 3 2.8
Rev 02 03/12 239 DS: C-25 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
310 STAINLESS STEEL Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Other uses include buffer layers and for surfacing.
The fully austenitic weld metal can be useful for
25%Cr-20%Ni (310) stainless steel.
specialised applications requiring low magnetic
permeability (typically <1.01). 310 weld metals are
Materials to be welded also inherently tough down to –196C and therefore
wrought cast suitable for cryogenic installations involving any of
the standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.
ASTM/UNS 310 / S31000 CK20
310S / S31008
Microstructure
DIN 1.4841, 1.4842, 1.4840
1.4845 Fully austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability
<1.01.
BS 310S24, 310S31 310C45
Proprietary Immaculate 5 (Firth Vickers)
Welding guidelines
Sirius 3 (CLI)
15RE10 (Sandvik) No preheat required. Preferably keep interpass
temperature below 150C and heat input below
1.5kJ/mm; this is particularly important for high heat
Applications
input processes eg. SAW.
These consumables are used primarily for welding
similar wrought or cast 25%Cr-20%Ni (310) parent
alloys with up to 0.25% carbon. Parent metal and
weld metal are fully austenitic, unlike the other These standard 310 alloy should not be confused with
common 300 series stainless steels. For maximum 0.4% carbon 310H cast alloys of the HK40 type (see
resistance to solidification cracking and data sheet C-31), or the very low carbon 310L alloys
microfissuring, the MMA weld metal manganese which are used in severely corrosive conditions (see
range is raised to 2-5% in accordance with European data sheet B-45).
practice.
Products available
The high alloy content of type 310 gives useful
oxidation resistance up to peak temperatures of about Process Product Specification
1200C for heat shields, furnace parts and ducting. MMA 25.20 Super R (E310-16)
Ultramet B310Mn (E310-15)
These consumables can also be used for mixed
welding and dissimilar joints including those where TIG/MIG/SAW 310S94 AWS ER310
PWHT is applied, but it should be noted that the
relatively high thermal expansion coefficient may
promote thermal fatigue in transition joints which are
subject to thermal cycling. In such cases, nickel base
consumables are usually preferred (eg. D-10, D-11).
Rev 06 03/12 240 DS: C-30 (pg 1 of 4)

25.20 SUPER R Rutile MMA electrode for welding 310 stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with low silica rutile flux on high purity 310 core wire. Low silicon and high manganese
levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E310-16) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

BS EN 1600 E 25 20 R 32
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
typ 0.12 3.5 0.4 0.008 0.02 26 21 0.2 0.1

Hardness HV -- 200
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.7 20.1
18°C.

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
Rev 06 03/12 241 DS: C-30 (pg 2 of 4)

ULTRAMET B310Mn All-positional basic MMA electrode for welding 310 stainless steel
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 310 core wire. Low silicon and high
manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring. The electrode is particularly suited to
positional welding, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E310-15) AWS specification has Mn range of 1.0-2.5%.

BS EN 1600 E 25 20 B 42
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 2.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.15 5.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
typ 0.1 3.8 0.4 0.008 0.018 26 21 0.2 0.1

Hardness HV -- 220
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
18°C.

9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 28 0.6
Rev 06 03/12 242 DS: C-30 (pg 3 of 4)

310S94 Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW of 310 stainless steel

BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 20
UNS S31080
(wire wt %) min 0.08 1.0 0.30 -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 27.0 22.0 0.3 0.3
typ 0.11 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded MIG Ar+2%O2

Hardness cap/mid HV 185
Typical operating TIG MIG SAW ***

parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 or SSB flux
Current DC- DC+ DC+
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
*** Heat input should be restricted with SAW to minimise the risk of solidification cracking.

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --

30 13 22 16 <0.5 <0.5 2.3
Rev 06 03/12 243 DS: C-30 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
310H ELECTRODE TO MATCH HK40 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type rolls, and furnace structural items in the cement,

ceramic and steel industries.
0.4%C-25%Cr-20%Ni (310H) austenitic cast alloy
for heat resisting service. Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
Materials to be welded microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic and
ASTM
secondary carbides.
A351, A608 Grade HK40
DIN 1.4846 (X40CrNi 25 21)
1.4848 (G-X40CrNiSi 25 20) Welding guidelines
BS 3100 Grade 310C40 Generally no preheat or PWHT are required.
1504 Grade 310C40
Proprietary H20 (Doncasters Paralloy)
Thermalloy 47 (Duraloy) Related alloy groups
Lloyds T47 (LBA) There are two other 310 alloy groups: the 310L (data
HR6 (Cronite) sheet B-45) which is used for corrosion resistant
applications not high temperature service, and the
standard 310 alloys (data sheet C-30) which are used
Applications for the standard (0.1 %C) base materials.
Thermet 310H is designed to weld HK40 which is one
of the standard materials for centrifugally cast tubes Products available
operating at around 1000°C. Process Product Specification
These alloys are used in reformer and steam MMA Thermet 310H AWS E310H-15
cracker coils in chemical and petrochemical
plants. Also for components such as billet skids,
calinating tubes, kiln nose segments, conveyor
Rev 01 03/12 244 DS: C-31 (pg 1 of 2)

THERMET 310H Basic all-positional MMA electrode for HK40 type castings
Product description MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on 310 core wire to give low residual levels. The electrode is
optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture
resistant coating giving sound porosity free deposits.

BS EN 1600 E 25 20 H B 42
(weld metal wt %) min 0.35 1.0 -- -- -- 25.0 20.0 -- --
max 0.45 2.0 0.70 0.025 0.030 28.0 22.0 0.50 0.50
typ 0.41 1.7 0.5 0.01 0.02 26 21 0.1 0.03

Hardness HV -- 230
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations
in the range 10-20% are normal.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4
18°C.

12 6 2 8.5 <0.2 <0.2 16 0.6
Rev 01 03/12 245 DS: C-31 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONSUMABLES TO MATCH Email: info@metrode.com
CAST & WROUGHT ALLOY 800 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type petrochemical and nuclear engineering industries.

Austenitic heat resisting consumables to match alloy These consumables are used as alternatives to various
800. nickel base consumables up to 1000°C, with the
added benefit of expansion coefficient and
Materials to be welded sulphidation resistance similar to parent material.
ASTM A351 CT15C
BS
Microstructure
NA15, NA15H
BS EN & DIN 1.4850, 1.4859, 1.4876 As-welded weld metal microstructure consists of
UNS N08800, N08810, austenite with cellular NbC-rich network.
N08811
Welding guidelines
Proprietary alloys include:
No preheat, interpass <150°C preferred. Usually
cast: wrought: welds are not heat treated however in elevated
Paralloy CR32W. Incoloy 800, 800H, 800HT temperature service the HAZ of welds in alloys
Manaurite 900 (Special Metals). 800/800H/800HT with progressively increasing
(Manoir). levels of Ti+Al may be susceptible to stress-
Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds) Sanicro 31 (Sandvik). relaxation cracking. For pressure boundary welds
Vicro 8 (Firth Vickers). RA330 (Rolled Alloys). designed for >538ºC, ASME VIII UNF-56 requires
MORE 21 (Duraloy). Nicrofer 3220 (VDM). PWHT >885ºC/1h + 1h/25mm (eg. 900ºC/3h), or
Centralloy 4859 (Centracero). solution annealing.
E2032Nb (Engemasa).
API 560 currently does not require PWHT but some
Applications specifiers may require it for particular operating
conditions.
The consumables are designed to deposit weld metal
with composition and properties closely matching Additional information
type 800 alloys in cast and wrought forms. The weld
metals are based on the composition of castings, with Marshall A.W. & Farrar J.C.M. 'Matching
controlled carbon and niobium for optimum consumables for type 800 alloys', Stainless Steel
corrosion resistance and creep performance. Most World, Sept 1999, pp 56-60.
wrought materials have Ti and Al instead of Nb.
Weld metal Mn and Si levels are modified to give Related alloy groups
high resistance to hot cracking in highly restrained The nickel base alloys AB (data sheet D-11), 625
welds. For optimum resistance to ageing (data sheet D-20) and 617 (data sheet D-40) are
embrittlement, the composition will generally meet sometimes used as alternatives for the same base
the Chiyoda parameter: materials.
P  9 where P = (7C + 5Si + 8Nb – 3Mn).
Products available
These alloys are used for their resistance to
corrosion, thermal fatigue and shock at temperatures Process Product Specification
up to about 1000°C, for the fabrication of muffles MMA Thermet 800Nb None
and radiant tubes, heat treatment trays and TIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb None
baskets, reformer furnace outlet manifolds and
ethylene plant transfer lines, in the furnace,
Rev 08 03/12 246 DS: C-40 (pg 1 of 3)

THERMET 800Nb MMA electrode to match alloy 800
Product description MMA electrode – Basic moisture resistant coated electrode made on high alloy, high purity core wire.
(weld metal wt %) min 0.06 1.6 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 --
max 0.12 4.5 0.6 0.02 0.03 23.0 35.0 0.5 1.5 0.5
typ 0.1 2.5 0.3 0.007 0.015 21 32 0.4 1.3 0.15
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical

Elongation on 4d % -- > 33
Impact energy + 20°C J -- > 55
* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.
Operating parameters DC +ve only
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.0
18°C.

4 6 6 2 < 0.2 < 0.2 18 0.8
Rev 08 03/12 247 DS: C-40 (pg 2 of 3)

21.33.MnNb Solid TIG/MIG welding wire for 800H and similar heat resisting alloys
Product description Solid wire – This is a high Mn, 21%Cr-33%Ni-1%Nb, micro-alloyed wire for TIG/MIG welding of 800 type
alloys.
Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti
(wire wt %) min 0.10 3.5 -- -- -- 19.0 30.0 -- 0.8 -- -- --
max 0.20 5.0 0.70 0.015 0.025 23.0 35.0 0.50 1.5 0.5 0.35 0.30
typ 0.15 4.3 0.5 0.008 0.012 21 33 0.3 1 0.1 0.1 0.15
* Weld deposit carbon is typically a little lower than wire analysis.

* Minimum tensile properties based on wrought alloy 800H.

parameters Shielding Ar Ar+2%O2 **
Current DC – DC+

** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

1.2 -- 12.5kg spool
1.6 To order
2.0 To order
2.4 2.5kg tube
3.2 2.5kg tube

40 15 18 20 <1 2.5
Rev 08 03/12 248 DS: C-40 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
HIGH CARBON 18/37 HEAT RESISTING Email: info@metrode.com
AUSTENITIC ALLOY Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type These alloys retain good mechanical strength up to

1050-1100°C and are used for heat treatment trays
0.45%C-17%Cr-38%Ni high carbon austenitic heat
and containers, retorts furnace rollers, moulds,
resisting steel often called 18/37 or 37/18 alloy.
hearth plates, radiant tubes, and furnace fittings
and headers in the heat treatment industries and
Materials to be welded high temperature process plants.
ASTM-ASME DIN BS Microstructure

A297 HT & HU 1.4865 3100 Gr 330C11
A351 HT30 3100 Gr 331C40 In the as-welded condition the weld metal
4534 Gr 8 & 9 microstructure consists of austenite with eutectic and
secondary carbides. Although fully austenitic the
Proprietary alloy is slightly magnetic with an apparent ferrite of
Paralloy H38, H40, H33, H35 (Doncasters Paralloy) up to 5FN.
Cronite HR5, HR17, HR31 (Cronite)
Lloyds T50 (LBA) Welding guidelines
Thermalloy T50, T58 (Duraloy)
RA330-HC (Rolled Alloys) Preheat is not generally required.
Incoloy DS & 330 (Special Metals) (wrought)
Thermet R17.18H is designed to match fully The AB type nickel base alloys are often used to
austenitic high alloy heat resisting steels often called weld the wrought versions of this alloy (data sheet
17/38 or 38/17. Alloys of this type are produced as D-11).
castings with about 0.4%C, or in wrought form with
carbon of about 0.08%. Thermet R17.38H matches There is no matching solid wire for this alloy.
the composition of castings but experience has also
shown it to be compatible with the wrought alloys, Products available
although higher weld metal ductility will be obtained
with a nickel base type (data sheet D-11). Process Product Specification
The high nickel content and low thermal expansion MMA Thermet R17.38H BS 15.35.H.R
of the alloys give good resistance to thermal shock.
The alloy is also highly resistant to carburisation and
oxidation but is not suitable for use in high sulphur
bearing atmospheres.
Rev 01 03/12 249 DS: C-41 (pg 1 of 2)

THERMET R17.38H MMA electrode to match high carbon 18/37 heat resisting alloys
Product description MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E330H-16) Thermet R17.38H has higher C, Cr & Ni than AWS specification.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS), QW442 A-No --
(weld metal wt %) min 0.35 1.0 0.3 -- -- 17.0 35.0 --
max 0.60 2.0 1.0 0.030 0.040 20.0 40.0 0.5
typ 0.45 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 38 0.4

0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 520
Hardness HV -- 250
These alloys are designed for operation at elevated temperatures and modest ambient temperature elongations
in the range 10-20% are normal.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.6 15.6
18°C.
4 7 4 5 <0.1 <0.2 16 1
Rev 01 03/12 250 DS: C-41 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
THERMET 25.35.Nb Website: www.metrode.com

0.1%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-0.6%Nb (HP10Cb) austenitic In the as-welded condition the weld metal
cast alloy for heat resisting service. microstructure consists of austenite with some grain
boundary carbides.
Similar cast alloys:
Welding guidelines
Alloy HP10Cb (ACI-ASTM terminology) Generally no preheat or PWHT are required;
Paralloy CR39W (Doncasters Paralloy) interpass temperatures below 150°C are
Lloyds T57 (LBA) recommended.
Centralloy H101 (Centracero)
This electrode is specially designed to deposit weld There is no directly equivalent solid wire, the nearest
metal which matches the composition of similar available is Metrode 21.33.Nb/21.33.Mn (see data
castings. This alloy was developed from 800 type sheet C-40).
alloys with increased chromium and nickel contents
and exhibits improved carburisation and oxidation Products available
resistance. It is used at temperatures up to 1100°C Process Product Specification
and is resistant to thermal shock and fatigue.
MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb --
Applications include the welding of centrifugally cast

pyrolysis coils, reformer tubes, return bends and
tees for the petrochemical industry.
Rev 02 03/12 DS: C-45 (pg 1 of 2)

251
THERMET 25.35.Nb Basic all-positional MMA electrode for ‘HP10Cb’ type castings
Product description MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for
DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating
giving sound porosity-free deposits.
Specifications There are no relevant national standards.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Pb Sn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 2.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 -- 0.50 -- -- --
max 0.14 4.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 28.0 39.0 0.5 1.50 0.15 0.01 0.01
typ 0.12 3.5 0.5 0.01 0.01 26 36 0.2 0.8 0.05 <0.001 0.005

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 265 320 320
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 12.0
18°C.

4 6 2 7 <0.1 <0.2 18 0.7
Rev 02 03/12 DS: C-45 (pg 2 of 2)

252
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CONSUMABLES TO MATCH HP40Nb Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type They are also suitable for the Nb free alloys and
leaner high carbon Cr-Ni alloys such as HK40, HT40
Consumables to match 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb
and IN519 where overmatching weld metal will
heat resistant cast alloys.
normally be acceptable.
Materials to be welded Alloy HP40Nb is not prone to sigma phase

Matching alloys embrittlement and the presence of eutectic and
secondary carbides provide excellent hot strength and
ASTM-ASME DIN creep resistance in the typical service temperature
A297 ‘HP40Cb’ 1.4852 (G-X40NiCrNb 35 25) range 900-1100C. High levels of Cr and Ni provide
1.4853 (wrought) good resistance to oxidation and carburisation.
Proprietary alloys The principal applications are pyrolysis coils and

Paralloy H39W (Doncasters Paralloy) reformer tubes for ethylene production in the
Lloyds T64 (LBA) petrochemical industry.
MORE 10 & 10-MA (Duraloy)
Thermalloy 64 (Duraloy) Microstructure
Manaurite 36X & 36XM (Manoir)
Pyrotherm G25/35Nb & NbTZ (Pose Marre) In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists of
Centralloy 4852 & 4852 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens - austenite with eutectic and secondary carbide.
Centracero)
E2535Nb & E2535Nb-MA (Engemasa) Welding guidelines
Nb-free alloys Generally preheat is not required.
ASTM-ASME DIN
A297 HP or HP40 1.4857 (G-X40NiCrSi 35 25) Related alloy groups
1.4853 (wrought) There are a number of related high carbon Cr-Ni
alloys which are used in the same type of applications,
Proprietary alloys see other alloys in the Hot Zone. There is also a lower
Paralloy H39 (Doncasters Paralloy) carbon version of the 25%Cr-35%Ni alloy (data sheet
Lloyds T63 (LBA) C-40) which provides better thermal shock and
HR33 (Cronite) fatigue, with some reduction in creep strength.
Also suitable for high carbon 18%Cr-37%Ni-Nb

alloys eg. DIN 1.4849. Products available
Applications Process Product Specification

MMA Thermet HP40Nb BS 25.35.H.Nb.B
These consumables are designed to match heat
resistant cast alloys with 0.4%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-Nb, TIG/MIG 25.35.4CNb --
including those micro-alloyed with Ti to increase
creep resistance.
Rev 05 03/12 253 DS: C-50 (pg 1 of 3)

THERMET HP40Nb Basic electrode matching HP40Nb alloys
Product description Basic moisture resistant MMA electrode made on high purity alloy core wire, giving high resistance to
microfissuring and porosity in large multi-run deposits.
Specifications BS 2926 25.35.H.Nb.B
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti
(weld metal wt %) min 0.35 0.5 0.2 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.02
max 0.50 2.0 1.3 0.030 0.040 27.0 36.0 0.5 1.50 0.20
typ 0.43 1.7 0.9 0.010 0.010 25 35 0.1 1.1 0.08

properties Tensile strength MPa 600 (450) 740
0.2% Proof stress MPa -- (250) 560
Elongation on 4d % -- (5) 15
Hardness HV -- 240
* Minimum tensile strength of 600MPa is from BS2926; the values in brackets are minimum values for base
material static castings.
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and
creep resistance. Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of
multipass welds may approach this value due to carbide precipitation in successive runs.
Stress rupture/creep data:

Temperature Stress Life Elongation
C F MPa ksi Hours %
871 1600 48.2 7 1431 6
927 1700 27.6 4 2398 3
982 1800 17.3 2.5 2414 3
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

length mm 265 320 320 320
kg/carton 11.1 12.3 12.0 12.3
18°C.

4 6 7 7 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 0.7
Rev 05 03/12 254 DS: C-50 (pg 2 of 3)

25.35.4CNb Solid TIG and MIG wire for matching HP40Nb alloys
Product description Solid wire for TIG, auto-TIG and MIG.
Specifications There are no national specifications for this wire
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Ti Zr Cu Sn Pb
(wire wt %) min 0.40 1.0 0.5 -- -- 23.0 32.0 -- 0.75 0.05 0.01 -- -- --
max 0.50 2.5 1.6 0.02 0.02 27.0 36.0 0.50 1.50 0.25 0.15 0.5 -- --
typ 0.43 1.7 1.1 0.005 0.01 26 35 <0.3 1.1 0.1 0.03 0.1 <0.01 <0.01
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min * TIG

* Parent material minimum values (static castings).
Room temperature elongation has little significance for weld metal designed for high temperature service and
creep resistance. Values down to 4.5% (on 4d) are allowed in ASTM HP40 castings and the ductility of
multipass welds may approach this value due to carbide precipitation in successive runs.

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 100A,12V
Packaging data ø mm TIG Spooled wire normally

used for automatic TIG
1.2 -- 12.5kg reel
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --

Fe Mn Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
35 13 26 < 0.5 < 0.5 2
Rev 05 03/12 255 DS: C-50 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
HIGH CARBON 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb Website: www.metrode.com

High carbon 35Cr-45Ni-1Nb to match heat-resisting In the as-welded condition the multi-pass weld metal
castings, which are often micro-alloyed with Ti and Zr. microstructure consists of austenite with primary
eutectic and secondary precipitated carbides.
Proprietary alloys include: Welding guidelines
For the thicker section materials a preheat may prove
Paralloy H46M (Doncasters Paralloy) beneficial owing to the low ductility of the material.
Manaurite XT/XTM (Manoir Industries) There would not normally be any requirement for
Centralloy ET45 Micro (Schmidt + Clemens-Centracero) PWHT.
Lloyds T80 (LBA)
Lloyds T75MA (LBA) Related alloy groups
E3545Nb-MA (Engemasa)
There are a number of other high carbon austenitic
Applications alloys for high temperature service e.g.. 25Cr-35Ni-1Nb
types (data sheet C-50).
These alloys have superior carburisation and oxidation
resistance to alloys based on 25%Cr-35%Ni for service Products available
up to 1150C but with some reduction in creep strength.
Applications include pyrolysis coils and reformer MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb -
tubes for the petrochemical industry.
TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb -
THERMET 35.45.Nb MMA electrode

Product description Thermet 35.45.Nb is a basic coated electrode with some alloy additions in the coating and is made on a high
purity NiCr core wire. Recovery is approximately 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to
whole electrode.
Specifications No relevant national specifications.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No - , QW442 A-No -
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Fe
(weld metal wt %) min 0.40 0.5 1.0 - - 34 44 0.60 - 0.04 -
max 0.50 1.5 1.6 0.01 0.01 38 50 1.30 0.25 0.15 bal
typ 0.45 0.9 1.2 0.005 <0.01 35 47 0.8 0.05 0.07 13

Hardness HV - 270
* Minimum values are for static castings.
Rev 09 03/12 256 DS: C-60 (pg 1 of 2)

THERMET 35.45.Nb (continued) MMA electrode
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 85 110
max A 95 120 160

length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 9.9 10.5 12.6
18°C.
Fe Mn Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 10 9 <0.2 18 0.5
35.45.Nb Solid welding wire for TIG welding

Product description Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG/GTAW welding.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -- , QW442 A-No --
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Mo Ti Zr Fe
(wire wt %) min 0.40 0.8 1.0 - - 34 44 0.6 - 0.04 - -
max 0.50 1.5 1.6 0.015 0.02 38 48 1.3 0.50 0.15 0.15 bal
typ 0.43 1.0 1.2 0.005 0.012 36 46 0.9 0.05 0.1 0.05 13

Hardness HV 280

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Packaging data ø mm TIG Spooled

1.2 - 12.5kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube -
3.2 2.5kg tube -
15 5 28 28 <0.5 <0.5 1.8
Rev 09 03/12 257 DS: C-60 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
HIGH CARBON 25Cr-35Ni-WCo Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,

sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln
0.5%C-25%Cr-35%Ni-15%Co-5%W cast alloy for
components resistant to hot abrasion, radiant tubes
elevated temperature service.
and pyrolysis coils.
Microstructure
Proprietary cast alloys:
MORE 6 (Duraloy) The as-welded microstructure consists of high alloy
Supertherm (Duraloy) austenite with primary eutectic and secondary carbides.
Lloyds T66 (LBA)
Centralloy ET35Co (Schmidt & Clemens – Centracero) Welding guidelines
Manaurite 35K (Manoir Industries)
Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength and
Applications residual stress levels of multipass welds. For thicker
This electrode matches similar cast alloys originating sections, preheat of 300C or more may be advisable.
from the Abex alloy Supertherm, which is itself related
to the cobalt free Blaw-Knox alloy 22H (data sheet C- Related alloy groups
80).
The cobalt free 22H alloy is related to this alloy and is
The high carbon high alloy matrix provides excellent used for similar applications (data sheet C-80).
hot strength and oxidation resistance at typical service
temperatures of 950-1250C. Cobalt and tungsten are Products available
important for maintaining matrix strength beyond
about 1150C when carbides are progressively Process Product Specification
dissolved. MMA Thermet HP50WCo --
Rev 02 03/12 258 DS: C-70 (pg 1 of 2)

THERMET HP50WCo MMA electrode for matching high carbon austenitic cast alloys
Product description All-positional basic MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys. Basic flux system with alloy
additions on high purity NiCrFe core wire.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co W Mo Cu Fe
(weld metal wt %) min 0.40 0.5 0.2 -- -- 24.0 34.0 13.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 28.0 40.0 18.0 6.0 0.5 0.5 bal
typ 0.50 0.6 0.5 0.008 0.010 25 35 14 4.6 0.05 0.05 19
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical **

Elongation on 4d % 3 8.5
Hardness HV -- 265
* Minimum values are for static castings. Average strength of centrispun tube is typically 550MPa with
<10% elongation.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide
precipitation and strain-hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little
significance for weld metal designed for elevated temperature service.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 85 110
max A 95 120 160

length mm 265 320 320
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 13.2
18°C.

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Co F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 8 7 <0.2 2 22 0.7
Rev 02 03/12 259 DS: C-70 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ALLOY 22H HEAT RESISTANT Email: info@metrode.com
AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEEL Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type to carburisation and under oxidising conditions high

chromium provides useful resistance to sulphidation.
0.5%C-28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W cast high temperature
alloy.
Applications include highly stressed furnace parts,
sintering and calcining muffles, cement kiln
Materials to be welded components resistant to hot abrasion, radiant
tubes and pyrolysis coils.
DIN: 2.4879 G-NiCr28W
G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28
Microstructure
Proprietary cast alloys:
22H (Duraloy) The as-welded microstructure consists of high alloy
Super 22H (Duraloy; +2%Co) austenite with primary eutectic and secondary
Paralloy H48T (Doncasters Paralloy) carbides.
Centralloy 4879 (Schmidt & Clemens – Centracero)
Marker G4879 (Schmidt & Clemens) Welding guidelines
Pyrotherm G 28/48/5W (Pose-Marre)
HR23 (Cronite) Preheat is often recommended owing to the low
Lloyds T75 (LBA) ductility of this alloy, coupled with high strength and
Thermax 70 (Sheepbridge) residual stress levels of multipass welds. For thicker
Manaurite 50W (Manoir Industries) sections, preheat of 300C or more may be advisable.
Thermalloy T75 (Manoir Electroalloys)
Applications In an alternative alloy for similar applications about
This electrode is designed to match similar high 15%Ni is replaced with cobalt, see data sheet C-70.
carbon cast alloys originating from Blaw-Knox (now
Duraloy) alloy 22H. Products available
The high carbon 28%Cr-50%Ni-5%W matrix Process Product Specification

provides excellent hot strength and oxidation MMA Thermet 22H --
resistance at typical service temperatures of 950-
1250°C. High nickel gives the alloy good resistance
Rev 01 03/12 260 DS: C-80 (pg 1 of 2)

THERMET 22H
Product description All-positional basic MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys. Basic flux system with alloy
additions on high purity NiCr core wire.
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni W Fe
(weld metal wt %) min 0.40 0.5 0.5 -- -- 27.0 47.0 4.0 --
max 0.60 1.5 1.2 0.020 0.030 30.0 54.0 6.0 bal
typ 0.50 1 0.7 0.006 0.010 28 51 5 14
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical **

Hardness HV -- 270
* Minimum values for DIN 2.4879 castings.
** The high strength of the weld metal is derived from the chill-cast microstructure coupled with carbide
precipitation and strain-hardening by successive weld beads. Room temperature elongation has little
significance for weld metal designed for elevated temperature service.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 85 110 140
max A 95 120 160 200

length mm 260 310 310 310
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 12.3 12.0
18°C.

3 6 9 7 <0.2 22 0.7
Rev 01 03/12 261 DS: C-80 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
SPECIAL ELECTRODE FOR IN-657 Website: www.metrode.com

50Cr-50Ni alloy for high temperature corrosion resistance. Arc length should be kept low to avoid nitrogen pick up.
Preheating is usually necessary; 150-200°C at 10mm thick
Materials to be welded with 200-250°C for most applications and up to 450°C for
the thickest sections. Maintain interpass temperatures and
Inco IN-657, IN-671
slow cool.
ASTM A560 Grade 50Cr-50Ni-Cb
DIN 2.4678, 2.4680, 2.4813
Paralloy N50W (Doncasters Paralloy)
Duraloy 50/50Cb Weldment stress-rupture tests have been carried out on
transverse specimens extracted from 25 mm thick
Applications centricast IN-657 tube. Tests were carried out at 900 0C
Nimrod 657 (formerly 50.50.Nb) was developed in and the results are shown in the graph. It can be seen that
about 75% joint efficiency is achieved in the long-term
conjunction with Inco to match their proprietary cast alloy
tests.
IN-657 produced by licenced foundries world-wide. It is
also suitable to weld the Ti-bearing wrought version IN-
671.
Ksi
MPa
STRESS-RUPTURE
l Nimrod 657
Alloy 657 with its high chromium content has exceptional (Transverse tests)
resistance to hot corrosion (800-950°C) by fuel ash Ô in 657 scatter band
containing vanadium pentoxide and alkali metal sulphates

arising from the combustion of low grade heavy fuel oils.
IN-657 castings are used in a wide range of components in
oil-fired furnaces and boilers such as tube sheets, tube
hangers, supports and spacers in ships, power stations,
refineries, and petrochemical plants.
STRESS
Microstructure
Very careful control of chromium and niobium is
900°C RUPTURE LIFE, hours
maintained to minimise the risk of weld metal cracking.
The microstructure of IN-657 castings and Nimrod 657 References
weld metal consists of two phases: a chromium-rich alpha
Thornley J.C. 'Welding of 50Ni-50Cr and 50Ni-50Cr-
phase (bcc) and a nickel-rich gamma phase (fcc). The
1.5Nb Alloys' Parts 1 & 2, Metal Construction Nov 1976,
precise structure obtained is complicated by thermal
pp 480-487, and Dec 1976, pp 535-541.
history and composition, but has an important effect on the
'High chromium Cr-Ni alloys to resist residual fuel oil ash
control of weld metal cracking. At lower chromium and
niobium contents, the primary dendrites which form corrosion'. Inco publication No. 4299 (1975).
'IN-657 cast-nickel-chromium-niobium alloy for service
during solidification are gamma phase and this tends to
against fuel-ash corrosion'. Inco publication no. 4320
promote sensitivity to solidification cracking. Higher
(1974).
chromium and niobium contents result in a primary alpha
dendritic phase which is less ductile and hence more prone
Products available
to cold cracking during cooling. An undesirable but
infrequent eutectic phase may also occur. The Process Product Specification
composition of both weld metal and castings is therefore
carefully balanced to minimise detrimental microstructural MMA Nimrod 657 AWS ENiCr-4
components and so reduce the risk of cracking. Carbon
and nitrogen also reduce ductility and are kept as low as
practicable.
Rev 03 03/12 262 DS: C-90 (pg 1 of 2)

NIMROD 657 MMA electrode for alloy 657/671
Description MMA electrode made on a special nickel-chromium core wire, with a basic lime-fluorspar flux covering.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCr-4

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe N Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 48 bal 1.0 -- -- --
max 0.10 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.02 52 -- 2.5 1.0 0.16 0.25
typ 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.01 0.01 50 47 1.8 0.5 0.07 0.05
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical IN-657 (as cast)
Nimrod 657 Nimrod 657
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 830-985 600-700
0.2% Proof stress MPa -- 570-725 330-400
Elongation on 4d % -- 2-4 10-40
Hardness HV -- 340 210-260
Note: Weld metal tensile properties are much higher than those of as-cast IN-657, mainly because pre-ageing
takes place during multipass welding. IN-657 responds similarly at high temperature and differences between
the two are effectively eliminated during service.
Operating parameters DC +ve AC(OCV:70V)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 85 110
max A 95 120 160
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 11.4 12.0
18°C.
1 2 2.5 8 0.1 0.1 23 0.6
Rev 03 03/12 263 DS: C-90 (pg 2 of 2)

SECTION D
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
Nickel base consumables
As a whole, nickel-base consumables have a very wide range of applications. They can be roughly divided into
those with compositions matching specific parent materials, usually for corrosion resistance, and those with
compositions unique to weld metal specifications some of which have specialised uses and others more general
purpose applications.
Electrode characteristics vary according to the intended application and the constraints dictated by particular alloys.
Most types have basic flux coverings, those with the suffix KS being suitable for positional welding of fixed
pipework. Rutile flux systems are compatible with some of the high molybdenum corrosion-resistant alloys. A low
level of impurities is desirable in all cases to minimise sensitivity to hot cracking and microfissuring.
The most important general purpose group are the 'Inconel' types, very loosely based on heat-resistant alloy 600
with 15%Cr-75%Ni-8%Fe. Compared with alloy 600, all these weld metals have significant additions of
manganese and niobium which give resistance to hot cracking and raise hot strength. Nimrod 182/182KS have
the highest manganese to maximise resistance to hot cracking, whereas in Nimrod AB/AKS manganese is
partially replaced by molybdenum which has the additional effect of improving creep resistance. In many
applications these two types can be used interchangeably, particularly in dissimilar metal welds between nickel
base and most steels or other ferrous alloys. Useful service properties range from cryogenic up to elevated
temperatures of 1000°C plus. Related to these is the more specialised heat resisting type Nimrod 132KS used
primarily for welding 600 and similar materials in cast or wrought form.
Nimrod 625/625KS electrodes and 62-50 wires are designed to match alloy 625 which was originally developed
for heat-resisting applications. However, parent material and consumables of this alloy have gained more
widespread use for many applications exploiting its excellent pitting and crevice corrosion resistance and high
strength at all service temperatures. There is also EQ62-50 strip available for use with the electroslag strip
cladding process where large vessels are to be clad.
Electrode types Nimrod C276, C276KS, C22KS and Nimax B2L and complimentary solid wires match the
current specifications for corrosion-resistant parent alloys C276, C22 and B2 respectively. Also related to this group
is the higher alloy Nimrod 59KS, matching alloy 59. Their uses include overmatching welds for various
superaustenitic stainless steels.
The precursor to alloy C276 was alloy C which is represented by rutile electrodes Nimrod C and the high efficiency
type Nimax C. Their general corrosion resistance is useful for overlays and high work-hardening rate and thermal
fatigue resistance for build-up and repair of hot-work dies.
Nickel, nickel-copper (Monel®) and cupronickel consumables are well established for use in high integrity
fabrication welds between their respective parent alloys. For surfacing steels or dissimilar welds it should be noted
that tolerance to iron dilution decreases with increasing copper content and the pure nickel type is therefore used
as a buffer layer.
® Inconel and Monel are trademarks of Special Metals.
Rev 06 03/12 264 DS: D-01 (pg 1 of 2)

Data Specifications
Nimrod 182KS ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
MMA Nimrod 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
D-10 182
Nimax 182 ENiCrFe-3 E Ni6182
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 SNi6082
Nimrod AKS ENiCrFe-2 E Ni6133
MMA
D-11 AB Nimrod AB ENiCrFe-2/4 E Ni6093
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb ERNiCr-3 SNi6082
D-12 132 MMA Nimrod 132KS ENiCrFe-1 E Ni6062
Nimrod 625 ENiCrMo-3 E Ni6625
MMA
Nimrod 625KS ENiCrMo-3 E Ni6625
D-20 625
TIG/MIG/SAW 62-50 ERNiCrMo-3 SNi6625
FCW Supercore 625P ENiCrMo3T1-4 --
Nimrod C276 ENiCrMo-4 E Ni6276
MMA
D-30 C276 Nimrod C276KS ENiCrMo-4 E Ni6276
TIG/MIG/SAW HAS C276 ERNiCrMo-4 SNi6276
MMA Nimrod 59KS ENiCrMo-13 E Ni6059
D-31 59
TIG/MIG HAS 59 ERNiCrMo-13 SNi6059
MMA Nimrod C22KS ENiCrMo-10 E Ni6022
D-32 C22
TIG/MIG HAS C22 ERNiCrMo-10 SNi6022
MMA Nimrod 617KS ENiCrCoMo-1 E Ni6117
D-40 617
TIG 61-70 ERNiCrCoMo-1 SNi6617
MMA Nimrod 690KS ENiCrFe-7 E Ni6152
D-41 690
TIG ER690 ERNiCrFe-7 S Ni6052
MMA Nimrod 200Ti ENi-1 E Ni2061
D-50 Nickel
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 SNi2061
MMA Nimrod 190 ENiCu-7 E Ni4060
D-60 Monel
TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu ERNiCu-7 SNi4060
MMA Cupromet N30 ECuNi --
D-70 Cupronickel TIG/MIG 70CuNi ERCuNi BS: C18
TIG 90CuNi -- BS C16
MMA Nimax B2L ENiMo-7 E Ni1066
D-80 B2
TIG HAS B2 ERNiMo-7 SNi1066
EQ62-50 EQNiCrMo-3 B Ni6625
D-85 Strip ESW
EQ20.70.Nb EQNiCr-3 B Ni6082
MMA EPRI P87 -- --
D-87 Dissimilar
TIG EPRI P87 -- --
Nimrod C (ENiCrMo-5) DIN: E23-UM-200CKT
E-45 C MMA
Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) DIN: E23-UM-200CKT
Rev 05 05/11 265 DS: D-01 (pg 2 of 2)

Data Sheet D-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NICKEL BASE 182 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Low temperature applications such as 3% or 5% Ni

steels used for cryogenic vessels and pipework in service
Inconel™ type consumables with manganese and niobium at or below –100°C.
additions.
Stress relief may be carried out if required.
Microstructure
Nickel alloys such as Inconel™ 600, Nimonic 75.
Nickel base alloys to themselves and to mild, low alloy High nickel austenite with some carbides.
and stainless steels. High temperature transition joints.
Cryogenic 3% and 5% Ni steels. Welding guidelines
Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be dependent on
Applications the base material being welded. For most nickel-base
These weld metals have no directly equivalent parent materials, no preheat is required.
material, although the composition is related to Inconel™
600. Mn and Nb are added to give high resistance to hot Related alloy groups
cracking, tolerance to dilution by many combinations of
The AB alloys (data sheet D-11) cover similar
nickel-base and ferrous alloys, with stable properties over
applications.
a wide range of service temperatures from –269°C to
above 900°C.
Products available
Applications include heat-resisting nickel-base alloys to
themselves for use in furnace equipment up to about Process Product Specification
900°C. Other applications include: MMA Nimrod 182KS AWS ENiCrFe-3
Mixed welds between most nickel-base alloys, including Nimrod 182 AWS ENiCrFe-3
Monel 400 and stainless, low alloy or CMn steels without
Nimax 182 AWS ENiCrFe-3
need to preheat.
TIG/MIG/ SAW 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3
Transition welds between creep-resisting ferritic and
austenitic steels, such as 2CrMo and 316H for long term SAW flux NiCr SA FB2
service at elevated temperature in petrochemical and
power generation plants.

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory
for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some
moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1
Rev 08 03/12 266 DS: D-10 (pg 1 of 5)

NIMROD 182KS All-positional Inconel™ type MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic flux system designed to
produce optimum operability and radiographically sound weld metal. Nimrod 182KS is optimised for DC+ welding
in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-3

BS EN ISO 14172 ENi6182
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30
typ 0.05 7 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 <8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05
* Co and Ta maximums only when specified at time of order.

Hardness HV -- 190
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210

length mm 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.3 15.0 15.0
NIMROD 182 Inconel™ type MMA electrode for downhand welding and surfacing
Product description MMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic slag system designed to
produce optimum operability and weld metal soundness for downhand/HV welding. Optimised for DC+ operability
primarily for surfacing and cladding applications.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-3 (3.2mm will not necessarily satisfy 3G usability criteria)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti Co * Ta *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0 0.12 0.30
typ 0.05 6 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 ~ 65 1.5 <8 0.1 0.1 < 0.05 0.05
Rev 08 03/12 267 DS: D-10 (pg 2 of 5)

NIMROD 182 (continued)
Hardness HV -- 190
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 100 130
max A 110 155 210

length mm 300 350 330
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 14.1
NIMAX 182 High recovery electrode for cladding & surfacing

Product description MMA electrode – high efficiency metal powder type with basic flux covering on high conductivity pure nickel core
wire. Nimax 182 is a high efficiency version of Nimrod 182KS, with versatile features for fabrication, repair and
maintenance.

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti
(weld metal wt %) min -- 5.0 -- -- -- 13.0 61 1.0 2.0 -- --
max 0.10 9.5 1.0 0.015 0.02 17.0 bal 2.5 9.0 0.50 1.0
typ 0.06 6 0.4 0.008 0.01 15 ~ 69 1.5 7 0.05 0.07

Impact energy -196°C J -- > 80
Hardness HV -- 190
ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 40 70 90 130 160
max A 60 115 155 210 260
Packaging data ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

length mm 300 300 350 350 330
kg/carton 9.9 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
pieces/carton 807 468 291 192 129
Rev 08 03/12 268 DS: D-10 (pg 3 of 5)

20.70.Nb Solid welding wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire – wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel
alloys, ferritic and austenitic stainless steels.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCr-3
UNS N06082
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0
typ 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded typical
Impact energy -196°C J > 100
parameters Shielding Ar Ar NiCr flux
Current DC- Pulsed DC+
1.0 -- 15kg --
1.2 -- 15kg --
1.6 2.5kg -- --
2.0 2.5kg -- --
2.4 2.5kg -- 25kg
3.2 2.5kg -- --
1 6 15 56 < 0.1 < 0.5 0.9
Rev 08 03/12 269 DS: D-10 (pg 4 of 5)

NiCr FLUX Sub-arc flux
Product description Sub-arc flux – Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3). The high basicity ensures
low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content ensures a low
silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking. NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC,
although DC+ operation is preferred. Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux
should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.
Specifications BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB2

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti
(typical) 20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4
deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08
20.70.Nb wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 360
Elongation % 40

1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
Packaging data Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be
redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
Rev 08 03/12 270 DS: D-10 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NICKEL BASE AB CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Monel 400, Incoloy 825 to stainless, low alloy CMn
steels without the need to preheat. Stress relief may be
Inconel type consumables similar to the 182 but with carried out if necessary, and transition welds for high
lower Mn and a Mo addition. temperature service have good structural stability.
Materials to be welded They can also be used for low temperature applications
Inconel 600, Incoloy 800, Incoloy DS, Nilo, Brightray such as 3%Ni or 5%Ni steels used for cryogenic vessels
and other nickel base or high nickel alloys to and pipework in service at or below –100°C.
themselves and to mild, low alloy, and stainless steels. Microstructure
Cryogenic 3-5%Ni steels.
In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld metal
Applications consists of austenite with a few carbides.
The weld metal deposited by these consumables has no Welding guidelines
directly equivalent parent material, although its
composition is related to Inconel 600 (0.05C-75Ni- Requirements for preheat and PWHT will be dependent
16Cr-8Fe). Mo and Nb are added to give high on the base material being welded. For most nickel
resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by many base materials no preheat or PWHT is required.
combinations of nickel base and ferrous alloys, and
stable properties over a wide range of service
temperatures from –269°C to above 900°C. The The 182 alloys (data sheet D-10) cover similar
presence of Mo improves elevated temperature applications.
properties above about 600°C, compared to the 182
Products available
alloys (data sheet D-10).
These consumables are used for welding Inconel 600, Process Product Specification
Incoloy 800/800H and similar heat resisting or high MMA Nimrod AKS AWS ENiCrFe-2
nickel alloys to themselves for use in furnace Nimrod AB AWS ENiCrFe-2/4
equipment and petrochemical plants up to about
900°C. TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3
SAW flux NiCr BS EN SA FB2
In addition they are suitable for dissimilar
combinations of the above alloys and others such as

18°C.

2 13 10 5 0.2 0.1 15 1
Rev 08 03/12 271 DS: D-11 (pg 1 of 3)

NIMROD AKS All-positional Inconel type MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux system on a nearly matching core wire designed to give radiographically
sound weld metal. It is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G
positions.

BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni6133
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu Co * Ta *
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 13.0 62 1.5 -- 1.0 -- -- --
max 0.10 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.02 17.0 Bal 3.0 12.0 2.5 0.50 0.12 0.30
typ 0.05 2.8 0.5 0.01 0.01 16 69 2 8 1.5 0.05 0.05 0.05

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210

length mm 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 14.4 13.5
Rev 08 03/12 272 DS: D-11 (pg 2 of 3)

20.70Nb Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCr-3

UNS N06082
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Cu Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.05 3.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 22.0 bal 3.0 0.50 0.7 3.0
typ 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 73 2.5 0.01 0.4 1

Impact energy - 196°C J >100

parameters Shielding Argon * Argon ** NiCr flux
Current DC- DC+ *** DC+
** Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.
*** Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.

1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --
1 6 15 56 <0.1 <0.5 0.9
Rev 08 03/12 273 DS: D-11 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NIMROD 132KS Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Related alloy groups

MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a The 182 (data sheet D-10) and AB alloys (data sheet D-
matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ 11) are very similar; and the 20.70.Nb solid wire would be
welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the used in conjunction with Nimrod 132KS.
ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
respect to whole electrode.
min 0.03 1.0 -- -- -- 14.0 62.0 0.25 1.5 6.0
Specifications max 0.08 3.5 0.75 0.015 0.030 17.0 Bal 0.50 3.5 11.0
typ 0.05 3 0.4 0.01 0.01 16.5 70 0.3 2.6 6.5
AWS A5.11 ENiCrFe-1
BS EN 14172 E Ni6062 Cu<0.50%.
DIN 1736 EL-NiCr15FeNb (2.4805) Minimum Mo and Fe applies to DIN only.
Residual Co<0.12% and Ta<0.30% when requested.
ASME IX Qualification
QW432 F-No 43
As welded min typical
Materials to be welded Tensile strength MPa 550 645
Alloy 600 and similar: Elongation on 4d % 30 38
UNS N06600 Inconel 600 (Special Metals) Elongation on 5d % 27 35
BS NA14 Nicrofer 7216 (Krupp VDM) Reduction of area % -- 38
DIN 2.4816 (NiCr15Fe) Nicrofer 7216H (Krupp VDM) Impact energy - 196°C J -- 100
AFNOR NC15Fe Pyromet 600 (Carpenter)
ASTM A494 CY40 (cast) RA600 (rolled Alloys) Parameters
DC +ve
Other alloys:
Alloy 330 Nimonic 75 (Special Metals)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Alloy 601 (to about 900°C)
min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210
Applications
Packaging data
Nimrod 132KS deposits an Inconel type weld metal
similar in composition to the 182 types (data sheet D-10) ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
but with lower manganese. The electrode is used mainly length mm 300 300 350 350
for welding alloy 600, the nearest equivalent base material, kg/carton 12.0 12.9 15.0 15.0
with service applications up to about 1000°C. The lower pieces/carton 759 474 300 198
Mn level is preferred by some authorities, as Mn raises
Storage
thermal expansion coefficient and high levels may reduce
oxidation resistance at the upper service temperatures. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
Additions of both Mn and Nb are sufficient to suppress hot unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much
cracking and provide good hot strength. longer than an 8h working shift.
The good oxidation and excellent nitriding and Redry 200-250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
carburisation resistance of alloy 600 is exploited for heat Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
treatment equipment and annealing muffles. Resistance Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or
to dry chlorine up to about 550°C is important in plants for 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
PVC synthesis, and it has many applications in the
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
chemical, petrochemical, food processing and nuclear
industries. Fume data
Microstructure Fume composition, wt % typical:
High alloy austenite with some carbides. Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 12 11 5 0.1 15 1
Welding guidelines
No preheat or PWHT required.
Rev 04 03/12 274 DS: D-12 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ALLOY 625 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type equipment, petrochemical and power generation

plants. Some other applications include:
Consumables matching the nickel base 625 alloy with
typical composition of Ni-21%Cr-9%Mo-3.5%Nb. Overmatching corrosion-resistant welds in alloy 825,
Hastelloys G and G3, alloy 28, 904L, 6%Mo super-
Materials to be welded austenitic stainless 254SMo, and also overlays on
Matching Alloy 625 pumps, valves and shafts, often in offshore and
marine environments where high pitting resistance
ASTM-ASME DIN BS
(PRE = 50) and tolerance to weld metal dilution are
UNS N06625 2.4856 NA21
essential.
A494 CW-6MC (cast)
Welds in high strength ferrous alloys including
Proprietary Alloys cryogenic 9% nickel steels and for reclamation of dies
Inconel 625 (Inco) where rapid work-hardening and toughness are
Nicrofer 6020hMo (VDM) required.
Nicrofer 6022hMo (VDM)
Microstructure
Other Alloys In the as-welded condition this nickel base weld metal
High Nickel Alloys: Superaustenitic alloys: consists of solid-solution strengthened austenite with
Inconel 601 (Inco) UNS S31254 carbides.
Incoloy 800H (Inco) 254SMO (Avesta) Welding guidelines
Incoloy 825 (Inco) 904L
And equivalents Similar alloys No preheat required and maximum interpass of 250°C.
When welding superaustenitic alloys the interpass
Cryogenic: Dissimilar: temperature should be controlled to a maximum of
9%Ni steels Combinations of above 100°C.
These consumables are designed to match the For welding superaustenitic stainless steels C276 (D-
composition and properties of alloy 625. Originally 30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also
developed to give high temperature strength and suitable.
structural stability, alloy 625 is also widely used for its
resistance to general corrosion, pitting, crevice and Products available
stress corrosion cracking in severe chloride media. Process Product Specification
These properties are conferred by high levels of
chromium, molybdenum and niobium, which also raise MMA Nimrod 625 AWS ENiCrMo-3
strength to the highest amongst standard nickel-base Nimrod 625KS AWS ENiCrMo-3
alloys. Useful properties from –269°C to above 1000°C
TIG/MIG 62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3
are achieved.
SAW 62-50 AWS ERNiCrMo-3
In addition to matching alloy 625, suitable for welding
heat resisting alloys including Inconel 601 (except NiCr BS EN SA FB2
severe sulphidising conditions), Incoloy 800/800H FCW Supercore 625P AWS ENiCrMo3T1-1/4
(preferred to Nimrod AKS above about 900°C), or
combinations of these with other alloys for furnace
Rev 11 03/13 275 DS: D-20 (pg 1 of 5)

18°C.

1 4 9 6 1 0.1 20 0.8
NIMROD 625 Downhand MMA electrode for surfacing

Product description MMA electrode designed to combine easy operation with the deposition of high quality weld metal and a
finished bead of good appearance. The electrode has a basic-rutile flux system and is made on a nickel core
wire. Nimrod 625 operates on AC or DC+ and is designed primarily for the downhand/flat or H-V positions.
Optimised for surfacing and overlays, for joining Nimrod 625KS is preferred.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrMo-3

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --
max 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50
typ 0.04 0.8 0.7 0.005 0.008 21.5 64 3.4 < 1.5 9 0.05

Hardness (as welded) HV -- 250
Hardness (work-hardened) HV -- 450
* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and
properties of hot rolled grades. Cast CW-6MC solution annealed 1175°C + WQ requires TS > 485MPa.
Operating parameters DC +ve AC (OCV: 70V)
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 90 130 160
max A 155 210 260

length mm 350 350 450
kg/carton 13.8 13.5 16.8
Rev 11 03/13 276 DS: D-20 (pg 2 of 5)

NIMROD 625KS Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 625
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux system made on a 625 core wire. The electrode is designed to combine easy
operation with the deposition of high quality, radiographically sound weld metal and a finished bead of good
appearance. Nimrod 625KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the
ASME 6G position.
Specifications AWS A5.11 E NiCrMo-3

BS EN ISO 14172 ENi 6625
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 20.0 55 3.15 -- 8.0 --
max 0.10 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.020 23.0 -- 4.15 2.5 10.0 0.50
typ 0.04 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.005 22 63 3.2 < 1.5 9.3 0.01
All-weld mechanical As welded min * typical + 160°C

Impact energy - 196°C J -- 60 --
Hardness (as welded) HV -- 250 --
Hardness (work-hardened) HV -- 450 --
* Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 130
max A 80 110 155 210

length mm 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.1 12.6 15.0 15.0
Rev 11 03/13 277 DS: D-20 (pg 3 of 5)

62-50 Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCrMo-3

Approvals DNV and LRS (TIG)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Al Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 60.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- -- --
max 0.05 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.015 23.0 bal 10.0 4.15 0.50 0.40 0.40 1.0
typ 0.015 0.02 0.05 0.004 0.004 22 65 9 3.5 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.2
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG SAW + NiCr TIG +165°C
Impact energy - 100°C J 100 -- --
Impact energy - 196°C J 80 100 --
Hardness cap/mid HV 205/225 235/255 --
Cannot meet TS > 827MPa required by cold rolled ASTM N06625 Grade 1, but meets PS > 414MPa and
Typical operating TIG * MIG SAW

parameters Shielding Ar Ar or ArHe NiCr flux
Parameters 100A, 12V 130A, 29V (mean) 260A, 26V

0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- To order --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --

1 1 17 50 9 < 0.5 1
Rev 11 03/13 278 DS: D-20 (pg 4 of 5)

SUPERCORE 625P Rutile all-positional flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 625P is designed for all-
positional welding and combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.34 ENiCrMo3T1-1/4
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Ti Fe
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 58.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- --
max 0.10 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.02 23.0 -- 10.0 4.15 0.50 0.40 5.0
typ 0.02 0.3 0.2 0.005 0.005 21 66 8.5 3.4 0.02 0.2 1.0

-196°C J -- 80
not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:
1.2 (downhand) 150 – 250A, 25 – 32V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2 (positional) 150 – 180A, 25 – 28V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm

1 3 10 5 5 0.1 5 1.0
Rev 11 03/13 279 DS: D-20 (pg 5 of 5)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C276 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type consumables have good tolerance to dilution by most

ferrous and high nickel alloys, and are suitable for
Alloy C276 is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe
surfacing and dissimilar welds which exploit the
nickel base alloy.
corrosion resistance, strength and toughness.
Materials to be welded Excellent properties to below -1960C allow its use for
wrought cast welding 5-9%Ni cryogenic installations.
ASTM UNS N10276 A494 CW-12MW Applications include pumps, valves, pipework and
A743/A744 CW-12M vessels for use in aggressive environments in
DIN 2.4819 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr) chemical process plants; also in equipment for flue
(NiMo16Cr15W) gas desulphurisation and critical equipment in
offshore oil and gas production.
Proprietary alloys:
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-276 (Haynes International Inc)
Inco Alloy C-276 (Special Metals) Microstructure
Nicrofer 5716hMoW (VDM)
In the as-welded condition the weld metal consists of
austenite with some carbides.
Applications
The weld deposit composition matches parent alloy Welding guidelines
C276 with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Carbon
Preheat is not required, interpass temperature should
and silicon are controlled as close as possible to the
preferably be kept below 100C and heat input
very low levels of the wrought alloy to minimise
restricted to 1.5kJ/mm.
carbide and intermetallic phase precipitates which
can reduce as-welded corrosion resistance. Cast
versions of the alloy typically have higher carbon and Related alloy groups
silicon (like the original wrought Hastelloy alloy C,
Alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-32) are also
now obsolete), but repair welds are usually solution
NiCrMo alloys but with higher Cr for improved
treated for optimum corrosion resistance.
corrosion resistance.
Alloy C276 has high resistance to corrosion in a wide
range of acids and salts under oxidising and
Products available
especially reducing conditions. These include
hydrochloric and hydrofluoric acids, hypochlorites, Process Product Specification
chlorides and wet chlorine gas, sulphuric, phosphoric
MMA Nimrod C276 AWS ENiCrMo-4
and many organic acids. Exceptional resistance to
crevice corrosion and pitting in seawater and Nimrod C276KS AWS ENiCrMo-4
chloride-induced stress-corrosion cracking (superior TIG/MIG HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
to alloy 625). High temperature stability is limited SAW HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
by intermetallic phase formation.
NiCr flux BS EN SA FB2
In addition to fabrication welds in alloy C276, these
Rev 11 03/12 280 DS: D-30 (pg 1 of 4)

General Data for all C276 Electrodes
18°C.

1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1
NIMROD C276 Rutile C276 electrode primarily used for surfacing

Product description MMA electrode manufactured on special nickel-chromium core wire, with an alloyed basic-rutile flux coating
to ensure low carbon and silicon transfer and a high refining capacity to remove undesirable impurities.
Primarily used for surfacing and cladding; for joining applications the Nimrod C276KS is preferred.

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Fe V Cu Co
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 50.0 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.35 0.50 2.5
typ 0.02 0.3 0.20 0.01 0.01 15.0 58.0 16.0 4.0 5.0 0.1 0.05 0.05

Hardness * Cap/mid HV -- 230/255
* Work hardens to about 450HV.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1
Rev 11 03/12 281 DS: D-30 (pg 2 of 4)

NIMROD C276KS All-positional pipe welding electrode for alloy C276
Product description MMA electrode with special basic flux coating on matching nickel-chromium-molybdenum core wire to
provide clean and homogenous weld metal. Nimrod C276KS has exceptional operability, optimised for DC+
welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G (inclined overhead) position.

(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 50.0 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.35 0.50 2.5
typ 0.02 0.3 0.20 0.01 0.01 15.0 58.0 16.0 4.0 5.0 0.1 0.05 0.05

Impact energy -50C J -- 65
-196C J -- 55
Hardness * HV -- 240
* Work hardens to about 450HV.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 110 155

length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 15.0
Rev 11 03/12 282 DS: D-30 (pg 3 of 4)

HAS C276 Solid wire for TIG/MIG/SAW welding of alloy C276

UNS N10276
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.5 bal 15.0 3.0 4.0 -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.08 0.015 0.020 16.5 -- 17.0 4.5 7.0 0.3 0.50 2.50
typ 0.005 0.5 0.05 0.005 0.01 16 58 16 3.5 6 0.2 0.05 0.50


parameters Shielding Ar * Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed
Parameters 100A, 12V 160A, 28V (mean)
* Also required as purge for root runs.

0.9 -- 12.5kg spool
1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool (to order)
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES
(mg/m3)
14 3 10 28 11 1 1.8
Rev 11 03/12 283 DS: D-30 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY 59 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Alloy 59 consumables also provide strong, tough Nb-

free weld metal for dissimilar welds in
Ni-23%Cr-16%Mo alloy commonly known as alloy 59.
superaustenitic and superduplex stainless steels or
Materials to be welded combinations of these with nickel base alloys. Some
Alloy 59 and similar: authorities do not allow or have discontinued use of
625 type consumables for such applications, where
ASTM/UNS N06059
deleterious Nb-rich precipitates may form in diluted
DIN 2.4605 (NiCr23Mo16Al) or partially mixed regions around the fusion
Proprietary Nicrofer 5923hMo (Krupp VDM).
boundary. Alloy C276 is possibly a more economic
Inconel™ Alloy 686 (Special Metals) alternative depending on the required properties in
+W. this situation.
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-2000™ (Haynes
International Inc) +Cu. Applications of alloy 59 in aggressively corrosive
Alloy C22 and similar: media include scrubbers for flue gas
ASTM/UNS N06022 desulphurisation (FGD), digesters and
A494 Grade CX2MW (cast) papermaking equipment, chemical process plants,
DIN 2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W) corrosion resistant overlays and in severe offshore
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15) and petrochemical environments.
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast)
Proprietary Hastelloy™ Alloy C-22™ (Haynes Microstructure
International Inc) Solid-solution strengthened high nickel austenite,
Nicrofer 5621hMoW (Krupp VDM) with some microsegregation typical of as-deposited
Superaustenitics including: weld metal.
ASTM/UNS S32654, S31254, S34565
Welding guidelines
Proprietary 654SMO (Avesta Polarit)
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel) No preheat required, heat input <1kJ/mm and
interpass temperature 100C maximum are desirable
Also dissimilar joints between any combination of
to minimise precipitates which may reduce corrosion
the above and dissimilar joints between them and
resistance and ductility of the weld metal.
superduplex stainless steels.
The weld deposit composition of 59%Ni-23%Cr- The alloy C22 is related and covers many of the same
16%Mo is designed to match the nickel base applications and base materials.
corrosion resistant alloy commonly known as alloy
59. The high level of Mo is similar to alloys C276 Products available
and C4 but performance in a wide range of more
oxidising media is significantly enhanced by
increasing Cr to 23% in alloy 59. Total alloying MMA Nimrod 59KS AWS ENiCrMo-13
exceeds the level typically present in alloy C22; it is TIG/MIG HAS 59 AWS ERNiCrMo-13
therefore considered suitable for welding this group
of alloys.
Rev 06 03/12 284 DS: D-31 (pg 1 of 3)

NIMROD 59KS Basic all-positional pipe-welding electrode for alloy 59
Product description MMA electrode with special basic flux covering on high purity NiCrMo core wire to give clean homogenous
weld metal. Very low levels of C and Si minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded
condition. The special flux coating provides exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all
positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions. The electrode is equally suitable for
general fabrication welds.

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 57.0 15.0 -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.010 0.015 24.0 bal 16.5 1.5 0.50
typ 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.006 0.01 23 60 15.5 1 0.01

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 120 155

length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 13.5 15.0
18°C.

1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1
Rev 06 03/12 285 DS: D-31 (pg 2 of 3)

HAS 59 Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of alloy 59

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Fe Co Al
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 22.0 56.0 15.0 -- -- 0.1
max 0.010 0.5 0.10 0.005 0.015 24.0 Bal 16.5 1.5 0.3 0.4
typ 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.003 0.003 23 60 15.6 0.4 0.1 0.3

Hardness HV 240

parameters Shielding Argon * Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 To order --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

1 1 17 50 11 <0.5 1
Rev 06 03/12 286 DS: D-31 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY C22 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Alloy C22 also provides a tough Nb-free weld metal
for dissimilar welds in superaustenitic and
Nickel base 22%Cr-13.5%Mo-3%W, alloy C22.
superduplex stainless steels or combinations of these
with nickel base alloys. Some authorities do not
allow or have discontinued using alloy 625
Matching Alloy C22: consumables for such applications, where deleterious
ASTM
Nb-rich precipitates may form in diluted or partially
A494 CX2MW (cast) mixed regions around the fusion boundary.
UNS N06022
DIN Applications of alloy C22 in aggressively corrosive
2.4602 (NiCr21Mo14W) media include scrubbers for flue gas
2.4811, 2.4836 (NiCr20Mo15) desulphurisation (FGD), digesters and
2.4697 (G-NiCr20Mo15) (cast) papermaking equipment, chemical process plant,
Proprietary Alloys corrosion resistant overlays and in severe offshore
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-22™ (Haynes International Inc) and petrochemical environments.
Nicrofer™ 5621hMoW (VDM)
Inconel™ 622 (Special Metals) Microstructure
Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite,
Other Alloys: with some microsegregation typical of as-deposited
Alloy C4 weld metal.
ASTM UNS N06455
DIN 2.4610 (NiMo16Cr16Ti) Welding procedure
Hastelloy™ Alloy C-4 (Haynes International Inc) Preheat not normally required, interpass temperature
Superaustenitics
restricted to 100C and heat inputs below 1kJ/mm are
UNS S31254, S31266, S32654, S34565, N08367,
desirable.
N08925, N08926.
1.4529, 1.4565, 1.4575, 1.4652.
254SMO and 654SMO (Outokumpu)
Uranus B66 (Usinor Industeel) Alloy 59 is similar but with slightly higher Cr and
Mo for similar or more severe applications – see data
Applications sheet D-31.
The weld deposit composition of Ni-22Cr-13.5Mo-
Products available
3W is designed to match the nickel base alloy
commonly known as alloy C22. The high level of Process Product Specification
molybdenum is similar to alloys C276 and C4 but MMA Nimrod C22KS AWS ENiCrMo-10
performance in a wide range of more oxidising media
is significantly enhanced in alloy C22 by increasing TIG/MIG HAS C22 AWS ERNiCrMo-10
chromium to 22%.
Rev 09 03/12 287 DS: D-32 (pg 1 of 3)

NIMROD C22KS All-positional MMA electrode for alloy C22
Description Basic flux covered electrode with exceptional operability optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions. It is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Special basic flux covering on matching high purity nickel alloy core wire to give clean and homogenous weld
metal. Very low levels of carbon and silicon minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-
welded condition.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0
max 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.015 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.35 2.5 0.50 6.0
typ 0.01 0.5 0.15 0.008 0.008 21 58 14 3 0.05 0.05 0.05 4
All-weld mechanical Typical as-welded min typical
Hardness, cap/mid HV -- 245/275
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 120 155
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 13.5 15.6
satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions
will cause some moisture pick-up and increase risk of porosity.
lid): <60%RH, >18°C.
1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1
Rev 09 03/12 288 DS: D-32 (pg 2 of 3)

HAS C22 Solid wire for nickel base alloy C22

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V Co Cu Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 49.0 12.5 2.5 -- -- -- 2.0
max 0.01 0.50 0.08 0.010 0.02 22.5 -- 14.5 3.5 0.3 2.5 0.50 6.0
typ 0.003 0.2 0.03 0.002 0.01 21 56 13.5 3 0.15 1.5 0.1 4

Hardness HV 220

parameters Shielding Argon * Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed

1.0 -- To order
1.2 -- To order
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --

14 1 17 30 10 <0.5 1.7
Rev 09 03/12 289 DS: D-32 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOY 617 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type strength and excellent resistance to oxidation and

carburisation. In a variety of aqueous media, the
Nickel base alloy of nominally Ni-24%Cr-12%Co-
alloy also has useful resistance to general corrosion,
9%Mo designed for high temperature service.
pitting and stress-corrosion cracking.
Materials to be welded The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all

Matching Alloy 617 positions including fixed pipework qualified in the
ASME 5G/6G positions.
ASTM-ASME DIN
UNS NO6617 2.4663 (NiCr23Co12Mo) In addition to welding the parent alloy 617, some
Proprietary Alloys authorities specify it in preference to other nickel-
Inconel alloy 617 (Special Metals) base filler metals for welding alloys 800H and
Nicrofer 5520Co (Krupp VDM) 800HT for service above 760°C. It is also suitable
for the heat-resistant alloy 601 (usually above 900°C)
Other Alloys and dissimilar welds including high carbon heat
Alloys 800H and 800HT
resistant cast alloys and any combination of those
ASTM UNS N08810, N08811 mentioned.
BS NA15H
DIN 1.4876 (X10NiCrAlTi 32 20) Applications include combustion, pyrolysis, heat
Incoloy 800H and 800HT (Special Metals) treatment and furnace components, flare tips,
Nicrofer 3220H (Krupp VDM) ducting and gas turbine parts.
Alloy 601 & other oxidation resistant alloys

ASTM UNS N06601 Microstructure
DIN 2.4851 High nickel alloy austenite with carbides.
Inconel alloy 601 (Special Metals)
ASTM UNS N06333 Welding guidelines
RA333 (Rolled Alloys) Normally no preheat required, interpass temperature
High Carbon Austenitic Alloy generally limited to 150°C maximum.
Cast HK40, HP40Nb, etc
Products available
Also dissimilar welds between above.
Applications MMA Nimrod 617KS AWS ENiCrCoMo-1

TIG/MIG 61-70 AWS ERNiCrCoMo-1
Nimrod 617KS is primarily intended for high
temperature applications up to about 1100°C. It
provides good microstructural stability, high creep
Rev 09 11/12 290 DS: D-40 (pg 1 of 3)

NIMROD 617KS 617 MMA electrode for high temperature applications
Product description Special basic flux on matching nickel alloy core wire. The chromium range of the weld metal is higher than
the parent material to maintain oxidation resistance at a lower aluminium level. The electrode is optimised for
DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCrCoMo-1

BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6117
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Nb Cu Fe Al Ti
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.3 -- -- -- 21.0 45.0 9.0 8.0 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.15 2.5 0.75 0.015 0.020 26.0 bal 15.0 10.0 1.0 0.50 5.0 1.5 0.6
typ 0.07 1.0 0.4 0.003 <0.01 24 52 12 9 <0.5 0.05 1 0.15 0.2

Hardness mid/cap HV -- 230/245
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 100
max A 80 110 155

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 15.0
18°C.

Fe Mn Ni Co Cr6 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 9 2.5 6 1 0.2 20 0.8
Rev 09 11/12 291 DS: D-40 (pg 2 of 3)

61-70 Solid wire for TIG and MIG matching alloy 617
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCrCoMo-1

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Co Mo Cu Fe Al Ti
(wire wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 20.0 44.0 10.0 8.0 -- -- 0.80 --
max 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 24.0 bal 15.0 10.0 0.5 3.0 1.50 0.60
typ 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.002 <0.01 22 55 12 9 <0.2 0.5 1 0.3
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min TIG typical MIG typical
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 230 >100

parameters Shielding Argon* Argon**
Current DC- DC+***
** Proprietary Ar/He mixtures also suitable.
*** Pulsed current may provide benefits with respect to operability and arc transfer characteristics.
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG/Auto-TIG

0.8 -- 15kg spool
1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Co OES (mg/m3)

1 1 17 45 9 11 0.9
Rev 09 11/12 292 DS: D-40 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ALLOY 690 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Applications include nuclear engineering;

sulphuric, nitric and hydrofluoric acid processing
Ni-30%Cr-10%Fe alloy commonly known as alloy
equipment.
690.
Materials to be welded Microstructure
ASTM B163, B166-8 High alloy nickel base austenite.
DIN 2.4642 (NiCr29Fe)
UNS N06690 Welding guidelines
Proprietary Inconel 690 (Special Metals) Preheat and PWHT is not generally required.
The consumables are designed to match alloy 690, There are no directly related alloys.
which is finding increasing use in place of alloy 600
for high temperature corrosion applications, Products available
especially in the nuclear industry. The high
chromium content provides good elevated
temperature corrosion resistance in oxidising and MMA Nimrod 690KS AWS ENiCrFe-7
sulphidising atmospheres. TIG/MIG ER690 AWS ERNiCrFe-7
In addition to joining matching base materials, the
consumables can also be used for surfacing
applications on CMn and low alloy steels.
Rev 07 03/12 293 DS: D-41 (pg 1 of 3)

NIMROD 690KS Basic all-positional pipe-welding electrode for alloy 690
Product description Nickel base MMA electrode designed for welding matching base materials, and for
surfacing CMn and low alloy steels. Special basic flux coating on a nickel alloy core wire
optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G
positions.

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Ti Al Cu Co
(weld metal wt %) min -- 3.0 -- -- -- 28.0 50.0 1.2 8.0 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.045 5.0 0.65 0.008 0.02 31.5 bal 2.2 12.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.10
typ 0.04 3.6 0.3 0.005 0.007 29 55 1.6 8.5 0.1 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.02
All-weld mechanical As welded PWHT 610°C/40h

properties min typical RT +360°C
0.2% Proof stress MPa 360 430 414 325
Impact energy, KCV - 50°C J -- >50 -- --
Impact energy, KCU + 20°C J/cm2 -- -- 84 --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 100
max A 80 110 155

length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.9 15.0
Redry 200–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
18°C.
2 13 10 8 0.2 0.1 16 0.6
Rev 07 03/12 294 DS: D-41 (pg 2 of 3)

ER690 Solid wire for TIG welding of alloy 690
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCrFe-7

BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni6052
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Mo Ti Al Cu Al+Ti
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 28.0 54.0 -- 7.0 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.04 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 31.5 -- 0.10 11.0 0.50 1.0 1.10 0.30 1.5
typ 0.03 0.7 0.2 0.005 0.010 29 60 0.03 8.5 0.05 0.6 0.6 0.05 1.2
All-weld mechanical As welded As welded PWHT 610°C/40h

properties typical, RT typical, +360°C typical
Elongation on 5d % 40 -- --
Reduction of area % 60 50 --
Impact energy, KCV - 50°C J 200 -- 145
Impact energy, KCU + 20°C J/cm2 160 -- 130

Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

0.9 0.7 or 5kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube

10 3 20 50 <1 <1 0.9
Rev 07 03/12 295 DS: D-41 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
PURE NICKEL Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Applications include tanks and vessels, process

pipework and heat exchangers, in chemical plant for
Low carbon pure nickel weld metal with titanium de-
salt production, chlorination and evaporation of
oxidation.
caustic soda. Also used for handling corrosive alkalis
Materials to be welded and halides.
ASTM-ASME BS DIN Microstructure
UNS N02200 NA11 2.4066
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists
UNS N02201 NA12 2.4068
of almost pure nickel austenite. It is strongly
2.4061
ferromagnetic at room temperature.
Proprietary alloys
Nickel 200 and 201 (Special Metals) Welding guidelines
Nickel 99.6 and 99.2 (VDM)
Pure nickel weld metals are sluggish and can lead to
Applications irregular weld beads which may require inter-run
dressing.
These consumables give low carbon pure nickel with
the addition of titanium for refinement and de- Products available
oxidation. They are used for joining pure nickel to
itself, for buffer layers, and for cladding joint faces and Process Product Specification
flanges. The solid wire is also useful for welding cast MMA Nimrod 200Ti AWS ENi-1
iron to give soft low strength deposit.
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1
NIMROD 200Ti All-positional pure nickel MMA electrode

Product description MMA electrode with special carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching core wire. Smaller
diameters offer excellent all-positional operability. Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire,
65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENi-1

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Fe Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 92.0 1.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.7 1.2 0.015 0.02 bal 4.0 1.0 0.7 0.2 0.5
typ 0.04 0.5 0.6 0.005 0.005 97 1.5 0.1 0.3 0.1 <0.1

Hardness HV -- 160
Rev 07 03/12 296 DS: D-50 (pg 1 of 2)

NIMROD 200Ti (continued)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 145
length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.3 13.5 14.4
18°C.
Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
<1 1 10 0.2 10 5
NICKEL 2Ti Solid pure nickel TIG and MIG wire

Product description Solid wire for TIG & MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNi-1
UNS N02061
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 93.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.15 1.0 0.7 0.015 0.020 bal 3.5 1.5 0.2 1.0
typ <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1
parameters Shielding Argon * Ar or Ar-He * Ar + 1-5%H2 also suitable.
Current DC- Pulsed
Voltage 100A, 12V 150A, 29V (mean)
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7
Rev 07 03/12 297 DS: D-50 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NICKEL-COPPER ALLOY 400 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Alternatively, the steel or alloy can be buttered with

pure nickel (see data sheet D-50) and this procedure
Nickel-copper alloy based on alloy 400 with raised
is also useful when surfacing with alloy 400
levels of manganese and titanium to suppress hot
consumables.
cracking and porosity.
Materials to be welded Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength,
ASTM-ASME BS DIN thermal conductivity and resistance to corrosion by
UNS N04400 NA13 2.4360 seawater, inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric
UNS N04405 NA1 (cast) 2.4361 acids, hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications
UNS N05500 2.4365 (cast) include heat exchangers, piping, vessels and
A494 M-35-1 (cast) evaporators in the offshore, marine, chemical,
A494 M-35-2 (cast) petrochemical and power engineering industries.
Proprietary
Monel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals) Microstructure
Nicorros (VDM)
Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly
Applications ferromagnetic near room temperature.
Nimrod 190 deposits 65%Ni-30%Cu weld metal
based on Monel alloy 400 with raised levels of Welding guidelines
manganese and titanium to suppress hot cracking and
porosity. It is optimised to give the highest as- No preheat required, maximum interpass temperature
welded ductility and strength attainable in weld metal 150C and no PWHT required.
of this type.
For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to Additional information
itself and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as Alloy 400 parent material is noted for its good
pure nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 resistance to both hydrofluoric acid and hydrogen
are satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this fluoride vapour. However, weld metal
precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400 compositions within standard specification limits
with up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod have inferior resistance to these media. A fully
190, but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 optimised composition for this specific application is
and ASTM A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable not currently available. Contact Metrode for
because of HAZ cracking. guidance.
For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other
alloys or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) Products available
or Cr (3-6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test
fissuring) in weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Process Product Specification
Direct welds to mild or low alloy steels are MMA Nimrod 190 AWS ENiCu-7
satisfactory with dilution control, although ENiCrFe- TIG/MIG/SAW 65NiCu AWS ERNiCu-7
X (ERNiCr-3 wire) is preferable and necessary for
stainless and higher chromium alloys (see data sheets
D-10 and D-11).
Rev 09 03/12 298 DS: D-60 (pg 1 of 3)

NIMROD 190 Nickel-copper MMA electrode for Monel alloy 400
Product description Special basic carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching 400 core wire to give low levels of residuals.
Deoxidation system designed to ensure sound deposits. The raised levels of manganese and titanium help
suppress hot cracking and porosity. Analysis is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and strength
attainable in weld metal of this type. The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suitable for fixed pipework
welds demanding qualification in the ASME 6G position.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiCu-7

Composition C Mn Si * S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 62.0 27.0 -- 0.5 --
max 0.15 4.0 1.5 0.015 0.02 69.0 34.0 1.0 2.5 0.5
typ 0.08 3.5 1.2 0.005 0.01 63 30 0.9 1 0.03
* DIN maximum 1.0% Si

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 90 120
max A 80 110 145 190

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 15.0 15.0
18°C.

1 7 4 16 8 1.2
Rev 09 03/12 299 DS: D-60 (pg 2 of 3)

65NiCu Solid wire for TIG, MIG & SAW to match Monel alloys
Product description Solid wire for TIG/MIG/SAW.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiCu-7

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cu Ti Fe Al
(wire wt %) min -- 3.0 -- -- -- 62.0 28.0 1.5 -- --
max 0.15 4.0 1.2 0.015 0.020 69.0 32.0 3.0 2.5 1.2
typ 0.03 3.2 0.2 0.005 0.005 64 29 2.2 <1 0.1


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar or Ar-He NiCu
Parameters 100A, 12V 150A, 29V (mean) 300A, 28V

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg reel

3 5 <0.1 47 24 1
Rev 09 03/12 300 DS: D-60 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CUPRONICKEL ALLOYS Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type The consumables are suitable for surfacing and

cladding provided the need for an appropriate
70/30 and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys.
buttering layer is addressed, normally either alloy
400 (D-60) or pure nickel (D-50).
70/30 90/10 Applications include offshore construction,
desalination plant, evaporators, condensers etc, in
ASTM C71500 C70600 salt and sea water processing systems.
C96400 (cast) C96200 (cast)
DIN 2.0882 2.0872
2.0883 Microstructure
BS CN106 CN102 Solid solution, single phase alloy.
CN107
CN108
CDA CA715 CA706 Welding guidelines
Proprietary Kunifer 30 (IMI) Kunifer 10 (IMI) Preheating not normally required, maximum
Cunifer 30 Cunifer 10 interpass temperature 150°C and no PWHT.
(Krupp VDM) (Krupp VDM) Contamination of the weld zone with foreign
material, particularly any source of lead, tin or zinc
The Cupromet N30 and 70CuNi can be used for (eg. Gun metals) must be scrupulously avoided to
welding the 70/30 and 90/10 base materials; the prevent weld metal cracking.
90CuNi is only suitable for the 90/10 alloys.

Applications
No closely related alloys but the alloy 400 (D-60) or
These consumables deposit a copper-nickel weld pure nickel (D-50) consumables may be required as a
metal; the MMA electrode and 70CuNi solid wire are buffer layer for cladding applications.
both nominally 67%Cu and 30%Ni, whereas the
90CuNi solid wire is nominally 86%Cu and
10.5%Ni. The 70/30 consumables are suitable for Products available
welding 70/30, 80/20 and 90/10 base materials. The
70/30 consumables match the 70/30 base materials
for strength and colour and overmatch the 90/10 MMA Cupromet N30 AWS ECuNi
alloys for strength. TIG/MIG 70CuNi AWS ERCuNi
TIG 90CuNi BS C16
301
CUPROMET N30 All-positional MMA electrode for cupronickel
Product description MMA electrode made on matching 70/30 core wire with a special basic flux system giving very low residuals
(S, P, Pb, Sn, Zn etc) and hence maximum crack resistance. Suitable for all-positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.6 ECuNi

Composition Cu Mn Si S P Ni Fe Ti Pb
(weld metal wt %) min bal 1.00 -- -- -- 29.0 0.40 -- --
max -- 2.50 0.50 0.015 0.020 33.0 0.75 0.50 0.02
typ 67 1.8 0.2 0.005 0.010 30 0.6 0.15 0.002
Hardness HV -- 120
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
length mm 300 345 345 345
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 15.0 15.0
18°C.
<1 2 3 16 15 1.2
70CuNi Solid 70/30 cupronickel wire for TIG and MIG

Specifications AWS A5.7 ERCuNi
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7158 / CuNi30Mn1FeTi
Composition Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb C
(wire wt %) min 0.5 -- -- -- bal 29.0 0.40 0.20 -- --
max 1.0 0.25 0.01 0.02 -- 32.0 0.7 0.50 0.02 0.04
typ 0.8 0.01 0.005 0.003 67 31 0.5 0.3 0.001 0.03
302
70CuNi (continued)
Hardness HV 105

parameters Shielding Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2 Argon or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed
Voltage 100A, 12V 160A, 28V (mean)

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

<1 5 <0.1 22 <0.1 72 0.3
90CuNi Solid 90/10 cupronickel wire for TIG

Specifications BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 7061 / CuNi10
Composition Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Ti Pb C
(wire wt %) min 0.5 -- -- -- bal 9.0 0.5 0.1 -- --
max 1.5 0.2 0.02 0.02 -- 11.0 2.0 0.5 0.02 0.05
typ 0.8 0.02 0.001 0.002 86 10.5 1.2 0.3 0.001 0.01

Hardness HV 105

parameters Shielding Argon or Ar + 1-5%H2
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube
3.2 2.5kg tube

2 5 <0.1 8 <0.1 80 0.3
303
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NICKEL-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY B2 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type chloride media. Contamination of acid media with

oxidising ferric or cupric salts must be avoided. Alloys
Ni-28%Mo consumables to match alloy B2. with much higher chromium (C-4 or C-276 etc.) are
superior under oxidising conditions.
Applications include pumps, valves and process
wrought:
equipment operating in aggressive environments in
ASTM B333, B335, B619, B626: chemical plant.
UNS N10001 (alloy B)
UNS N10665 (alloy B2) Microstructure
DIN 2.4617 Solid solution alloy, high nickel austenite with some
Proprietary Hastelloy alloy B-2 (Haynes) microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld metal
Nimofer 6928 (VDM) (homogenised by solution treatment around 1150C and
cast: rapidly cooled for casting repairs).
ASTM A494: N-7M
Welding guidelines
A743: N-12M
A744: N-12M No preheat and maximum interpass of 150C for wrought
BS 3146: ANC 15 alloys.
DIN 2.4685, 2.4882
Proprietary NB (Paralloy) For castings of low ductility a preheat-interpass of up to
Langalloy B (Meighs) 200-300C may be required on sections above 15mm. In
AR5 (LaBour/Darwins) this case a post-weld solution treatment must be applied to
restore satisfactory weld area properties.
Similar alloys:
UNS N10675, Hastelloy Alloy B-3 (Haynes). Additional information
UNS N10629, DIN 2.4600, Nimofer 6629 (VDM), alloy B-4. Alloy B-2 was introduced to suppress the formation of
Applications carbides and silicon-rich intermetallic phases which occur
in the original alloy B during processing and welding.
These consumables deposit nickel-molybdenum weld However, experience has revealed that elimination of Fe
metal with very low carbon and silicon levels appropriate promoted sensitivity to another intermetallic, beta phase
for alloy B-2, although it is equally suitable for the original Ni4Mo. This can be limited significantly by controlled Fe
alloy B, now obsolete in wrought form. In addition, (and Cr) additions within the B-2 specification, and this
specially controlled levels of iron and chromium ensure modification is extended in the new alloys B-3 (1.5%Fe,
good as-welded ductility in multipass deposits. 1.5%Cr) and B-4 (3%Fe, 1.3%Cr). Intermetallics reduce
These modifications bring the composition close to the ductility and corrosion resistance.
more recent alloys B-3 and B-4 which have better If PWHT is required to restore maximum corrosion
microstructural stability and weldability than alloy B-2. resistance of casting repairs, castings should be solution
There are no electrode specifications for these alloys at treated at about 11500C followed by a rapid cool.
present, and these consumables are therefore offered as an
acceptable candidate within current specification limits. Products available
These alloys are designed to resist hydrochloric acid at all
concentrations and temperatures up to boiling point under Process Product Specification
non-oxidising conditions. They are also resistant to MMA Nimax B2L AWS ENiMo-7
hydrogen chloride gas, sulphuric and acetic acids under
certain conditions. The newer alloys B-3 and B-4 with TIG HAS B2 AWS ERNiMo-7
additional Fe and Cr have improved SCC resistance in
Rev 04 03/12 304 DS: D-80 (pg 1 of 3)

NIMAX B2L High molybdenum nickel base MMA electrode to match alloy B-2
Product description MMA electrode made on pure nickel core wire with a special basic flux coating to give low levels of
impurities. Sizes above 3.2mm are not suitable for positional welding.
Specifications AWS A5.11 ENiMo-7

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu Fe Co V
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 0.3 64.5 26 -- -- 1.0 -- --
max 0.02 1.75 0.2 0.015 0.02 1.0 bal 30 1.0 0.50 2.0 1.0 0.4
typ 0.018 1.3 0.1 0.005 0.01 0.7 68 28 0.1 0.01 1.5 0.04 0.1

Hardness HV -- 260
ASTM A494 castings require elongation >6% (N-12MV) or >20% (N-7M) after solution treatment.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 70 90 130
max A 115 155 210

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.1
18°C.

1 2 10 0.2 15 0.2 16 5
Rev 04 03/12 305 DS: D-80 (pg 2 of 3)

HAS B2 Solid TIG wire to match alloy B-2
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiMo-7

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu Fe Co
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- 64.0 26.0 -- -- -- --
max 0.02 1.0 0.10 0.015 0.020 1.0 bal 30.0 1.0 0.50 2.0 1.0
typ 0.01 0.7 0.05 0.005 0.005 0.5 70 27 0.5 0.02 1.5 0.05


Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

2.4 2.5kg tube

2 2 <0.5 50 25 <0.5 1
Rev 04 03/12 306 DS: D-80 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NICKEL BASE STRIP Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Typical applications include cladding of vessels for the

petrochemical, refinery and chemical industries.
Nickel base strips (625 and 82) for cladding
applications. Microstructure
Materials to be welded In the as-welded condition consists of high nickel
austenite with carbides.
Suitable for electroslag strip cladding with ES200 (data
sheet F-50) flux. Welding guidelines
Base materials being clad are most commonly those Specific welding guidelines will depend on the alloy
associated with pressure vessels eg. CMn boiler plate, being clad so preheat, interpass and PWHT
CrMo and CrMoV. requirements should be applied for the material being
Applications clad.
Used for cladding to provide superior corrosion Additional information

performance compared to the stainless steel strips. See data sheet F-50 (ES200 flux) for additional
EQ62-50 matches the commonly used 625 alloy information.
which is used for many diverse corrosion resisting
applications. The EQ20.70.Nb has no directly Products available
matching base material but is similar to alloy 600. Process Product Specification
Strip EQ62-50 AWS EQNiCrMo-3
EQ20.70.Nb AWS EQNiCr-3
General Data for all Strip Electrodes

Product description Solid strip for electroslag strip cladding.
Typical operating Electroslag Cladding

parameters Shielding ES200 flux
Current DC+
Width x thickness 60 x 0.5mm
Packaging data Width x thickness mm Electroslag Strip

30 x 0.5 25-50kg coil
60 x 0.5 25-50kg coil
90 x 0.5 25-50kg coil
120 x 0.5 25-50kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (Electroslag fume negligible)

1 1 17 50 9 < 0.5 1
Rev 01 03/12 307 DS: D-85 (pg 1 of 2)

EQ62-50 Solid strip for electroslag cladding
Specifications AWS A5.14 EQNiCrMo-3
BS EN ISO 18274 B Ni6625
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe Cu Al Ti
(strip wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 20.0 58.0 8.0 3.15 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.50 0.50 0.015 0.020 23.0 Bal 10.0 4.15 1.0 0.5 0.4 0.4
typ 0.02 0.02 0.05 0.005 0.005 22 65 9 3.5 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2
EQ20.70.NB Solid strip for electroslag cladding

Specifications AWS A5.14 EQNiCr-3
BS EN ISO 18274 B Ni6082
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Cu Ti
(strip wt %) min -- 2.50 -- -- -- 18.0 67.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.10 3.50 0.50 0.015 0.030 22.0 Bal 3.0 3.0 0.5 0.74
typ 0.02 3.0 0.05 0.003 0.005 20 74 2.5 0.5 0.05 0.3
Rev 01 03/12 308 DS: D-85 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
EPRI P87 Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type shown strengths above the P91 base material

requirement, and elevated temperature strength
EPRI P87 is a Ni-Fe weld metal covered by
exceeds the minimum base material requirement.
U.S.Patent 7,562,807 "Weld Filler For Welding
Dissimilar Alloy Steels and Method Using Same,"
Microstructure
July 21, 2009.
High alloy austenite.
Welding guidelines
Designed for dissimilar joints between austenitic
stainless steels (eg. 304H) and creep resisting CrMo Preheat and PWHT requirements will be determined
(eg. P91). by the base material being welded. For example P91
Suitable for as-welded, PWHT or N+T joints in is normally preheated to 200°C and PWHT at 760°C
CrMo steels. for 2 hours (or time appropriate to material
thickness). Alternatively if P91 is subjected to a full
Applications N+T the heat treatment would typically be 1060°C/1
hour + 760°C/2 hours.
EPRI P87 consumables are designed for welding
high temperature creep resisting CrMo steels,
including P91. The consumables can be used for
dissimilar applications between CrMo creep resisting The alloy is balanced to provide excellent resistance
steels and austenitic stainless steels. The EPRI P87 to carbide formation at the fusion boundary. The
consumables are also suitable for joining CrMo steels thermal expansion coefficient is also closer to the
to themselves. base material than with standard nickel base weld
metals.
The EPRI P87 weld metal is also proposed for N+T
joints in P91. The weld metal will allow joints to be
Products available
buttered in the workshop and then subjected to a full
N+T heat treatment; joints on the buttered faces can Process Product Specification
then be completed in the field without the need for MMA EPRI P87 --
PWHT.
TIG EPRI P87 --
The all-weld metal strength at ambient temperature
may not meet that of P91 but transverse tests have
Rev 03 03/12 309 DS: D-87 (pg 1 of 3)

EPRI P87 MMA electrode for high temperature applications
Product description MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a nickel-iron alloy core wire. The electrode is optimised
for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications No current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
(weld metal wt %) typ 0.1 1.5 0.3 0.008 0.008 9 Bal 2 1 38
All-weld mechanical Typical values Ambient Hot strength 593°C

properties as-welded as-welded N+T
Impact energy + 20°C J 80 -- --
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 150

length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.7
satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift.
Redry 200-250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.

9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2
Rev 03 03/12 310 DS: D-87 (pg 2 of 3)

EPRI P87 Solid TIG wire
Specifications No current national standards but covered by U.S Patent 7,562,807.
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
(wire wt %) typ 0.1 1.5 0.3 0.008 0.008 9 Bal 2 1 38
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded


Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm

0.9 -- 12.5kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube --
3.2 2.5kg tube --
9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2
Rev 03 03/12 311 DS: D-87 (pg 3 of 3)

SECTION E
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com REPAIR & MAINTENANCE
General Introduction
This section includes a diverse range of consumables for many repair and maintenance applications, including cast
iron, dissimilar welding and hardfacing. There is also a selection of non-ferrous solid wires for copper base alloys.
The final selection of products covers mild steel TIG wires and some specialist mild steel electrodes.
Consumables for welding Cast Irons
The welding of cast irons has been notoriously called a 'black-art'. Individual castings of equivalent types can vary
in response to welding, and so do the details of procedure considered critical by experienced practitioners. Most
castings are produced to net shape, so welding is usually for repair and maintenance rather than fabrication.
Structural load-bearing use is typically compressive, not critically tensile.
The two commonest types of cast iron have around 3%C and 2%Si. Flake graphite grey iron varies in quality and
impurity content, with relatively low strength and ductility. Spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular or ductile iron is
treated with magnesium, has fewer impurities, superior mechanical properties, and more reliable weldability.
Electrodes based on pure nickel and nickel-iron alloys are most widely used. Electrode flux coverings are of basic
type plus graphite to give a weld deposit deoxidised and saturated with carbon. This mimics some of the
characteristics of cast iron but is non-hardenable and easily machined. Recommended welding techniques are
given on relevant data sheets.
Another group, high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist types) are also produced in flake and SG grades. Electrodes
of the NiFe type are used because matching weld metal is too hard. Preheat of 300-350°C is required for the flake
graphite grades, but for the SG grades buttering at low temperatures is preferred to avoid HAZ hot cracking.
Martensitic cast iron (Ni-Hard types) and the various white irons are generally considered too crack-sensitive or
brittle to be welded satisfactorily.
Data Specifications
MMA CI Soft Flow Ni ENi-CI E C Ni-CI 1
E-10 Ni Cast Iron
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti ERNi-1 S Ni 20 6 1
CI Special Cast NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1
MMA
E-11 NiFe Cast Iron CI Met NiFe ENiFe-CI E C NiFe-CI 1
MIG 55NiFe -- S C NiFe-1
Rev 05 03/12 312 DS: E-01 (pg 1 of 4)

Dissimilar welding consumables
Transition welds between dissimilar materials are often necessary, requiring weld metal compatible with dilution by
these materials to provide satisfactory service properties. Weld metal dissimilar to the base material may also
enable a safer or simplified welding procedure to be used, such as in armour welding. Dissimilar weld metal is
almost always applied when buttering, cladding or surfacing. The metallurgy of dissimilar metal welds is a large
and complex subject, considering the variety of possible combinations of industrial alloys and service conditions as
a whole.
The popular stainless types in this section are restricted to service at near ambient temperatures between most
ferrous materials, from mild steel up to stainless steels, but excluding high nickel and non-ferrous alloys. Note that
309L and 309Mo types in Section B (data sheets B-50 and B-51) are also relevant to these applications.
Compositions do not match any commercial steels, but are designed to resist cracking and remain ductile and tough
when diluted by base materials as indicated on the data sheets. The Schaeffler diagram is useful to assess the
risk of dilution cracking, except for 307 types which have high manganese rather than increasing ferrite content to
prevent hot cracking. Generally, if dilution gives fully austenitic weld metal this increases the risk of hot cracking,
whilst the presence of martensite reduces bend ductility and increases the risk of cold cracking. Low dilution
buttering procedures can help in difficult cases.
Little or no preheat is required to avoid HAZ cold cracking in hardenable 'difficult to weld' steels because almost no
hydrogen diffuses from austenitic weld metal into the HAZ. The limited toughness of hardened untempered HAZ
and fusion zones in high carbon alloy steels should be considered in relation to impact or shock loads, although
increasing preheat helps to moderate peak HAZ hardness and promote some tempering.
Post-weld-heat-treatment (PWHT) is deliberately avoided unless a tempered HAZ is essential to reduce hardness.
Depending on material combination, PWHT can reduce weld ductility and promote fusion zone carbide
embrittlement, with overall stress-relief limited by dissimilar thermal expansions. Nickel-base weld metal
minimises these limitations, and should also be used when high temperature or cryogenic service is involved (see
data sheets D-10 and D-11).
Data Specifications
MMA Armet 1 E308Mo-16 E 20 10 3 R
Armour
E-20 Supercore 20.9.3 E308MoT0-1/4 T 20 10 3 R
plate FCW
Supercore 20.9.3P E308MoT1-1/4 T 20 10 3 P
Metmax 307R E307-26 E 18 9 Mn Mo R
MMA
E-21 307 19.9.6Mn (E307-16) (E18 8 Mn R)
MIG 19.9.6Mn (ER307) 18 8 Mn
MMA 29.9 Super R (E312-17) E 29 9 R
E-22 312
TIG/MIG/SAW 312S94 ER312 29 9
Rev 04 06/09 313 DS: E-01 (pg 2 of 4)

Copper and Copper Alloy wires
The non-ferrous alloys in the following section are primarily used for joining equivalent base materials, although
many are also used for surfacing. There are no MMA electrodes in this section; the gas shielded solid wire
TIG/MIG processes are preferred for high integrity work. Note the cupronickel consumables are in section D,
details can be found on data sheet D-70.
Data Specifications
E-30 Copper TIG/MIG 100Cu ERCu S Cu 1898/CuSn1
E-31 Copper Silicon TIG 97CuSi ERCuSi-A S Cu 6560/CuSiMn 1
E-33 Bronze TIG 92CuSn (ERCuSn-C) S Cu 5210/CuSn8P
E-36 Al Bronze TIG/MIG 90CuAl ERCuAl-A2 S Cu 6180/CuAl10Fe
E-37 Ni Al Bronze TIG/MIG 80CuNiAl ERCuNiAl S Cu 6328/CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2
Consumables for surfacing and hardfacing
Hardfacing is just one aspect of surfacing in general. In principle, almost any electrode with the desired properties
can be chosen to modify the working surface of a base metal for improved service life or performance.
Electrodes in this section are types recognised for their value to combat many forms of destructive wear found in
different working environments. Flexibility of electrode design allows overlay compositions unique to this process,
or similar to base materials for tool and component repairs.
The most suitable type for a given application can lead to conflicting choices. Often this is based (perhaps with
good reason) on previous experience, or even the simple judgement of 'harder is better'. This is rarely strictly true
because actual performance usually involves a combination of factors. These include response of the particular
weld composition and microstructure to size and density of abrasive (when present), impact, corrosion, friction and
heat. Weld metal cracking, the need for buffer layers and alloy cost are also relevant. Brief details are given to
help assess some of these questions.
Martensitic types offer the lowest cost-hardness ratio. These transformable steels air-harden roughly in
proportion to carbon and alloy level. Higher alloys include high speed and hot-work tool steels which may be heat
treated if used for tool repairs. If critical, cracking in martensitic types is easily controlled with preheat. Lower
hardness types are used for extensive build-up or intermediate layers.
Chromium carbide types resist extreme grinding abrasion, increasing with volume and type of carbides in the
high alloy matrix. With almost no ductility or response to heat treatment, build-up is limited by stress cracking,
although this may not be detrimental to service performance.
Cobalt base types are costly but excel at high temperatures in combination with aggressive wear or corrosion.
Increasing preheat with hardness and weld thickness is needed for the alloy order 6, 12 and 1, to control stress
cracking but none for the more ductile alloy 8, which also resists thermal shock and work-hardens strongly.
'Hadfield' non-stainless austenitic 13%Mn steels, show unique resistance to gouging and impact or coarse particle
abrasion. Others such as type 307 (data sheet E-21) could be classed as work-hardening types for ambient
temperatures.
Buffer or build-up layers are usually intermediate in alloying between base and capping layers. Hardness of a
martensitic type will be reduced if deposited on a stainless buffer (data sheets B-50, B-51, E-20, E-21 and E-22),
but would be ideal beneath chromium carbide and work-hardening types (and generally optional for cobalt base).
Rev 04 06/09 314 DS: E-01 (pg 3 of 4)

Data Specifications
Nimrod C (ENiCrMo-5) ENi2
E-45 C MMA
Nimax C (ENiCrMo-5) ENi2
MMA Methard 350 -- (EFe1)
E-50 350
FCW Hardcore 350 -- TFe1
Methard 650 -- (EFe2)
MMA
E-51 650 Methard 650R -- (EFe2)
FCW Hardcore 650 -- TFe2
E-53 Tool steel MMA Methard 750TS EFe5-B EFe4
Methard 850 -- EFe14
MMA
Methard 950 -- EFe14
E-55 850/950
Hardcore 850 -- TFe15
FCW
Hardcore 950 -- TFe15
E-58 1050 MMA Methard 1050 -- EFe16
E-60 13%Mn MMA Workhard 13Mn EFeMn-B EFe9
E-65 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 6 ECoCr-A (ECo2)
E-66 Cobalt MMA Cobstel 8 ECoCr-E ECo1
Specialist range of mild steel consumables
The mild steel TIG wires and flux cored wire are used for general purpose mild steel fabrication, the other
consumables in this section have specialised applications. Ultramild is an E6018 type depositing soft and ductile
low hydrogen weld metal mainly for buffer layers. Nilsil is a modified E6013 type giving very low silicon weld metal
for welding galvanising baths.
Data Specifications
ER70S-2 ER70S-2 A15
TIG ER70S-3 ER70S-3 (A17)
E-70 Mild steel
ER70S-6 ER70S-6 A18
FCW Metcore DWA50 E71T-1 T 422 PM1
E-71 Low strength mild steel MMA Ultramild E6018 --
E-72 Low silicon MMA Nilsil -- --
Rev 04 06/09 315 DS: E-01 (pg 4 of 4)

Data Sheet E-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
PURE NICKEL FOR CAST IRON Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by

careful gouging and/or grinding using limited
Pure nickel type for welding cast iron.
amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The
area to be welded should be cleaned as far as
Materials to be welded practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust.
Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on
ASTM BS used castings which are being repaired.
A159, A319, A126, A48. 1452 – Grey iron
If welding is carried out without preheat it is
desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using
Applications a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A
Pure nickel consumables are used for welding and skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping
repair of standard grades of grey cast irons and to achieve this.
malleable cast irons to give low strength deposits
which can be readily machined even in thin layers. For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds
The resistance to hardening of diluted weld metal can preheat up to150°C may be necessary. Light peening
be useful for buttering prior to filling with more to reduce contraction stresses can also be beneficial
economic NiFe consumables (data sheet E-11). but care should be taken not to exhaust the ductility
of the weld metal.
They are also suitable for joining these cast irons to
steels, monels, copper etc where high strength is not Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair cavity,
required. prior to filling can also be desirable whether a
preheat is used or not.
Typical components are general engineering
castings, including machine bases, engine blocks, On completion of welding the workpiece should be
gear housings etc operating under low stresses. allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.
Microstructure Related alloy groups

MMA electrode deposits austenitic nickel with finely The NiFe alloy (data sheet E-11) is also used for
distributed graphite; the solid wire deposits almost welding cast iron and covers many similar
pure nickel refined with Ti. applications.
Welding guidelines Products available

Welding is often carried out without preheat but Process Product Specification
heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints MMA CI Soft Flow Ni AWS ENi-CI
may require preheat up to 150°C.
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1
Rev 04 03/12 316 DS: E-10 (pg 1 of 3)

CI SOFT FLOW Ni Pure nickel MMA electrode for cast iron
Product description MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on pure nickel core wire. Good
refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. Sound welds can be
produced even with oil impregnated and contaminated surfaces. The stable arc characteristics also provide
uniform low penetration and minimum dilution. The smallest diameters can be used in all positions including
vertical down.
Specifications AWS A5.15 ENi-CI

BS EN 1071 E C Ni-CI 1
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Fe Al
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- 92 -- --
max 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 2.5 bal 5.0 1.0
typ 0.5 2 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.1 96 2 0.1

Elongation % 5-10
Hardness HV 140-160
Mechanical properties will depend upon amount of dilution, and variations in welding procedure and run
sequence.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 *

min A 60 70 90 120
max A 80 110 150 190
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 *

length mm 300 350 400 375
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 19.58 19.2
* 5.0mm diameter made to order, minimum order quantity.
satisfactory.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Fe Mn Ni Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
0.5 1 10 <0.5 12 <0.5 5
Rev 04 03/12 317 DS: E-10 (pg 2 of 3)

NICKEL 2Ti Solid pure nickel wire for cast iron
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG. This is the same wire that is used for alloy 200 pure nickel base materials (data
sheet D-50) but it is also useful for welding cast irons as a match for the CI Soft Flow Ni electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNi-1

BS EN proposed Ni2061
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 93.0 2.0 -- -- --
max 0.15 1.0 0.75 0.015 0.03 bal 3.5 1.5 0.25 1.0
typ <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1


parameters Shielding Argon Ar or Ar-He
Current DC- Pulsed

1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7
Rev 04 03/12 318 DS: E-10 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NICKEL-IRON FOR CAST IRON Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type If welding is carried out without preheat it is

desirable to minimise the width of the HAZ by using
Nominally Fe-55% Ni alloy for the repair and joining
a low heat input and low interpass temperature. A
of cast iron.
skip welding technique can be beneficial in helping
Materials to be welded to achieve this.
ASTM BS For thicker section welds and highly restrained welds
A602, A47, A338, A220 2789 – SG irons preheat in the range 150-250°C may be necessary.
6681 – Ductile irons Light peening to reduce contraction stresses can also
be beneficial but care should be taken not to exhaust
Applications the ductility of the weld metal.
The NiFe alloy is suitable for welding all grades of Buttering the joint faces, or sides of the repair cavity,
cast iron but particularly for spheroidal graphite prior to filling can also be desirable whether a
(SG), nodular or ductile irons and some alloy cast preheat is used or not.
irons. It provides compatible strength, ductility and
toughness, coupled with good machinability. On completion of welding the workpiece should be
allowed to cool slowly, using insulation if necessary.
The NiFe consumables can also be used on some of
the high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist). The Additional information
flake graphite grades are welded with a preheat of
The NiFe weld metals produce higher strength than
300-350°C but the SG grades are best buttered using
the pure nickel cast iron types and are therefore
low heat input, and low temperature techniques to
preferable for dissimilar joints, nodular irons and
avoid HAZ hot cracking.
higher strength cast irons. The NiFe types are also
Note the martensitic Ni-Hard cast irons and white less sensitive to hot cracking caused by pick-up of
irons are generally considered to be unweldable impurities such as phosphorus which are often
because they are too crack-sensitive. present in castings. The low matrix contraction
The NiFe consumables are also suitable for welding coefficient of NiFe is also enhanced in the higher
transition joints between cast iron and cast steels, carbon electrode deposits by expansion
and cast iron and mild/low alloy steels. accompanying graphite precipitation and results in
lower stresses in heavy repairs; the possibility of cold
Typical components are machine bases, pump cracking is therefore reduced.
bodies, engine blocks, gears and transmission
housings. Related alloy groups
Welding guidelines The pure nickel types (data sheet E-10) are also used
for welding cast iron.
Welding is often carried out without preheat but
heavy multipass deposits or highly restrained joints Products available
may require preheat 150-250°C.
Prior to welding surfaces should be prepared by MMA CI Special Cast NiFe AWS ENiFe-CI
careful gouging and/or grinding using limited
CI-Met NiFe AWS ENiFe-CI
amounts of heat to avoid propagating cracks. The
area to be welded should be cleaned as far as MIG 55NiFe BS NA47
practicable from sand, oil, grease, paint or rust.
Preheating can help to remove impregnated oil on
used castings which are being repaired.
Rev 05 03/12 319 DS: E-11 (pg 1 of 3)

satisfactory.
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5
CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe NiFe MMA electrode for most grades of cast iron
Product description MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on a 55%Ni alloy core wire. Good
refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity.
Specifications AWS A5.15 ENiFe-CI

BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1
Composition C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --
max 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5
typ 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 0.005 42 55 <0.1 <0.1
Elongation % 10-12
Hardness HV 170-200
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 150
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 13.5 13.2 15.0
CI-MET NiFe NiFe MMA electrode on bi-metallic core wire

Product description MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on bi-metallic Fe clad Ni core wire.
Good refining action provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. The bi-metallic
core wire minimises the risks of over-heating normally associated with NiFe MMA electrodes and produces
excellent operability.
Specifications AWS A5.15 ENiFe-CI

BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1
Rev 05 03/12 320 DS: E-11 (pg 2 of 3)

CI-MET NiFe (continued)
Composition C Mn Si S P Fe Ni Al Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- bal 45.0 -- --
max 2.0 2.5 2.0 0.03 0.03 bal 60.0 1.0 2.5
typ 0.5 1.5 0.5 0.010 <0.01 42 55 <0.1 <0.1
Elongation % 10-12
Hardness HV 170-200
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 80 120 155
length mm 300 350 400
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 18.0
55NiFe Solid MIG wire for welding cast irons

Product description Solid wire for MIG.
Specifications BS EN 1071 S C NiFe-1
Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Fe Cu Co
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 52.0 bal -- --
max 0.15 1.0 0.5 0.02 0.03 60.0 bal 0.5 2.0
typ 0.05 0.7 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 58 40 0.01 0.05
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded MIG (Ar-5%CO2)
Elongation % 24
Hardness HV 150
Typical operating MIG
parameters Shielding Ar / Ar + 1-2%O2 / Ar + 2-25%CO2 / 100%CO2
Current DC+
Diameter 1.2mm
Packaging data ø mm MIG
1.2 15kg spool
1.6 15kg spool
Fume data MIG fume composition, wt %:

35 2 <0.1 30 <0.5 1.7
Rev 05 03/12 321 DS: E-11 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ARMOUR WELDING CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

20%Cr-10%Ni-2.5%Mo weld metal composition designed Preheat not generally required for CMn and low alloy
for welding armour plate. steels with up to 0.3%C. However 50-200C is
recommended progressively with increasing base material
Materials to be welded thickness, hardenability and restraint.
Armour plate: 13%Mn (Hadfield steel):
MVEE 816 (MoD) Abro M (Cresuot) Additional information
Armox 816 (Swedish Steel) Red Diamond 14 Because of the high ferrite level (20 FN) and moderate
Compass B555 (Sleeman) (Spartan Redheugh) carbon content (0.06%), these consumables are not
< 0.4%C hardenable steels: suitable for cryogenic applications or structural service at
BS970 709M40 (En19), 817M40 (En24), 826M40 (En26), temperatures exceeding about 3000C. Some loss of
897M39 (En40C), etc ductility will occur if weldments are post weld heat
Wear-resistant steels: treated. They should not be confused with low carbon
Hardox 400 & 500 (Swedish Steel) austenitic and duplex stainless alloys specifically designed
ARQ360, A-R-COL (Corus) for corrosion resistance. However, AWS A5.4 and A5.22
Creusabro 4000, Abro 360 and 500 (Creusot) include the related E308MoL which may be used for
ABR 500 (Taysteel) ASTM CF3M castings when a higher ferrite type than
Red Diamond 20, 21, 22 (Spartan Redheugh) 316L is required for improved stress-corrosion resistance.
ASTM:
CF8M These consumables are used successfully for steels which
are judged 'difficult to weld' on the basis of their carbon
Also for dissimilar combinations between the above and equivalent (CE). For example, armour plate and En26
to standard stainless steels and CMn steels. have CE ~ 1, potentially up to 1.36 maximum for classical
armour with nominal 0.3%C-2%Cr-0.5%Ni-0.4%Mo.
Applications Some proprietary armour steels are leaner, with CE 1 max.
These consumables are well-established and approved for The greatly hardened HAZ of these steels is only partially
armour welding. They deposit a modified austenitic tempered in a multipass weldment, resulting in high
stainless weld metal with moderately high ferrite content, sensitivity to hydrogen (cold) cracking. By using a
giving strong, tough and crack-resistant welds in many specially balanced austenitic consumable this problem is
other hardenable steels, often without the need for avoided, because very little hydrogen can diffuse from the
preheat. Applications include tanks, other military and weld into the HAZ. It is still helpful to apply some preheat
security vehicles, general engineering components. since this will encourage self-tempering and reduce peak
They are also useful for welding many wear and HAZ hardness. However, the presence of a hardened HAZ
abrasion-resisting steels, to avoid the need for 'hydrogen should be considered in relation to service conditions.
control' procedures, particularly for heavier sections and Related alloy groups
the harder types. In addition, the high work-hardening
There is no equivalent solid wire but the 307 types (data
rate gives these welds good resistance to impact wear and
sheet E-21) provide the best alternative if required. For
scuffing. This feature can also be exploited for overlays
dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-51), 307
combined with corrosion and wet abrasion resistance.
(E-21) and 29.9 types (E-22) may also be suitable.
Although the resistance to gouging abrasion of 13%Mn
Hadfield steel is unique and arises from its extreme work- Products available
hardenability, these consumables have a long and Process Product Specification
successful history for the build-up and reclamation of this
steel. It is an economic ductile buffer layer prior to MMA Armet 1 AWS E308Mo-16
hardfacing with high alloy weld metals such as chromium FCW Supercore 20.9.3 AWS E308MoT0-4
carbide types.
Supercore 20.9.3.P AWS E308MoT1-4
Microstructure
Austenite with ferrite 10 – 25FN, typically about 20FN.
Rev 05 03/12 322 DS: E-20 (pg 1 of 3)

ARMET 1 Rutile MMA electrode for welding armour plate
Product description Rutile MMA electrode made on austenitic stainless steel core wire. High moisture resistance, designed and
manufactured with low hydrogen technology to give weld metal with low potential hydrogen content.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E308Mo-16)*

BS EN 1600 E 20 10 3 R 32
Approvals: MoD MVEE 1050 Class 1A and 1B
*Mn: 2.0 – 3.0 for AWS standard
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.5 -- -- -- 18.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.08 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 12.0 3.0 0.75 25
typ 0.06 1.1 0.7 0.010 0.025 20 9.5 2.5 0.1 15

properties Tensile strength MPa 620 670-780
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 > 520
Reduction of area % -- > 25
Impact energy + 20°C J -- > 55
Hardness HV -- 220 *
* Increases to about 400 – 450HV on work hardening
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 60 70 100 150
max A 90 120 170 230

length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
18°C.

8 5 1 4 < 0.2 16 1.2
Rev 05 03/12 323 DS: E-20 (pg 2 of 3)

SUPERCORE 20.9.3 Downhand rutile flux cored wire for welding armour plate
Product description Rutile flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system designed primarily
for downhand and horizontal welding, giving a mitred fillet profile. The 1.2mm diameter wire is also suitable
for all-positional welding.
Metal recovery is approximately 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications Supercore 20.9.3 Supercore 20.9.3.P

AWS A5.22 E308MoT0-1/4 E308MoT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 20 10 3 R M 3 T 20 10 3 P M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308Mo-FM0 TS308Mo-FM1
Approvals: MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 19.5 9.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.08 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.0 11.0 3.0 0.3 25
typ 0.06 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.03 20 9.5 2.8 0.05 17

Hardness J -- 230 *
* Increases to about 400 – 450HV on work-hardening.
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25 l/min. Proprietary gas mixtures may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below, with Ar-20%CO2 (when using CO2, voltages need to be increased by 2-3V):
1.2 130A-25V to 250A-32V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: Supercore 20.9.3 - 15.0kg (1.2/1.6mm), Supercore
20.9.3.P - 12.5kg (1.2mm).
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 F OES (mg/m3)
Ar+20%CO2 14 11 1 8 4 5 1.2
CO2 17 10 1 9.5 1 5 5
Rev 05 03/12 324 DS: E-20 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
307 FOR DISSIMILAR WELDS Website: www.metrode.com

Strong tough austenitic weld metal composition for Consists of austenite with approximately 5FN.
dissimilar joints and buffer layers.
Welding guidelines
Preheat not generally required unless welding thick
Dissimilar combinations of CMn, stainless, sections, except that HAZ properties of higher carbon
hardenable, wear-resistant and armour steels. Also hardenable steels should be taken into consideration
suitable for 13%Mn manganese (Hadfield) steel. in relation to service conditions.
Applications
When welding 13%Mn (Hadfield) steels in order to
Mixed welding applications including the welding of
minimise embrittlement and cracking the work piece
mild, stainless, hardenable, and armour steels to
must be kept cool. This means that the following
themselves or each other with or without preheat.
controls should be applied: no preheat, maximum
Tolerance to dilution (resistance to hot cracking) is
provided by the high manganese content, unlike interpass controlled to 150C maximum, low heat
armour welding and 309 types which depend on a input, small weld beads and cool with water if
high ferrite level. In some cases, they may offer an necessary.
alternative to high nickel weld metal in joints Related alloy groups
between cast iron and stainless steels. Weldments
For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-
subject to PWHT retain ductility with satisfactory
51), armour welding consumables (E-20) and 29.9
toughness down to -500C. Reasonable scaling
types (E-22) may also be suitable.
resistance up to 8500C.
Products available
Can be used as buffer layers to weld or reclaim 13%
Mn (Hadfield) steel used in rock crushing plant and Process Product Specification
earth moving equipment. Buffer layer work hardens
MMA MetMax 307R AWS E307-26
and can be used as a base for Workhard 13Mn or
Methard 650 or 850. Has also been found 19.9.6Mn BS EN E 18 8 Mn R
satisfactory as buffer layer on cast iron prior to MIG 19.9.6Mn BS EN G 18 8 Mn Si
hardsurfacing.
Use as surfacing consumable which work hardens
from 200 to 400 HV, suitable for repair of alloy rails,
crossing parts, frogs etc. without need for preheat,
however, the work-hardening rate is lower than 13%
Mn steel and overlays of more than 1 layer may
suffer unacceptable collapse under heavy rolling
loads. In this case they may be used as a buffer under
Workhard 13Mn.
Rev 08 03/12 325 DS: E-21 (pg 1 of 4)

18°C.

Metmax 307R 19 11 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1
19.9.6Mn 18 15 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1
METMAX 307R Rutile high recovery MMA electrode

Product description Rutile high recovery, metal powder, electrode made on high purity steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
ensures sound porosity free deposits.

BS EN 1600 E 18 9 Mn Mo R 52
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 3.3 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 0.5 --
max 0.14 4.75 0.9 0.025 0.035 21.5 10.7 1.5 0.75
typ 0.1 4.0 0.6 0.010 0.015 19 9.5 0.8 0.1
All-weld mechanical PWHT

properties As welded min typical 600C/2h
Hardness HV -- 210 * --
* Increases to about 400-450HV on work hardening.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 90 130 160
max A 115 155 210 260

length mm 350 380 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.2 15.0
Rev 08 03/12 326 DS: E-21 (pg 2 of 4)

19.9.6Mn All-positional rutile coated MMA electrode
Product description Rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound
porosity free deposits.
Specifications AWS A5.4 similar to E307-16

BS EN 1600 E 18 8 Mn R 3 2
(weld metal wt %) min -- 4.5 -- -- -- 17.0 7.0 --
max 0.20 7.0 0.80 0.025 0.035 20.0 10.0 0.75
typ 0.12 5.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 18 9 0.4
Hardness HV -- 210 *
* Increases to about 400-450HV on work hardening.
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0

min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155
length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 15.0
Rev 08 03/12 327 DS: E-21 (pg 3 of 4)

19.9.6Mn Solid wire for MIG
Product description Solid wire for MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.9 Similar to ER307 (AWS ranges: 3.3-4.75%Mn, 19.5-22.0%Cr and 0.5-1.5%Mo)
BS EN ISO 14343-A G 18 8 Mn
(wire wt %) min -- 5.5 -- -- -- 17.0 7.5 -- --
max 0.15 7.5 1.0 0.025 0.03 20.0 9.5 0.3 0.3
typ 0.08 6 0.8 0.01 0.015 19 8.5 0.2 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded MIG: Ar + 5%CO2
Typical operating MIG
parameters Shielding Ar+5%CO2 *
Current DC+
Diameter 1.2mm
* Other proprietary shielding gases also suitable eg. Ar+2%O2, Ar-He mixtures etc
Packaging data ø mm MIG
1.0 15kg spool
1.2 15kg spool
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %):
30 26 3.5 12 < 0.5 <1 3.8
Rev 08 03/12 328 DS: E-21 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
29.9 DISSIMILAR WELD METALS Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type type (no preheat needed) according to required

properties.
Austenite-ferrite weld metal composition of
nominally 29%Cr-9%Ni for dissimilar joints and Microstructure
difficult to weld steels.
Duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with about
Materials to be welded 40% ferrite.
Medium and high carbon hardenable steels, tool Welding guidelines
steels and free-cutting steels.
Procedure will depend on base material. Preheat not
normally required for small components and buffer
Eg. BS970 part 21: 080M40 (En8), 070M55 (En9),
layers, although desirable for thicker high carbon
709M40 (En19) etc.
steels to avoid possible HAZ quench cracking and to
Applications control peak hardness, 100-250C.
Use for welding medium and high carbon hardenable

steels, of known or unknown specifications, for Additional information
example tool steels, shafts, gear teeth, free-cutting Although 29.9 alloys have good resistance to high
steels, dissimilar alloy combinations, buffer layers, temperature oxidation, duplex high ferrite weld metal
overlays etc. is subject to 475C embrittlement above about 300C
and sigma embrittlement at higher temperatures. This
Combination of high alloy and high ferrite content alloy is therefore not used where high temperature
(40-50FN) gives extreme tolerance to dilution on a structural service or PWHT is involved.
wide range of hardenable and alloy steels with
minimum or no preheat. It has also been found
useful for welding free-cutting steels or those with a Related alloy groups
low Mn:S ratio (especially < 20 or so), where other For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (data sheet B-50),
weld metals may fail to prevent hot cracking due to 309Mo (data sheet B-51), armour welding
liquation at the fusion boundary. consumables (data sheet E-20) and 307 types (data
sheet E-21) may also be suitable.
Weld deposit work-hardens and gives good wear and
friction resistance.
Products available
Useful for resistance to corrosion and to high Process Product Specification
temperature scaling up to about 1000°C, but not
MMA 29.9 Super R (AWS E312-17)
recommended for structural applications above
300°C or for welds to be post-weld heat treated, TIG/MIG/SAW 312S94 AWS ER312
owing to embrittlement. Flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2 AC
SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
Not recommended for filling up heavy joints nor for
LA491 BS EN SA FB255 AC
sub-zero applications or where high notch toughness
is required. In these cases, it is generally best to use
the electrode for buttering only (preheat if
appropriate), then fill with a more ductile austenitic
Rev 06 06/12 329 DS: E-22 (pg 1 of 3)

29.9 SUPER R Acid rutile MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with acid rutile flux on matching 312 stainless steel core wire.
Specifications AWS A5.4 (E312-17)

BS EN 1600 E 29 9 R 32
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS), QW442 A-No --
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --
max 0.15 1.5 1.2 0.025 0.035 31.0 10.5 0.5 0.75
typ 0.1 0.8 1 0.01 0.02 29 9.5 0.1 0.1

Elongation on 4d % 22 * 26
Hardness HV -- 280
* Minimum elongation required by AWS not always obtained.
A high tensile strength with moderate ductility is typical for multipass all-weld test specimens but these
properties may be altered under conditions of high dilution from base material for which this electrode is
intended. Dilution typically raises ductility.
ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 25 40 60 75 100 130
max A 45 60 90 120 155 210

length mm 250 250 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 9.0 11.4 12.0 13.8 14.1 13.5
pieces/carton 1389 948 642 435 276 168
18°C.

8 4 1 8 0.2 17 0.6
Rev 06 06/12 330 DS: E-22 (pg 2 of 3)

312S94 Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW

BS EN ISO 14343-A 29 9
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 28.0 8.0 -- --
max 0.15 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 32.0 10.5 0.3 0.3
typ 0.1 1.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 30 9.3 0.1 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG MIG

properties Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 2%O2
Impact energy + 20°C J 50 -- 27
Hardness HV 275 270 300

parameters Shielding Ar * Ar + 2-5%CO2 ** SS300 ***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4
Voltage 120A, 14V 220A, 26V 350A, 30V
** Ar – CO2 gases were found to produce better ductility than Ar – 2%O2 (see properties above).
*** SSB and LA491 also suitable.

1.2 -- 15kg spool --
3.2 To order -- --
30 12 22 9 <1 <1 2.3
Rev 06 06/12 331 DS: E-22 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
100Cu Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Microstructure

Deoxidised pure copper. Single phase (fcc).
Specifications
Typical parameters
AWS A5.7 ERCu TIG MIG
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 1898 / CuSn1 Shielding He * Ar, He or Ar-He
Current DC- DC+
ASME IX Qualification Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
QW432 F-No 31 Parameters 250A, 15V ** 300A, 28V **
Materials to be welded * Ar can also be used but He produces deeper

penetration, permits higher travel speeds and allows
Oxygen free copper preheat to be reduced.
** Higher currents will be required as material thickness
BS grade C103, UNS C10200, ISO Cu-OF / Cu-
increases, parameters given are suitable for material of
OFS about 6mm thickness.
Applications
Packaging data
100Cu produces a deoxidised pure copper deposit for
ø mm TIG MIG
maximum thermal and electrical conductivity. 1.2 -- 15kg spool
Applications include plate for chemical plant and 1.6 2.5kg tube --
moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for 2.4 2.5kg tube --
electrical components and tubes for heat
exchangers. Storage
Welding guidelines Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60%

RH, >18°C.
Apart from very thin material (<3mm thick) a preheat
will be required. The required preheat will range Related alloy groups
from about 100°C at 6mm thick up to about The copper silicon wire (data sheet E-31) is also used
400/500°C for material 15mm thick. for welding copper when a more highly deoxidised
All-weld mechanical properties filler is required.
Typical as welded TIG
Fume data
0.2% Proof stress MPa 70 Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Hardness HV 60 Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
<1 2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 82 0.2
Composition (wire wt %)
Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al P
min 98.0 -- -- -- -- -- --
max bal 0.50 0.50 1.0 0.02 0.01 0.15
typ 99 0.3 0.3 0.6 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Rev 06 03/12 332 DS: E-30 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
97CuSi Website: www.metrode.com

Product description
Cu Mn Si Sn Pb Al Fe Zn P
Pure copper deoxidised with 3% silicon. min bal 0.5 2.8 -- -- -- -- -- --
max bal 1.5 4.0 0.2 0.02 0.01 0.50 0.4 0.05
Specifications typ 96 0.9 3 0.1 0.002 <0.01 0.04 <0.1 <0.01
AWS A5.7 ERCuSi-A All-weld mechanical properties

BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6560 / CuSi3Mn1
ASME IX Qualification 0.2% Proof stress MPa 105
QW432 F-No 32 Hardness HV 85
Materials to be welded Typical parameters

General purpose including phosphorus deoxidised TIG
copper, silicon bronze, nickel silver and some Shielding Ar or He
Current DC- *
brasses. Diameter 2.4mm
Applications
* AC with argon provides optimum arc cleaning action.
97CuSi silicon bronze has a wider range of general
purpose applications than 100Cu, including Packaging data
overlaying of steels and cast irons. ø mm TIG
Applications include plate for chemical plant and 2.4 2.5kg tube
moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for
electrical components and tubes for heat Storage
exchangers. Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60%
RH, >18°C.
Microstructure
Single phase (fcc). Related alloy groups
Welding guidelines The pure copper wire (data sheet E-30) is used for
welding copper when optimum thermal or electrical
Preheat is not required when welding silicon bronze conductivity is required.
and interpass temperature should be kept below
100°C. Fume data
If welding copper then preheat of about 100°C will Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume
be required for 6mm material increasing up to about negligible):
400/500°C for 15mm thick material. Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
<1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
Rev 06 03/12 333 DS: E-31 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
92CuSn Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Composition (wire wt %)

Tin bronze alloy wire for welding similar tin bronze Cu Sn Pb Al P Zn Fe Ni
(phosphor bronze) alloys. min bal 7.5 -- -- 0.01 -- -- --
max bal 8.5 0.02 0.01 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.2
Specifications typ 92 7.8 0.01 <0.01 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
AWS A5.7 (ERCuSn-C)

BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 5210 / CuSn8P All-weld mechanical properties
ASME IX Qualification Tensile strength MPa 344
92CuSn QW432 F-No 33 Elongation on 5d % 58
Hardness HV 86
Typical parameters
Tin bronze Up to 10%Sn+0.5%P. BS PB101- TIG
103, UNS C50100-C52400. Shielding Ar
Gunmetals BS LG3, LG4, LPB1, Current DC-
(but >5%Pb leaded types difficult). Diameter 2.4mm
Bell metal Cu + 20-25%Sn. Parameters 250A, 15V
Brass Cu + 40%Zn, manganese bronze.
Applications Packaging data
ø mm TIG
This wire is used for welding a range of copper base 1.6 2.5kg tube
alloys to themselves and to CMn steels or cast irons, 2.4 2.5kg tube
and also for the repair and joining of castings.
It is also suitable, if low dilution is achieved, for weld
Storage
surfacing to give a bearing surface and/or corrosion
resistant overlay on steel components, shafts etc. Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60%
Stainless steels should be avoided because chromium RH, >18°C.
pick-up causes embrittlement.
Microstructure Fume data
A multi phase copper base structure with complex Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
eutectoids. Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
<1 <1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
Welding guidelines
The tin bronze weld metal tends to be sluggish
because of its wide melting range. Preheating to
about 200°C can help improve fluidity when welding
thick sections. To avoid hot cracking it is desirable to
keep the interpass temperature below 200°C.
Rev 07 03/12 334 DS: E-33 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
90CuAl Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Although this wire is suitable for many dissimilar

combinations of copper and ferrous alloys, care is
9% Al bronze for welding similar 5-11% Al alloys.
necessary to minimise dilution by high chromium
Specifications alloys such as stainless steels. The limited tolerance
AWS A5.7 ERCuAl-A2 to chromium pick-up may cause embrittlement and
BS EN ISO 24373 S Cu 6180 / CuAl10Fe cracking especially if bend tests are applied. In this
situation low heat input buttering is beneficial.
QW432 F-No 36
Cu Al Fe Zn Si Pb
Materials to be welded min -- 8.5 0.5 -- -- --
max bal 11.0 1.5 0.02 0.10 0.02
Aluminium bronze: UNS C61400, BS CA101-103, typ 90 9 1.0 <0.01 0.02 0.004
BS 1400 AB1 (cast), Alloy D.
Beryllium copper: Cu + 0.5-2%Be; closest strength. All-weld mechanical properties
Brass: Cu–Zn. Typical as welded TIG
Aluminium brass: eg. Yorkalbro Cu-22%Zn-2%Al. Tensile strength MPa 550-615
Manganese bronze: Cu + 20-45%Zn + 1-3%Mn. 0.2% Proof stress MPa 250-350
Silicon bronze: Cu + 1-3.5%Si, Elongation on 4d % 21
(also see data sheet E-31).
Typical parameters
Applications
TIG MIG
For welding 5-11% Al bronzes plus other copper Shielding Ar Ar, He or Ar-He
alloys as listed above. For brasses the weld colour is Current AC Pulsed
similar and the presence of aluminium in the filler Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
helps to suppress zinc volatilisation during welding.
It can also be used to overlay CMn steels and cast Packaging data
irons to give wear and corrosion resistant bearing ø mm TIG MIG
surfaces, or to join these to most copper base alloys. 1.2 -- 15kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube --
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark
resistant pumps, castings, machinery parts, heat Storage
exchangers for offshore, marine and mining
Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60%
equipment.
RH, >18°C.
Microstructure
Fume data
In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex  + 
microstructure. Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
Welding guidelines 3 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 80 0.3
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required

Beryllium has a very low OEL (0.002mg/m3) so
and maximum interpass temperature should be
special precautions may be required when welding
200°C.
beryllium coppers.
When welding brass a preheat of 100-300°C should
be used on thicker sections, the lower preheat
temperatures being used for the high-zinc brasses.
Rev 07 03/12 335 DS: E-36 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
80CuNiAl Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Resistance to hot cracking in thick sections with high

restraint is said to be inferior to plain aluminium
Cu-9%Al-5%Ni bronze for welding similar nickel
bronze. An alternative is to fill with higher ductility
aluminium bronze alloys.
aluminium bronze (data sheet E-36) and cap with
Specifications 80CuNiAl.
AWS A5.7 ERCuNiAl

BS EN ISO 24373
S Cu 6328 / CuAl9Ni5Fe3Mn2
Cu Al Ni Fe Mn Si Zn Pb
min bal 8.50 4.0 3.0 0.60 -- -- --
ASME IX Qualification max bal 9.50 5.5 5.0 3.50 0.10 0.10 0.02
typ 82 9.3 4.2 3.3 0.8 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
QW432 F-No 37

ASTM C63200, C63000 (CA630), C95800 (cast), Tensile strength MPa 740
C95500 (cast), C95520 (cast). 0.2% Proof stress MPa 400
BS CA104, CA105, AB2 (cast), Alloy E. Elongation on 4d % 19
DIN 2.0966 (CuAl10Ni), 2.0978 (CuAl11Ni), Hardness HV 220
2.0970 (G-CuAl10Ni), 2.0980 (G-CuAl11Ni).
MoD DGS 1043 Grade 2. Typical parameters
TIG MIG
Applications Shielding Ar Ar, He or Ar-He
Current AC Pulsed
This wire deposits nickel aluminium bronze and is Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
suitable for welding wrought and cast parent Parameters 250A, 15V 235A, 25V (mean)
materials of similar composition. These alloys have
high strength and resistance to stress corrosion, Packaging data
cavitation erosion, corrosion fatigue, and attack by
ø mm TIG MIG
acids and chlorides. 1.2 -- 15kg spool
Applications include corrosion resistant and spark 2.4 2.5kg tube --
resistant pumps, ship propellers, heat exchangers
for offshore, marine and mining equipment. Storage
Recommended ambient storage conditions: < 60% RH,
Microstructure >18°C.
In the as-welded condition consists of a duplex α + β
microstructure. Fume data
Welding guidelines Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
6 4 <0.1 3 <0.1 75 0.3
For aluminium bronze alloys preheat is not required
and maximum interpass temperature should be
150°C.
Rev 06 03/12 336 DS: E-37 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ALLOY C Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Although these consumables are not intended for

aggressive chemical plant applications this alloy has
Alloy C is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel
intrinsically high resistance to general corrosion,
base alloy.
pitting attack and stress corrosion in high chloride
Materials to be welded environments such as seawater. It is useful for
corrosion resistant overlays especially when
cast combined with erosion or cavitation. These
ASTM A494 CW-12MW properties are also exploited for site repairs without
A743/A744 CW-12M preheat on high strength martensitic stainless steels
DIN 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr) used for hydro turbines.
Also used for surfacing and overlays. Microstructure

Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite with
Applications
some carbides and microsegregation typical of as-
The weld deposit composition matches cast alloy C deposited weld metal.
with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Wrought
forms of this alloy (C276) have low C and Si, see Welding guidelines
data sheet D-30. Cast versions of the alloy typically
Preheat is not generally required but may be
have higher carbon and silicon (like the original
necessary for higher carbon hardenable steels. For
wrought alloy C which is now obsolete) but repair best corrosion resistance interpass temperature
welds are usually solution treated for optimum
should be kept below 150C and heat input restricted
corrosion resistance.
to 1.5kJ/mm.
A controlled level of carbon raises strength and
response to work-hardening. These properties extend Related alloy groups
to elevated temperatures, and with good resistance to
Alloy C276 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22
impact and thermal fatigue the weld metal finds
(D-32) are also NiCrMo.
extensive use for surfacing or build-up of hot-work
forging dies, especially where large volumes of weld Products available
metal must be deposited economically. It is also used
as a buffer layer prior to surfacing with more exotic Process Product Specification
nickel or cobalt base alloys. MMA Nimax C BS EN: E Ni2
Rev 01 03/12 337 DS: E-45 (pg 1 of 2)

General Data for all Alloy C Electrodes
Redry 200–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
18°C.

1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1
NIMAX C High recovery alloy C electrode primarily used for surfacing

Product description MMA electrode with special metal powder rutile- basic flux coating on high conductivity pure nickel core
wire.
Specifications AWS A5.13 ENiCrMo-5A

BS EN 14700 E Ni2
(weld metal wt %) typ 0.05 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 16 56 16.5 3.6 5.5 0.1 0.05 0.05

Hardness HV -- 240 Work hardens to about 450HV.
* Minimum properties are for ASTM A494 CW-12MW castings which are solution treated at 1120°C + WQ.
ø mm 5.0
min A 160
max A 260
Packaging data ø mm 5.0

length mm 450
kg/carton 18.0
pieces/carton 102
Rev 01 03/12 338 DS: E-45 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
350 HARDFACING Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type Items suitable for surfacing include slideways,

trackwheels, rails, roller guides, couplings, brake
Martensitic hardfacing alloy producing a deposit of
drums and shoes, rope winches, caterpillar tracks,
nominally 350HV hardness.
and clutch plates and cones.
Microstructure
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure
These consumables are used for surfacing not consists of martensite with some carbides.
joining. They can be used for surfacing many
materials including structural steels (BS 4360), Welding guidelines
general purpose cast steels (BS 3100) and rail steels
(BS 11). Preheat is not normally required but 100-200°C may
be required with thick and/or complex sections
particularly with low alloy base materials or where
Applications there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.
These consumables deposit weld metal with a
hardness in the range 380-410HV; actual hardness Products available
depends on base metal composition and number of
layers deposited. Process Product Specification
MMA Methard 350 (BS EN EFe1)
The deposit gives a wear resistant crack-free deposit
suitable for conditions of moderate abrasion and FCW Hardcore 350 BS EN TFe1
friction coupled with resistance to heavy impact.
METHARD 350 350HV hardness MMA electrode for surfacing

Product description MMA surfacing electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux made on low carbon core wire.
Specifications BS EN 14700 (E Fe1 nearest)
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.3 0.2 0.2 3 0.1
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
properties Vickers HV 380-410
Rockwell HRC 39-42
Brinell HB 360-390
Preheat and dilution will affect hardness in the first two layers but will have little effect in subsequent layers.
Rev 02 03/12 339 DS: E-50 (pg 1 of 2)

METHARD 350 (continued)
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.9 18.0
satisfactory.

Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
16 5 1 18 5
HARDCORE 350 Self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing

Product description A self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The lime-fluorspar flux
fill eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.
Specifications BS EN 14700 T Fe1
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo Al
(weld metal wt %) typ 0.25 2 0.1 1 0.2 1.7
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded assuming at least three layers on mild steel base plate:
Rockwell HRC 30-36
Brinell HB 280-400
Operating parameters No shielding gas is required.

ø mm amp-volt range stickout
1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm
2.8 300-500A, 27-35V 40-50mm
Packaging data Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg

18 8 <0.5 1 <1 8 5
Rev 02 03/12 340 DS: E-50 (pg 2 of 2)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
650 HARDFACING Website: www.metrode.com

Martensitic alloy for hardfacing producing a deposit Preheat is not normally required but 100-200°C may
of nominally 650HV hardness. be required with thick and/or complex sections
particularly with low alloy base materials or where
there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.
These consumables are not used for joining they are
For substantial build-ups on plain carbon or CMn
used for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They can
steels 350 types (data sheet E-50) should be used as a
be used for hardfacing many materials including
buffer layer to reduce the risk of cracking or spalling.
structural steel (BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high
strength cast steel (BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Additional information
Hadfield 13%Mn steel.
The combination of a 307 type (data sheet E-21)
Applications buffer with two or more layers of 650 has proved to
be particularly successful for excavation and crushing
These consumables give a hardfacing deposit with a
equipment in cement plants in areas where the high
hardness in the range 53-59 HRC dependent upon
stress abrasion resistance of 13%Mn steel is
parent material dilution and the number of layers.
inadequate.
It is particularly suitable for resistance to abrasion but
will withstand a reasonable amount of impact
damage and battering. The 350 surfacing consumables (data sheet E-50) are
used for less abrasion resistant applications where
Typical applications are bulldozer blades, excavator
better impact resistance is required. The chromium
teeth, crusher jaws, buckets, scrapers and swing
carbide types (data sheet E-55) are used for more
hammers in conditions of severe abrasion from soil,
severe abrasion applications.
sand and crushed minerals, coupled with the risk of
impact from large rocks and compacted materials. Products available
Microstructure Process Product Specification
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure MMA Methard 650 (BS EN EFe2)
consists of martensite with some carbides. Methard 650R (BS EN EFe2)
FCW Hardcore 650 BS EN TFe2

satisfactory.
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2
Rev 04 06/13 341 DS: E-51 (pg 1 of 3)

METHARD 650 MMA hardfacing electrode producing a nominal 650HV hardness deposit
Product description Rutile metal powder flux on a low carbon core wire.
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.7 0.6 0.4 8 0.6 0.5
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate:

properties 1 layer 3 layers
Vickers HV 600-700 700-760
Rockwell HRC 55-60 60-63
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

length mm 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.6 19.5
METHARD 650R High recovery MMA hardfacing electrode of nominal 650HV hardness
Product description Rutile high recovery metal powder flux made on pure low carbon core wire.
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.4 0.3 0.8 8 1 0.6
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness as-welded on mild steel base plate:

properties 1 layer on high
1 layer 3 layers
carbon steel
Vickers HV 560-600 620-680 580-640
Rockwell HRC 53-55 56-59 54-57
The weld metal will retain its hardness up to about 450°C but then softens markedly at temperatures in the
range 550-700°C.
Rev 04 06/13 342 DS: E-51 (pg 2 of 3)

METHARD 650R (continued)
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

length mm 320 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 13.2 15.0
HARDCORE 650 Self-shielded flux cored wire of nominal 650 hardness
Product description Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a
lime-fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo Al
(weld metal wt %) typical 0.8 2 0.8 2.5 0.2 1.7
All-weld mechanical Typical all-weld metal hardness:

Rockwell HRC 55-60
Brinell HB 620-680
Typical single layer hardness on mild steel = 45 HRC.

1.2 150-250A, 20-26V 40-50mm
1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm

18 7 <0.5 1.5 <0.5 12 5
Rev 04 06/13 343 DS: E-51 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
METHARD 750TS Website: www.metrode.com
Product description For machining the weld metal can be annealed

(800°C + furnace cool) otherwise grinding is
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux
necessary. Rehardening is carried out by preheating
made on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is
slowly to 800°C then raising to 1200°C for 5 minutes
designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled
followed by air or oil quenching (brittle condition);
with smooth operation. Recovery is about 120%
final temper can then be carried out to achieve
with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole
required hardness.
electrode.
As-welded properties can be improved by tempering
Specifications or double tempering. During heat treatment
AWS A5.13 EFe5-B precautions should be taken against decarburisation.
BS EN 14700 E Fe4
ASME IX Qualification C Mn Si S P Cr Mo W V
min 0.5 -- -- -- -- 3.0 5.0 1.0 0.8
QW432 F-No 71 max 0.9 0.6 0.8 0.03 0.03 5.0 9.5 2.5 1.3
typ 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 4 8 1.7 1.1
Various tool steels.
Typical hardness:
HRC HV
Used for surfacing mild or low alloy steel blanks.
As welded 62 750
Annealed (800°C + FC) <25 <270
Applications Tempered (550°C/2 + AC) 60-65 700-850
This electrode gives a Mo alloyed high speed tool
steel deposit with hot hardness (up to 600°C), good Parameters
toughness and crack resistance (similar to AISI M1). DC +ve or AC (OCV: 60V min)
Used for the reclamation, repair and modification of

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
high speed cutting and machining tools in either the
min A 70 90 130
as-welded, tempered or rehardened condition. New max A 115 155 210
tools can be manufactured by overlaying mild or
alloyed steel blanks, annealing to facilitate Packaging data
machining, quenching and tempering to required
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
hardness.
length mm 350 380 380
Applications include cutting and piercing tools, dies kg/carton 11.7 12.6 13.2
and drills, punches and knives, ingot tongs etc. pieces/carton 420 246 177
In the as-welded condition the microstructure 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
consists of partially tempered martensite with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
carbides and some retained austenite, which is Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
reduced if double tempered. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened
Welding guidelines tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
It is possible to weld without preheat provided the Fume data

electrodes are properly dried but preheats on the
range 100-200°C will be necessary in thick or Fume composition, wt % typical:
complex sections and when welding hardenable Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
steels. 20 6 2 2 0.5 20 2.5
Rev 01 03/12 344 DS: E-53 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CHROMIUM CARBIDE HARDFACING Website: www.metrode.com
Alloy type checking). Preheating to 200-450°C and slow cooling can

minimise surface cracking but not eliminate it.
Chromium carbide hardfacing.
Build-ups should be restricted to two layers or a maximum
Materials to be welded of three (8mm maximum build-up). For large build-ups on
These consumables are not used for joining they are used low alloy steels, or any hardfacing on 13%Mn Hadfield
for surfacing/hardfacing applications. They can be used steel, a buffer layer of 307 (data sheet E-21) should be
for hardfacing many materials including structural steel used.
(BS 4360), wear resisting steel, high strength cast steel Additional information
(BS 3100 & BS 1504), and Hadfield 13%Mn steel (with
appropriate buffer layer). Deposits are non-machinable or heat-treatable but can be
ground. With the MMA electrodes a weave/wash
Applications technique produces a very smooth glass like surface which
These consumables produce high carbon, high chromium, is highly resistant to fine hard powder abrasion.
chromium carbide deposits with high hardness and Hardness figures are quoted for all the products but these
resistance to extreme abrasion. They also exhibit high only provide a guide to expected performance, because of
temperature stability with good oxidation resistance up to the complex nature of the chromium carbide weld deposit.
about 1000°C (although hot hardness above about 450°C Chromium carbide types have greater resistance to high
is inferior to cobalt types); also have moderate corrosion stress abrasion than martensitic types of equivalent
resistance. hardness.
Used for earth moving and dredging equipment, steel Related alloy groups
works equipment, sinter plants, cement works, sizing
screens, augers, rolling mill guides, pump impellers, For lower abrasion resistance but better impact properties
augers and feed screws; which are handling abrasive the 650 hardfacing types (data sheet E-51) are used. The
sands and sludges under conditions of extreme abrasion cobalt hardfacing types (data sheet E-65) have superior hot
but limited impact. hardness.
Microstructure Products available
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of Process Product Specification
an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness 500-600HV) and
chromium/complex carbides (approximate hardness MMA Methard 850 BS EN EFe14
1500HV). Methard 950 BS EN EFe14
Welding guidelines FCW Hardcore 850 BS EN TFe15
Use with a stringer bead technique or a wide weave for Hardcore 950 BS EN TFe15
maximum coverage. Thermal contraction stresses will
normally cause some cold cracking (stress-relief

satisfactory.
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4
Rev 05 06/13 345 DS: E-55 (pg 1 of 3)

METHARD 850 MMA electrode producing a chromium carbide deposit
Product description MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture
resistant coating giving freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
Specifications BS EN 14700 E Fe14
Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
(weld metal wt %) typ 3 0.8 1 25 2
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness on mild steel:
Properties 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers
Vickers HV 450-500 600-700 650-750
Rockwell HRC 45-50 55-60 58-62
Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding
conditions.
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 110 150 190
max A 160 220 280
length mm 380 380 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.2 15.0
METHARD 950 MMA electrode producing a chromium carbide deposit

Product description MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture
resistant coating giving freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
Specifications BS EN 14700 E Fe14

Composition C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
(weld metal wt %) typ 4 1.2 1 34 3
All-weld mechanical Typical hardness on mild steel:
properties 1 layer 2 layers 3 layers
Vickers HV 475-575 675-750 700-850
Rockwell HRC 48-54 56-62 60-66
Actual hardness is dependent upon base material composition, number of layers, cooling rate and welding
conditions.
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0

min A 110 150 190
max A 160 220 280
length mm 380 380 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.8 15.9
Rev 05 06/13 346 DS: E-55 (pg 2 of 3)

Data For all FCW

1.6 200-300A, 24-30V 40-50mm


35 7 1 13 5 <1 12 1
HARDCORE 850 Self-shielded hardfacing flux-cored wire

lime-fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is
produced which is non-machinable.
Composition C Mn Si Cr
(weld metal wt %) Typica 4.8 2.7 1.7 22
l
All-weld mechanical Typical all-weld metal hardness on mild steel:

properties 55-59 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm.
HARDCORE 950 Self-shielded hardfacing flux-cored wire

lime-fluorspar flux fill which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is
produced which is non-machinable.
Composition C Mn Si Cr
(weld metal wt %) typ 5 3 1.5 27
All-weld mechanical Typical all-weld metal hardness on mild steel:

properties 57-60 HRC
Actual hardness dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling rate and welding conditions.
Maximum deposit thickness 8mm (2-3 layers).
Rev 05 06/13 347 DS: E-55 (pg 3 of 3)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
METHARD 1050 Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Build-up is normally limited to 2 layers (maximum

3). Surface crazing or cracking (checking) is normal
MMA electrode with rutile metal powder type flux
but can be minimised by preheating and slow
made on carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is
cooling. For large build-ups or any surfacing on
designed to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled
13%Mn steels use a buffer layer of a 307 type (data
with smooth operation. Recovery is about 200%
sheet E-21).
with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole
electrode.
Specifications C Mn Si Cr Mo+Nb+V+W
typ 4.5 0.2 1 28 12
BS EN 14700 E Fe16
Typical hardness:
Surfacing of mild and low alloy steels. HRC HV
As welded 62-66 750-850
Applications These values are for guidance only actual hardness is
dependent on base material, number of layers, cooling
This electrode gives a high alloy complex chromium
rate and welding conditions.
carbide deposit to produce very high hardness,
resistance to extreme abrasion and thermal stability Parameters
up to 600°C, coupled with reasonable corrosion
resistance. The deposit is not machinable but can be DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
ground if necessary.
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
Used for equipment in contact with hot metal, slag min A 110 150 190
and hot gases at temperatures in excess of 600°C. For max A 160 220 280
applications requiring high resistance to thermal
shock one of the cobalt based Cobstel types should Packaging data
be considered. For ambient temperature applications ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
Methard 850 or 950 (E-55) are more economic length mm 380 380 450
alternatives. kg/carton 12.6 12.6 15.3
Used for surfacing slag crushers, ore processors, pieces/carton 183 114 81
furnace guides, rollers and moulds, in the steel,
ceramic, cement, pottery and glass industries. Storage
Microstructure unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
consists of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk hardness Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
500-600HV) and a large proportion of chromium and Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened
tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
complex alloy carbides (1500-2000HV).
Fume data
Welding guidelines
Preheat to 200-450°C and slow cool to minimise
surface cracking. Use a stringer bead or wide weave Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4
for maximum coverage.
Rev 01 03/12 348 DS: E-58 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
WORKHARD 13Mn Website: www.metrode.com
Product description (below 150°C). Use no preheat, low heat inputs,

small weld beads and cool with water, swabs or air
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux
blasts if necessary.
made on low carbon steel core wire. Electrode
coating is designed to give sound porosity-free
A buffer layer, such as MetMax 307R, should be
deposits coupled with smooth operation. Recovery is
used prior to surfacing mild or alloy steels with
about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with
WorkHard 13Mn. MetMax 307R should also be
used as a buffer to avoid the need for large multi-pass
Specifications deposits of WorkHard 13Mn.
AWS A5.13 EFeMn-B Composition (weld metal wt %)

BS EN 14700 E Fe9 C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
min 0.5 11.0 0.3 -- -- -- 0.6
ASME IX Qualification max 0.9 16.0 1.3 0.03 0.03 0.5 1.4
typ 0.8 13 0.6 0.01 0.02 0.2 1
QW432 F-No 71
Materials to be welded All-weld mechanical properties
13%Mn Hadfield steel. Typical hardness:
As deposited Work Hardened
Brinell, HB 170-220 380-550
Used for surfacing other steels using a suitable buffer Vickers, HV 180-230 400-580
layer. Rockwell 87-96 HRB 41-54 HRC
Applications
Parameters
This electrode deposits a fairly soft ductile weld
DC ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
metal which rapidly work hardens under heavy
impact and battering to become wear and abrasion
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
resistant. The parent steel, developed by Hadfield in min A 80 100 140
1883, is the oldest alloy steel and its resistance to max A 140 180 240
gouging abrasion is exceptional and unique.
Packaging data
Used for the reclamation, surfacing and joining of
ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0
13%Mn steel. Applications include dredger, bucket length mm 380 450 450
and grab tips; hammers and rolls in crushing kg/carton 15.0 16.5 16.8
plants; various equipment in quarries and other pieces/carton 357 219 147
mineral extraction industries. Also used for rail
track points, crossings and frogs; and prison bars.
Storage
Microstructure 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
consists of a soft manganese alloy austenite which Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
rapidly work hardens under impact loading. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened
Welding guidelines tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
C and Mo are carefully controlled to minimise the
risk of carbide embrittlement but the weld metal and Fume data
particularly base material are susceptible to Fume composition, wt % typical:
embrittlement when exposed to temperatures in the
Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
range 370-590°C. To minimise embrittlement and 19 23 0.1 10 2.2
cracking the weld and work piece must be kept cool
Rev 02 03/12 349 DS: E-60 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
COBSTEL 6 Website: www.metrode.com
Product description in multi-run deposits and/or highly restrained

conditions.
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special
cobalt alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with be finished by grinding where necessary.
smooth operation and low dilution. Recovery is
about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with Composition (weld metal wt %)
respect to whole electrode. C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
min 0.7 -- -- 25.0 -- -- 3.0 -- bal
Specifications max 1.4 2.0 2.0 32.0 3.0 1.0 6.0 5.0 bal
typ 1.2 0.2 0.8 28 2 <0.5 4.5 3 60
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-A
BS EN 14700 (E Co2 nearest) All-weld mechanical properties
ASME IX Qualification Typical as-welded hardness:
Temperature Vickers Rockwell
QW432 F-No 71 °C HV HRC
+20 350-440 35-45 Dependent on dilution
+400 320 32
Materials to be welded +600 280 28
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless +800 230 22
+900 200 --
steels; and also for nickel base alloys.
Although the hardness reduces steadily with temperature
oxidation resistance is good to in excess of 1000°C.
Can also be used for the repair of UNS R30006,
Stellite 6 (Deloro Stellite). Parameters
Applications DC ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)
This is the most widely used cobalt base type and ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
combines good abrasion resistance with resistance to min A 70 90 130
corrosion, erosion and thermal shock. It also has max A 115 155 210
excellent resistance to galling, sliding friction and
compression at all temperatures. Packaging data
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
shear blades, punches and dies, ingot tong ends length mm 300 350 350
and equipment for handling hot steel. Used for cat kg/carton 13.5 13.8 13.5
cracker slide valves in petrochemical industry. pieces/carton 594 333 267
Also finds applications in a very wide range of
industries including steel, cement, marine and Storage
power generation.
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
Microstructure For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
consists of a cobalt based austenite with a number of Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened
carbides and other complex phases. tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Welding guidelines Fume data

For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be Fume composition, wt % typical:
used, but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable. Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)
1 3 <1 11 18.5 1 9 0.5
Preheat in the range 100-300°C or higher with slow
cooling may be required to avoid the risk of cracking
Rev 02 03/12 350 DS: E-65 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
COBSTEL 8 Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Preheat not required, but advisable for first layer
when deposited on hardenable alloy steels. Interpass
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special
control to ~200°C maximum is advisable to minimise
cobalt alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed
possible hot cracking in heavy multipass deposits.
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with
smooth operation and low dilution. Recovery is Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may
about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with be finished by grinding where necessary.
Specifications C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-E min 0.15 -- -- 24.0 2.0 4.5 -- -- bal
max 0.40 1.5 1.0 29.0 4.0 6.5 0.50 5.0 bal
BS EN 14700 E Co1 typ 0.3 0.2 0.6 26 3 5.5 <0.1 3 60
UNS W73021
Materials to be welded Typical as-welded hardness:
Temperature, °C Vickers, HV Rockwell, HRC
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless +20 320 30
steels; and also for nickel base alloys. +400 210 --
+600 170 --
Can also be used for the repair of similar base +800 110 --
materials (UNS R30021, Stellite 21 - Deloro Stellite, +900 100 --
and BS 3146 ANC 14 castings) although it is The as-deposited room temperature hardness can be
optimised for surfacing not joining. increased to 450HV (44HRC) by work hardening.
Applications Parameters
DC ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)
This low carbon cobalt base type combines good high
temperature strength with high ductility. The
improved ductility provides better resistance to weld ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 90 130
cracking than the high carbon types. It has high max A 155 210
resistance to corrosion, oxidation and sulphidation;
good resistance to cavitation-erosion and resists Packaging data
thermal shock better than high carbon types. Galling ø mm 3.2 4.0
resistance is inferior to high carbon types but bed-in length mm 350 350
properties are better. kg/carton 13.5 13.5
It is used to surface valves and valve seats, hot
shear blades, hot work dies, ingot tong ends and Storage
equipment for handling hot steel. Used for cat
cracker slide valves in petrochemical industry. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per
Also finds applications in a very wide range of carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin
industries including steel, cement, marine and is satisfactory.
power generation. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed
Microstructure condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions
consists of a cobalt based austenite with a number of for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
carbides and other complex phases. 18°C.
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be Fume composition, wt % typical:

used, but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable. Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 1 10 19 1 9 0.5
Rev 02 03/12 351 DS: E-66 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
CMn STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Consumables for welding mild and CMn steels Predominantly ferrite.
of 340-510MPa tensile strength.
Welding guidelines
Preheat and PWHT would often not be required
API 5L grades A, B, X42, X52, X60. but actual requirements will depend on grade and
ASTM/ASME thickness of base material being welded.
A36; A106 grades A, B &C; A139;
A210 grades A1 & C; A234 grade
WPB; A334 grade 1, A216 grade Related alloy groups
WCA, WCB, WCC The 1%Ni consumables (data sheet A-40) are
BS EN 10025 grades S235 & S275 used for applications requiring better low
BS
temperature impact properties.
1449 pt 1 grades 1-15 & 34/20-
43/25; 3059, 3601 & 3602 grades
320 & 360; 4360 grades 43 & 50; Products available
1501 grades 151 & 161 Process Product Specification
DIN St37; St44; St50; St52. TIG ER70S-2 ER70S-2
ER70S-3 ER70S-3
Applications ER70S-6 ER70S-6
Used for a diverse range of applications in FCW Metcore DWA 50 E71T-1M
general engineering and fabrication,
pipework and pressure vessel fabrication. The
flux cored wire also finds widespread use in ship
and bridge building.
General Data for all Solid Wires

Storage Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18°C.

parameters Shielding Ar
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Voltage 150A, 15V
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):

53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5
Rev 05 03/12 352 DS: E-70 (pg 1 of 4)

ER70S-2 Mild steel TIG wire
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG. This wire has extra deoxidation (Al, Ti & Zr) and is often referred to as
‘triple deoxidised’. This is claimed to have advantages for rimming or semi-killed steels and rusty or
contaminated plate. Owing to the high levels of deoxidants some precipitation may occur in multipass welds,
particularly following PWHT. Also suitable for subsequent vitreous enamelling, where the low carbon and the
Ti+Zr suppress blistering of the enamel during stoving.
Specifications AWS A5.18 ER70S-2

BS EN ISO 636-A (W2Ti)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Al Ti Zr Ni Cr Mo V
(wire wt %) min -- 0.90 0.40 -- -- -- 0.05 0.05 0.02 -- -- -- --
max 0.07 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
typ 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.08 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min typical

Impact energy - 30°C J 27 30*
* Single values may be lower, particularly after PWHT.

1.2 5kg tube
1.6 5kg tube
2.4 5kg tube
3.2 5kg tube

Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG. This is a higher carbon double deoxidised wire with Mn and Si which
produces reliable impact properties.

BS EN ISO 636-A (W2Si)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.90 0.45 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max 0.15 1.40 0.70 0.025 0.025 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
typ 0.1 1.1 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min typ


1.6 to order
2.4 to order
Rev 05 03/12 353 DS: E-70 (pg 2 of 4)

Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG. This is a good general purpose filler wire, double deoxidised with higher
levels of Mn and Si, providing reliable impact properties.

BS EN ISO 636-A (W3Si1)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cu Ni Cr Mo V
(wire wt %) min 0.06 1.40 0.80 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max 0.12 1.60 1.15 0.025 0.035 0.4 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.03
typ 0.08 1.5 0.85 0.015 0.01 0.15 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.005
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min typ


1.6 5kg tube
2.4 5kg tube
3.2 5kg tube
Rev 05 03/12 354 DS: E-70 (pg 3 of 4)

METCORE DWA 50 All-positional CMn rutile flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding
positions, including positional pipework. The wire is designed for standard mild and CMn steels. Suitable for
single-sided welds on ceramic backing systems. Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of
typically < 5ml/100g.
Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.20 E71T-1M

AWS A5.36 E71T1-M21A0-CS1-H4
BS EN ISO 17632-A T 422 PM1 H5
BS EN ISO 17632-B T492T1-1MA-H5
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
max 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.04 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
typ 0.05 1.2 0.5 0.01 0.01 < 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.02

properties As welded (PWHT with caution) min * as-welded 600°C/4h
Tensile strength MPa 510-650 580 575
Impact energy 0°C J -- 150 140
- 20°C J 27 90 45
Hardness HV -- 200 --
* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-1M as-welded. Since toughness may be reduced by PWHT, batch testing
(to order) is advised to confirm specific requirements.
Operating Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
parameters Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg

Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any
possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
36 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 2 5
Rev 05 03/12 355 DS: E-70 (pg 4 of 4)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ULTRAMILD Website: www.metrode.com
Product description can be completed using the usual higher strength

consumable without any loss in performance resulting
Special low strength MMA electrode made with a basic from the use of Ultramild.
low hydrogen coating on pure iron core wire. Moisture
resistant coating gives weld metal hydrogen content Composition (weld metal wt %)
<5ml/100g.
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb V
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
with respect to whole electrode. max 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.015 0.020 0.10 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05
typ 0.02 0.4 0.3 0.010 0.010 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01
Specifications
AWS A5.1 E6018 H4
As welded min typical
ASME IX Qualification Tensile strength MPa 430 460
QW432 F-No 1, QW442 A-No 1. Elongation on 4d % 22 33
Materials to be welded Impact energy + 20°C J -- 200
Mild and CMn steels. - 20°C J -- 100
- 30°C J 27 45
Applications Hardness cap/mid HV -- 160/150
Ultramild gives a soft, ductile low strength weld metal Parameters

designed to absorb high shrinkage strains and minimise the
DC +ve or
build-up of residual stresses. It is a basic low hydrogen AC (OCV: 70V min)
electrode with the lowest levels of alloying, microalloying
and deoxidation compatible with satisfactory radiographic ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 80 100
quality, resulting in ductile weld metal of about 300MPa
max A 140 180
yield strength.
Applications include repair of fabrication-induced cracks Packaging data
in CMn and low alloy steels, buttering layers to avoid
ø mm 3.2 4.0
lamellar tearing in areas of high restraint, restrained root
length mm 380 450
runs under adverse conditions of low ambient temperature
kg/carton 15.0 18.0
(-20°C) and minimal or no preheat, and welding of steel
conductor rails requiring high electrical conductivity.
In the as-welded and PWHT conditions, the microstructure 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
consists of low strength ferrite. with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
Welding guidelines For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
Preheating requirements will be dependent on the grade
350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
and thickness of the base material.
cycles, 10h total.
Additional information Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
Although Ultramild has tensile properties which match maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
those of the commonly used low strength grades of ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
structural and pressure vessel steels, it would not normally lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
be chosen for the complete welding of highly stressed or
pressure containment welds. It can, however be used to Fume data
advantage in the repair of such welds particularly in root Fume composition, wt % typical:
areas, buttering layers, and the filling of deep grooves
where the high restraint can be absorbed in the weld metal
15 3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 17 5
and so minimise the risk of cracking. The bulk of the joint
Rev 02 03/12 356 DS: E-71 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NILSIL Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Microstructure

MMA electrode with a special rutile alumino-silicate Ferritic.
flux on high purity mild steel core wire. In common
with E6013 type electrodes, the as-deposited weld metal
hydrogen may exceed a hydrogen potential of C Mn Si * S P
15ml/100g. min -- 0.2 -- -- --
Metal recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, max 0.10 0.8 0.10 0.03 0.03
65% with respect to whole electrode. typ 0.05 0.5 0.06 0.01 0.02
* Analysed silicon will include a small proportion present as non-
Specifications metallic silicate inclusions. Alloyed silicon is therefore lower
No relevant national specifications, nearest AWS A5.1 than analysed.
E6013. All-weld mechanical properties
ASME IX Qualification As welded typical
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. 0.2% Proof stress MPa 380
Materials to be welded Elongation on 4d % 30
Low silicon steels.
BS 2858. Parameters
Armco iron. DC ve or
AC (OCV: 70V min)
Applications
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0
Nilsil deposits mild steel weld metal with a very low min A 70 80 100 140 200
silicon content of 0.10% maximum. It is designed max A 110 140 180 240 300
specifically for the fabrication and repair of hot-dip zinc Sizes larger than 3.2mm not recommended for positional
galvanising baths and lead pots. The steels used for welding.
these applications are usually either Armco iron,
aluminium killed or rimming steel which are almost Packaging data
silicon free. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 350 380 450 450
A low silicon content is necessary to resist kg/carton 15.0 18.0 21.0 21.0
corrosion/erosion by molten zinc at the operating pieces/carton 810 543 342 225
temperature of 450-500°C, particularly at the molten
metal/air interface. Residual zinc may also attack pots Storage
used for molten lead. Weld metals with more than 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
0.10% silicon are particularly subject to attack and at with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin satisfactory
0.4% silicon a four-fold increase would be typical. for longer than 8h working shift.
Manganese in the weld metal is also held at the For electrodes that are damp:
optimum of about 0.5%. Redry 100-120°C/1-2h. Maximum 150°C, 3 cycles, 10h
total.
Nilsil is also recommended for welding articles made Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
from low silicon galvanising steels intended for oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
subsequent bright zinc coating. Welds of a higher maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
silicon content can give a dull and uneven surface. ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
lid): <60% RH, >18°C.
In the process of hot-dip galvanising, a thin bonding Fume data
layer of Fe-Zn alloy is formed at the steel interface. Fume composition, wt % typical:
Silicon content of the steel has a controlling influence
Fe Mn Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
on the Fe-Zn reaction and coating quality. Modern zinc 25 5 <0.2 <0.1 <2 5
baths may have about 0.1%Ni added to improve
brightness of coatings on higher silicon steels.
Rev 01 03/12 357 DS: E-72 (pg 1 of 1)

SECTION F
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com FLUXES FOR SAW & ESW
Fluxes for submerged arc welding and electroslag strip cladding
This section includes submerged arc welding fluxes for CrMo low alloy steels, austenitic stainless steels, duplex
and superduplex stainless steels and nickel base alloys; and also two fluxes for use with the electroslag strip
cladding process. The data sheets in this section include data specific to the flux, further information on the wires
and strips can be found on the relevant alloy data sheet in Sections A, B, C, D & E.
An indication of the basicity of the fluxes is given using a basicity index (BI) the most common of which is the
Boniszewski index which is calculated from the molecular weight of each component using the following formula:
CaO + MgO + BaO + CaF2 + Na2O + K2O + 0.5(MnO +
FeO)
SiO2 + 0.5(Al2O3 + TiO2 + ZrO2)
Flux consumption will vary slightly from one flux to another and also with welding parameters, the consumption
increasing as the voltage increases. As a general approximation about 1kg of flux is consumed for every kg of
wire melted; for estimation purposes a flux:wire ratio between 1 & 2 is normally used. The unfused flux can be
recycled but the recycled flux should be limited to about 10% of the blend to avoid the build-up of fines.
There is a European specification (BS EN ISO 14174) for the classification of fluxes and also a DIN specification
both of which allow a flux to be classified according to its characteristics. ASME/AWS does not have any standards
for the classification of a flux they only classify wire-flux combinations. The ASME/AWS standards currently only
cover mild and low alloy steel wire–flux combinations; there are no ASME/AWS standards for stainless steel or
nickel base wire-flux combinations.
Data Specifications
Product Description
Sheet AWS EN ISO
F-11 LA436 General purpose flux for low alloy steels -- S A AB 1
F-15 LA491 High basicity flux for P91 -- S A FB 2
F-16 LA492 High basicity flux for P91 and P92 -- S A CS 1
F-20 SSB Flux for duplex and superduplex stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-22 SS300 Flux for general purpose stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-30 NiCu Basic flux for alloy 400 -- S A CS 2
F-35 NiCr Basic low silica flux for nickel alloys -- S A FB 2
F-40 L2N Fused general purpose flux -- S F CS 2
F-48 ES100 Flux for stainless electroslag strip cladding -- S A AF 2B
F-50 ES200 Flux for nickel base electroslag strip cladding -- S A AF 2B
Rev 05 03/12 358 DS: F-01 (pg 1 of 1)

Data Sheet F-11 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
LA436 FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
Product description welded, guidelines can be found on the data sheet for
the appropriate wire. PWHT recommendations, if
Neutral, aluminate basic, agglomerated flux.
required, will also be found on the appropriate wire data
sheet.
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6.
Typical parameters
Specifications
Current: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AB 1 67 AC H5
Suitable for single or tandem wire, with a current
carrying capacity of 700A.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:
300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed.
Packaging data
The base materials to be welded include ASTM A335
P11, P22 and P36. Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
resistant 25kg metal drums.
Applications
Storage
The LA436 flux is designed for welding low alloy and
creep resisting CrMo steels (eg. data sheets A-12, A-13 Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
and A-23). LA436 flux is suitable for joining and >18°C.
surfacing. LA436 shows a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
manganese pick-up of ~0.4% with a 1%Mn wire (in period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for
accordance with BS EN ISO 14174). 1-2 hours.

The appropriate preheat or interpass temperature SAW fume is negligible.
controls will be dependent on the material being
Typical weld deposit analysis, wt%

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
1NiMo 0.06 1.9 0.5 <0.01 <0.02 -- 0.9 0.5
1CrMo 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 -- 0.5
2CrMo 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 -- 1.0
Typical Mechanical properties (PWHT)

Wire Tensile strength, MPa 0.2% proof stress, MPa Elongation on 4d, % Impact energy, J
1NiMo 680 560 30 140J at +20°C
1CrMo 620 535 25 >100J at +20°C
2CrMo 640 560 24 >100J at +20°C
Rev 02 03/12 359 DS: F-11 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Product description The LA491 flux has been found to be beneficial for
Agglomerated fluoride-basic flux for submerged arc
applications with 308S92/ER308L and
welding. 316S92/ER316L requiring cryogenic impact
properties of 0.38mm lateral expansion at -196°C.
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~2.7. Batch selection of wire is generally required and
Particle size is 0.2 – 2.0mm. Nominal composition of batch testing is recommended.
the flux is: Welding guidelines
40%(CaO+MgO) + 25%(CaF2) + 20%(Al2O3+MnO) + Guidelines will depend on the material being welded.
15%(SiO2+TiO2) For further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet
eg. for modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire
Specifications see data sheet A-17, 308S92/ER308L see data sheet B-
BS EN ISO 14174 S A FB 255 AC 30, 316S92/ER316L see data sheet B-32 and for
309S92/ER309L data sheet B-50.
Typical parameters
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
Current: DC+ or AC, 800A maximum.
Packaging data
Major application is for welding modified 9CrMo
(P91) creep resisting steel (data sheet A-17) but also Metrode LA491 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
suitable for most 300 series stainless steels eg 308L resistant 20kg metal drums.
(data sheet B-30), 316L (data sheet B-32) and 309L Storage
(data sheet B-50). Also suitable for duplex (B-60) and
superduplex (B-61). Not recommended for 321/347 Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
because the Ti/Nb affects slag release. >18°C.
Applications If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C for
The LA491 flux is metallurgically neutral with 1-2 hours.
respect to Mn and Si. It is a hydrogen controlled flux
depositing low diffusible hydrogen content weld Fume data
metal and hence is suitable for thick section joints. SAW fume is negligible.
Also suitable for use with tandem and multi-wire
welding systems.
Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Others
9CrMoV-N 0.08 0.6 0.35 0.005 0.007 8.5 0.7 1 0.04 0.16V, 0.04Nb
308S92/ER308LCF 0.02 1.7 0.4 0.010 0.015 20 10 - - -
316S92/ER316LCF 0.02 1.4 0.5 0.010 0.015 18.5 12 2.5 - -
®
Zeron 100X 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.010 0.015 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.21 0.7Cu, 0.7W
Typical Mechanical properties

Wire Tensile strength, MPa 0.2% proof stress, MPa Elongation on 4d, % Impact energy, J *
9CrMoV-N 745 630 25 40 at +20°C
(760°C/2h)
308S92/ER308LCF 570 450 40 50 at -196°C
316S92/ER316LCF 570 450 40 30 at -196°C
®
Zeron 100X 890 700 25 40 at -50°C
* For -196°C impact properties with austenitic stainless steels, batch testing of the wire-flux combination is
recommended.
Rev 04 03/12 360 DS: F-15 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Product description Also suitable for tandem and multi-wire welding

Agglomerated calcium silicate flux for submerged arc
systems.
welding. Welding guidelines
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~2.2. Guidelines will depend on the material being welded.
Particle size is 0.2–2.0mm. Nominal composition of the For further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet
flux is: eg. for modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire
see data sheet A-17 and for P92 using 9CrWV wire see
40%(CaO+MgO) + 20%(CaF2) + 20%(Al2O3+MnO) + data sheet A-20.
20%(SiO2+TiO2) Typical parameters
Specifications Current: DC+ or AC, 800A maximum.
BS EN ISO 14174 S A CS 1 55 DC Packaging data
ASME IX Qualification Metrode LA492 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. resistant 22.5kg metal drums.
Materials to be welded Storage

Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
Major application is for welding modified 9CrMo
>18°C.
(P91 and P92) creep resisting steels (data sheet A-17
and A-20). If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
Applications
1-2 hours.
The LA492 flux is metallurgically neutral with
Fume data
respect to Mn and Si. It is a hydrogen controlled flux
depositing low diffusible hydrogen content weld SAW fume is negligible.
metal and hence is suitable for thick section joints.

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Others
9CrMoV-N 0.08 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.3 0.6 1 0.05 0.16V, 0.05 Nb
9CrWV 0.08 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.4 0.4 0.4 0.04 1.6W, 0.14V, 0.04Nb

9CrMoV-N (760°C/2-4h) 720 610 25 45 at +20°C
9CrWV (760°C/2-4h) 700 580 25 45 at +20°C
Rev 01 03/12 361 DS: F-16 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
SSB FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
Product description welded but for most alloys that SSB flux is used with
no preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged
steels the maximum recommended interpass
arc welding with a wide range of stainless steels.
temperature is 250°C but for duplex and superduplex
this would normally be restricted to 100-150°C
Nominal composition of the flux is:
maximum.
40%(Al2O3+MnO) + 10%(SiO2+TiO2) + 50%(CaF2). Typical parameters
Designed for DC+ only with wires up to 4mm diameter
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss
and ~750A. However wires for the materials listed
of Mn and Cr.
below would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a
Specifications maximum of ~600A; with ER329N and Zeron® 100X
the wire diameter is further restricted as are the welding
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AF2 DC
parameters, see alloy data sheets for further
ASME IX Qualification information.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
Materials to be welded 270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.
Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data Packaging data
sheet B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), 316L (data sheet B- Metrode SSB flux is supplied in sealed moisture
32), duplex (data sheet B-60) and superduplex (data resistant 20kg metal drums.
sheet B-61); see wire data sheets for further
information. Storage
Applications Preferred conditions for open drums: <60%RH, >18°C.
SSB flux is designed specifically for the butt welding of If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
stainless steels, where high integrity and good period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for
mechanical properties are required. 1-3 hours.
Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being SAW fume is negligible.
Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Other
308S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -
347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb
316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -
309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 12.5 - 0.1 - -
ER329N 0.02 1.3 0.5 0.01 0.02 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15 -
®
Zeron 100X 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.21 0.7 W
308S92 570 450 41 50 at -130°C *
347S96 630 470 35 30 at -100°C
316S92 570 450 41 45 at -130°C *
309S92 600 475 35 70 at -50°C
ER329N 790 630 30 55 at -50°C
®
Zeron 100X 890 700 25 40 at -50°C
* For -196°C impact properties with austenitic stainless steel wires LA491 flux is preferred (see data sheet F-15) and
batch testing of the selected wire-flux combination is recommended.
Rev 02 03/12 362 DS: F-20 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
SS300 FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
Product description welded but for most alloys that SS300 flux is used with
no preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged
steels the maximum recommended interpass
arc welding with a wide range of stainless steels.
temperature is 250°C but this may be restricted to 100-
150°C maximum for some applications.
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss
Typical parameters
of Mn and Cr.
Designed for DC/AC with wires up to 4mm diameter
Specifications and ~700A. However wires for the materials listed
below would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AF2 64 AC
maximum of ~600A; see alloy data sheets for further
information.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
Packaging data
Suitable for most stainless steels including: 304L (data
sheet B-30), 347 (data sheet B-31), and 316L (data Metrode SS300 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
sheet B-32); see wire data sheets for further resistant 25kg metal drums.
information.
Storage
Applications Preferred conditions for open drums: <60%RH, >18°C.
SS300 flux is designed for the butt welding of stainless If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
steels, and also for surfacing/cladding applications period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for
involving stainless steel wires. 1-3 hours.

Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being SAW fume is negligible.

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N Other
308S92 0.02 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.7 10 - 0.1 - -
347S96 0.03 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.2 10 - 0.1 - 0.5 Nb
316S92 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.2 12 2.6 0.1 - -
309S92 0.03 1.5 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 - 0.1 - -
308S92 570 425 40 50 at -100°C
347S96 630 450 35 30 at -75°C
316S92 570 425 40 45 at -100°C
309S92 600 450 35 60 at -50°C
Rev 02 03/12 363 DS: F-22 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NiCu FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
Product description sheet D-50) and this procedure is also useful when
surfacing with alloy 400 consumables.
Basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding and
Alloy 400 has a useful combination of strength, thermal
strip cladding using 65NiCu wire (AWS ERNiCu-7).
conductivity and resistance to corrosion by seawater,
inorganic salts, sulphuric and hydrofluoric acids,
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is 0.6.
hydrogen fluoride and alkalis. Applications include
Particle size is 0.4 – 1.4mm. Nominal composition of
heat exchangers, piping, vessels and evaporators in
the flux is:
the offshore, marine, chemical, petrochemical and
power engineering industries.
50%(SiO2) + 30%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 12%(CaF2)
+ 8%(Al2O3).
Microstructure
Specifications Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly
ferromagnetic near room temperature.
BS EN ISO 14174 S A CS 2
Welding guidelines
No preheat required, maximum interpass temperature
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
150C and no PWHT required.
Typical composition (weld metal wt %)
ASTM-ASME BS DIN C Mn Si Cu Fe Ti Ni
UNS N04400 NA13 2.4360 Wire 0.07 3.8 0.4 29 0.15 2.0 bal
UNS N04405 NA1 (cast) 2.4361 deposit 0.02 3.6 1.3 29 2.5 0.6 bal
UNS N05500 2.4365
(cast) All-weld mechanical properties
A494 M-35-1 (cast)
As welded typical
A494 M-35-2 (cast)
Proprietary 0.2% Proof stress MPa 260
Monel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals) Elongation on 5d % 45
Nicorros (VDM) Impact energy + 20°C J 100
Applications Typical parameters

For welding alloy 400 and similar parent material to Current: DC+, DC- or AC. 800A maximum.
itself and to others in the Ni-Cu alloy system, such as
pure nickel and cupronickel. Welds in alloy K500 are Packaging data
satisfactory, but cannot match the strength of this
precipitation-hardened alloy. Castings of alloy 400 Metrode NiCu flux is supplied in sealed moisture
with up to about 1.5%Si are welded with Nimrod 190, resistant 20kg metal drums.
but higher silicon grades such as BS3071 NA2 and
ASTM A743 M35-2 are virtually unweldable because Storage
of HAZ cracking. Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
>18°C.
For dissimilar joints between alloy 400 and other alloys
or steels, sensitivity to dilution by Fe (20-30%) or Cr If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
(3-6%) can lead to low ductility (or bend-test fissuring) period, it should be redried in the range 300-400°C for
in weld metal close to the fusion boundary. Direct 1-2 hours.
welds to mild or low alloy steels are satisfactory with
dilution control, although ERNiCr-3 wire is preferable Fume data
and necessary for stainless and higher chromium alloys
(see data sheets D-10 and D-11). Alternatively, the SAW fume is negligible.
steel or alloy can be buttered with pure nickel (see data
Rev 02 03/12 364 DS: F-30 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
NiCr FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
Product description preheat, have a maximum interpass temperature of

150°C and do not require PWHT. Further information
Highly basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc
can be found on the data sheet for the respective alloy.
welding with a wide range of nickel base alloys (e.g.
20.70.Nb, 62-50 and HAS C276).
Typical parameters
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~4.5. Current: DC+, Dc- or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
Nominal composition of the flux is: Normally used for single wires up to 3.2mm diameter
and up to 450A. Smaller wires and lower currents are
5%(SiO2) + 50%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 10%(CaF2) normally used to minimise the risk of hot cracking,
+ 35%(Al2O3) particularly for joining applications.
Specifications Typical parameters for joining with 1.6mm wire are:

260A, 26V, 350mm/min travel speed.
BS EN ISO 14174 S A FB 2
Packaging data
Metrode NiCr flux is supplied in sealed moisture
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
resistant 20kg metal drums.
Materials to be welded Storage
With appropriate wires nickel base alloy 625 (data sheet
D-20), alloy 600 (data sheet D-10) and alloy C-276
>18°C.
(data sheet D-30) can be welded; see wire data sheets
for further details.
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
Applications 1-3 hours.
NiCr flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. The
high basicity ensures minimal loss of alloying elements, Fume data
and the very low silica content produces low silicon
SAW fume is negligible.
weld metal and minimises the risk of hot cracking.
Welding guidelines
NiCr flux is generally used on alloys that require no

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe Ti
62-50 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.01 0.01 21.5 bal 8.5 3.3 1 0.1
20.70.Nb 0.01 3 0.2 0.01 0.01 20.5 bal - 2.3 1 0.1

62-50 715 430 50 80 at -196°C
20.70.Nb 640 360 40 100 at -196°C
Rev 01 03/12 365 DS: F-35 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
L2N FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
Product description PWHT recommendations, if required, will also be found

on the appropriate wire data sheet.
Neutral, calcium silicate, fused flux.
Typical parameters
Nominal composition of the flux is: Current: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
Suitable for single or multi-wire, with a current carrying
30%(SiO2) + 35%(CaO+MgO) + 20%(CaF2) + 5%(Al2O3) capacity of 900A.
Specifications Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:

BS EN ISO 14174 SF CS 2 DC
For some alloys and applications smaller wires and
lower currents may be preferable to minimise the risk of
ASME IX Qualification hot cracking.
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
Packaging data
Materials to be welded Metrode L2N flux is supplied in sealed moisture
The L2N flux is specifically designed for welding resistant 20kg metal drums.
austenitic stainless steels (eg. data sheets B-30, B-32, B-
50) but is also suitable for CrMo creep resisting steels Storage
(eg. data sheets A-12, A-13, A-17). In some instances
the L2N flux is also suitable for surfacing with nickel
>18°C. Because L2N is a fused flux it is resistant to
base alloys (eg. data sheet D-20).
moisture absorption and has inherently low hydrogen
potential.
Applications
L2N flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. L2N If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
shows a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese loss period, it should be redried in the range 150-250°C for
of ~0.35% with a 1%Mn wire (in accordance with BS 1-2 hours.
EN ISO 14174).
Fume data
Welding guidelines SAW fume is negligible.
The appropriate preheat or interpass temperature
controls will be dependent on the material being
welded, guidelines can be found on the data sheet for
the appropriate wire.

Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Fe
9CrMoV-N 0.09 0.5 0.6 0.01 0.01 8.3 0.6 1 0.04 0.16 0.05 Bal
316S92 0.03 1.1 0.8 0.01 0.01 18 12 2.5 -- -- -- Bal
ER329N 0.02 1.3 0.8 0.01 0.01 23 8 3.1 -- -- 0.17 Bal
62-50 * 0.02 0.1 0.8 0.01 0.01 21 64 8.8 2.5 -- -- 2
* Based on analysis of two layer overlay.

9CrMoV-N (760°C/2h) 750 630 25 35J at +20°C
316S92 570 420 40 80J at +20°C
ER329N 840 640 30 50J at -50°C
Rev 02 03/12 366 DS: F-40 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ES100 FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
being clad. Preheat, interpass and PWHT requirements
should be applied for the base material being clad.
Product description
Fluoride-basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for
Typical parameters
electroslag strip cladding with a wide stainless steel
alloys. Suitable for high travel speed applications. Designed for DC with strips up to 120mm wide and
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~5.3. ~2500A.
30, 60, 90, 120mm x 0.5mm strips are used with the
Specifications appropriate current level and commensurate with the
EN ISO 14174 ES A AF 2B 63 AC base material thickness; typical parameters are:
30 x 0.5mm: 800A, 25V
ASME IX Qualification 60 x 0.5mm: 1150-1450A, 25V
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. A minimum travel speed of 250mm/min should be used.
Materials to be welded Magnetic steering will be necessary for strip widths
≥60mm.
Suitable for electroslag strip cladding with Stainless
steel strip. Packaging data
ES100 Flux is a highly basic flux for electroslag
cladding using stainless steel strips. It is designed for Metrode ES100 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
high speed cladding application and the recommended resistant 25kg bags.
optimum travel speed is >30cm/min. The flux has
neutral characteristics with respect to the strip. It has Storage
good weldability producing self-releasing slag (no slag
Preferred storage conditions: <60%RH, >18°C.
slivers with stabilised grades), smooth bead profile with
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
no surface oxidation and side aspects to produce a flat
period, it should be re-dried in the range 300-400°C for
deposit. Materials being clad, are most commonly those
1-2 hours.
associated with pressure vessels eg. CMn boiler plate,
CrMo and CrMoV base materials.
Fume data
Applications Electroslag fume is negligible.
Typical applications include cladding of vessels for the
Welding guidelines
Typical weld deposit analysis with ES100, wt%
Strip Layers C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
EQ309L 1 0.04 1.4 0.5 19.6 11 0.1 - 0.02
EQ308L 2 0.02 1.4 0.5 19.9 10.4 0.1 - 0.02
EQ309L 1 0.04 1.4 0.5 19.1 10.6 0.1 - 0.02
EQ316L 2 0.02 1.4 0.5 18.6 12.1 2.27 - 0.04
EQ309L 1 0.04 1.3 0.5 19.9 11 0.1 - 0.02
EQ347 2 0.03 1.4 0.5 19.9 10.5 0.1 0.26 0.05
EQ309LNb OA 1 0.045 1.3 0.4 19.1 10.3 0.1 0.5 0.09
HS
Base material: Pressure vessel quality CMn plate. Welding conditions: 1450/1600Amps, 24-26V, 350mm/min.
Rev 04 06/13 367 DS: F-50 (pg 1 of 1)

Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
ES200 FLUX Website: www.metrode.com
Product description Typical parameters

Fluoride-basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for Designed for DC with strips up to 120mm wide and
electroslag strip cladding with a wide nickel base alloys. ~2500A.
Suitable for high travel speed applications. Basicity
30, 60, 90, 120mm x 0.5mm strips are used with the
Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~5.3.
appropriate current level and commensurate with the
base material thickness; typical parameters are:
Specifications
30 x 0.5mm: 750A, 25V
EN ISO 14174 ES A AF 2B 63 AC
60 x 0.5mm: 1150-1250A, 25V
90 x 0.5mm : 1750A, 25V
ASME IX Qualification 120 x 0.5mm: 2250A, 25V
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -. Travel speed as a minimum in all cases is 180mm/min
however it can be increased with a proportional increase
Materials to be welded in current to maintain dilution level for 60 x 0.5mm
Suitable for electroslag strip cladding with nickel based strip.
(data sheet D-85) strip. Magnetic steering will be necessary for strip widths
Base materials being clad are most commonly those ≥60mm.
associated with pressure vessels eg. CMn boiler plate,
CrMo and CrMoV. Packaging data
Metrode ES200 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
Applications resistant 25kg bags.
Metrode ES200 is used with nickel based strips and is
suitable for high travel speed applications. ES200 flux Storage
has neutral characteristics with respect to the strip. The Preferred storage conditions: <60%RH, >18°C.
flux has good slag detachability and produces smooth If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
deposits with side aspect to produce flat overlays. period, it should be redried in the range 300-400°C for
Typical applications include cladding of vessels for the 1-2 hours.
Fume data
Welding guidelines Electroslag fume is negligible.
being clad so preheat, interpass and PWHT
requirements should be applied for the base material
being clad.

Strip Layers C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu Fe
EQ20.70.Nb Two 0.01 2.9 0.5 19.7 bal - 2.1 0.01 2.4
EQ62-50 Two 0.01 0.1 0.3 21.1 bal 8.8 3.4 0.1 2.0
Base material: Pressure vessel quality CMn plate. Welding conditions: 1150-1250Amps, 24-26V, 180mm/min.
Rev 04 03/12 368 DS: F-50 (pg 1 of 1)

Other Useful Information
FAMILY NAMES
“Families” of related consumables are identified with brand names which are briefly described below.
Armet Armour welding electrode
Chromet Chromium-molybdenum low alloy electrodes
Cobstel Cobalt-base stellite type electrodes
Cormet Chromium-molybdenum flux and metal cored wires
Cupromet Copper and cupronickel electrodes
Hardcore Hardfacing cored wires
KS Suffix for all-positional (generally basic) electrodes with emphasis on pipework
Methard Hardfacing electrodes
Metmax Stainless high recovery electrodes made on mild steel core wire
Nimax Nickel-base high recovery electrodes made on nickel core wire
Nimrod Nickel-base electrodes
Super R Stainless rutile electrodes (25.20 and 29.9 only)
Supercore Stainless gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supercore P All-positional stainless gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supermet Stainless (acid) rutile electrodes
Supermig Stainless (high silicon) solid MIG wires
Thermet High temperature austenitic electrodes
Tufmet Low alloy electrodes for sub-zero toughness
Ultramet Stainless rutile all-positional electrodes
Ultramet B Stainless basic all-positional electrodes
Ultramet P Fully positional (including vertical down) pipe welding electrodes, suitable for root welding
Vertamet Stainless (acid) rutile vertical down electrodes
Workhard Hardfacing electrodes with ability to work-harden
SYMBOLS OF THE ELEMENTS

Al aluminium Cu copper N nitrogen Si silicon
Ar argon F fluorine Nb niobium Sn tin
As arsenic Fe iron Ni nickel Ta tantalum
B boron H2 hydrogen O2 oxygen Ti titanium
Bi bismuth He helium P phosphorus V vanadium
C carbon Mg magnesium Pb lead W tungsten
Cb columbium (niobium) Mn manganese S sulphur Zn zinc
Cr chromium Mo molybdenum Sb antimony Zr zirconium
Rev 05 03/12 369 G-01 Additional Information (pg 1 of 4)

ABBREVIATIONS
A amps
AC alternating current
AFNOR l'Association Française de Normalisation (French Standards Association)
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM specifications form ASME Code II parts A and B)
AW as-welded
AWS American Welding Society (AWS specifications form ASME Code II part C)
BS British Standard
BS EN British Standard Euronorm (progressively superseding BS)
CTOD crack tip opening displacement (measurement of fracture toughness)
DC+/-ve direct current, electrode positive/negative
DIN Deutsche Institut für Normung (German Standards Institute)
FCAW Flux Cored Arc Welding
FCW Flux Cored Wire
FN Ferrite Number (FN = % ferrite up to 8FN, 18FN = 15% ferrite)
GMAW Gas Metal Arc Welding (= MIG/MAG)
GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (= TIG)
HAZ heat affected zone
HB hardness, Brinell scale
HRC hardness, Rockwell C scale
HV hardness, Vickers scale (= VPN, Vickers Pyramid number); also horizontal-vertical welding position
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
J Joule (unit of energy in Charpy test or heat input, 1 watt-second)
kJ/mm kilojoules per mm: heat input = V x A x time (sec) divided by 1000 x ROL (mm)
ksi (=1000psi) kilopounds per square inch (1ksi = 6.895N/mm2)
LNG liquefied natural gas
LPG liquefied petroleum gas
MAG Metal Active Gas welding (= GMAW)
MCW Metal Cored Wire
MIG Metal Inert Gas welding (= GMAW)
MMA Manual Metal Arc welding (stick electrodes = SMAW)
MPa (=N/mm2) megapascals (=Newtons per square mm ), (1N/mm2 = 0.145 ksi)
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers (USA)
OCV open circuit voltage for AC operation
PREN Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent Number (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N)
PREW Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 1.75%W + 16%N)
PWHT post weld heat treatment (usually equivalent to stress-relief)
RH relative humidity, %
ROL run-out length, mm
SAW Submerged Arc Welding
SMAW Shielded Metal Arc Welding (stick electrodes = MMA)
TIG Tungsten Inert Gas (= GTAW)
TÜV
V volts
WH work hardened
WRC Welding Research Council
> greater than (prefix)
< less than (prefix)
~ approximately (prefix)

WELDING POSITIONS
Some welding engineers prefer to use the standard AWS/ASME terminology for welding positions – some use a
general description – some use a mixture of both!
It is useful in describing welding procedures if we all understand each other. This chart shows the basic AWS/ASME
(and BS EN) welding positions, together with the outline descriptions. The AWS/ASME positions are described in
ASME IX and the European terminology is used in BS EN 287-1 and defined in ISO 6947.
ASME (BS EN) Positions
1G (PA) – downhand / gravity butt 2G (PC) – horizontal-vertical butt
3G (PF) – vertical butt * 4G (PE) – overhead butt 5G (PF) – horizontal pipe butt
6G (H-LO45) – inclined pipe butt 1F (PA) – downhand or gravity fillet
45°
45°
2F (PB) – standing fillet 3F (PF) – vertical fillet * 4F (PD) – overhead fillet
* In BS EN terminology, vertical down fillet and butt joints are designated PG.
Symbols used on data sheets for welding positions – ASME (BS EN)
Vertical up Horizontal vertical

Vertical down
ASME 3G, 3F ASME 2G
(PG)
(PF) (PC)
Overhead Downhand / gravity Standing Fillet

ASME 4G ASME 1G, 1F ASME 2F
(PE, PD) (PA) (PB)

SCHAEFFLER DIAGRAM
WRC - 1992 DIAGRAM
The WRC-1992 diagram predicts ferrite content for a wide range of stainless weld metal compositions, including duplex and superduplex types.
Weld metals solidifying in the FA and F regions have best resistance to hot cracking; those in the fully austenitic region (A) are most sensitive.
When nitrogen content is unknown (and not intentionally added) assume 0.08%N for gas-shielded MIG/FCW, 0.12%N for self-shielded FCW, and
0.06%N for all other purposes.

Conversions
Approximate electrode size equivalents
Diameter
mm inch inch SWG
0.8 1/32 0.031 21
0.9 - 0.035 -
1.0 - 0.039 19
1.2 3/64 0.047 18
1.6 1/16 0.063 16
2.0 5/64 0.078 14
2.4 3/32 0.094 12
2.5 - 0.098 -
3.0 - 0.118 11
3.2 1/8 0.125 10
4.0 5/32 0.156 8
5.0 3/16 0.188 6
6.0 1/4 0.250 4
Length
(not exact conversions but accepted correlations between metric and imperial units for electrode lengths)
mm inch
200 8
230 9
250 10
300 12
350 14
380 15
450 18
Lengths of TIG wire per kilogram *

Diameter
m/kg
mm
0.8 260
1.0 158
1.2 114
1.6 65
2.0 40
2.4 29
3.2 16
4.0 10
* Based on ferrous alloys with a density of ~8g/cm3

Note: 2.2mm diameter Superoot 316L has ~30 lengths per kg
Rev 04 03/12 373 Conversions (pg 1 of 4)

Conversions (continued)
Approximate conversion factors

To convert into multiply by
General
inch (in) millimetre (mm) 25.4
millimetre (mm) inch (in) 0.0394
foot (ft) metre (m) 0.3048
metre (m) foot (ft) 3.281
pound (lb) kilogram (kg) 0.4536
kilogram (kg) pound (lb) 2.205
ton tonne 1.0161
imp gallon litre (l) 4.546
cubic foot (cu ft) litre (l) 28.32
cubic foot/hour (cfh) litre/min (l/min) 0.472
litre/min (l/min) cubic foot/hour (cfh) 2.12
Stress
tonf/in2 N/mm2 (= MPa) 15.44
2 2 2
kgf/mm (kp/mm ) N/mm (= MPa) 9.807
2 2
ksi (=1000 lbf/in ) N/mm (= MPa) 6.895
2 2
N/mm (= MPa) tonf/in 0.0647
2 2 2
N/mm (= MPa) kgf/mm (kp/mm ) 0.102
2 2
N/mm (= MPa) ksi (=1000 lbf/in ) 0.145
2
N/mm (= MPa) hbar 0.1
Impact energy
ft lbf J 1.356
kgf m J 9.807
kgf m ft lbf 7.233
J ft lbf 0.7376
J kgf m 0.102
ft lbf kgf m 0.1383
Temperature
°C = 5/9 x (°F – 32)
°F = (°C x 9/5) + 32
°K = °C + 273

Approximate Hardness Conversion (based on ASTM E140)
Rockwell B Rockwell C Vickers Brinell Products of approximately equivalent

hardness
55 - 100 100
60 - 107 107
65 - 116 116
70 - 125 125
75 - 137 137
80 - 150 150 CI Soft Flow Ni
85 - 165 165 Ultramild
90 - 185 185 CI Special Cast NiFe
95 - 210 210 308L, 316L, 307 (AW)
100 ~20 240 240 Nimrod/Nimax C (AW), P91/P92 (PWHT)
- 22 248 247 625 (AW)
- 25 266 253
- 28 286 271 Railrod, 29.9 Super R, duplex
- 30 302 286 Chromet 2 (AW), superduplex
- 35 345 327 410NiMo (AW)
- 40 392 371 Methard 350
- 45 446 421 Cobstel 6, 625 (WH), 307 (WH), P91/P92 (AW)
- 50 513 481
- 55 595 560 Methard 650
- 60 697 654 Methard 850
- 62 746 688 Methard 750TS
- 65 832 - Methard 950, Methard 1050
- 68 940 -
TWI Hardness Conversion for Duplex and Superduplex
60
TWI
50
E140
40
Rockwell C
30
20
10
HRC = 0.091 HV - 2.4
0
200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Vickers Hardness

MPa ksi J ft.lbf °C °F kg lb
25 4 5 4 -269 -452 0.5 1.1
50 7 10 7 -196 -321 1.0 2.2
75 11 15 11 -175 -283 1.5 3.3
100 15 20 15 -150 -238 2.0 4.4
125 18 25 18 -125 -193 2.5 5.5
150 22 30 22 -110 -166 3.0 6.6
175 25 35 26 -100 -148 3.5 7.7
200 29 40 30 -75 -103 4.0 8.8
225 33 45 33 -60 -76 4.5 9.9
250 36 50 37 -50 -58 5.0 11.0
275 40 55 41 -40 -40 5.5 12.1
300 44 60 44 -30 -22 6.0 13.2
325 47 65 48 -20 -4 6.5 14.3
350 51 70 52 -10 14 7.0 15.4
375 54 75 55 0 32 7.5 16.5
400 58 80 59 10 50 8.0 17.6
425 62 85 63 20 68 8.5 18.7
450 65 90 66 30 86 9.0 19.8
475 69 95 70 40 104 9.5 20.9
500 73 100 74 50 122 10.0 22.1
525 76 105 77 75 167 10.5 23.2
550 80 110 81 100 212 11.0 24.3
575 83 115 85 125 257 11.5 25.4
600 87 120 89 150 302 12.0 26.5
625 91 125 92 175 347 12.5 27.6
650 94 130 96 200 392 13.0 28.7
675 98 135 100 225 437 13.5 29.8
700 102 140 103 250 482 14.0 30.9
725 105 145 107 275 527 14.5 32.0
750 109 150 111 300 572 15.0 33.1
775 112 155 114 325 617 15.5 34.2
800 116 160 118 350 662 16.0 35.3
825 120 165 122 400 752 16.5 36.4
850 123 170 125 450 842 17.0 37.5
875 127 175 129 500 932 17.5 38.6
900 131 180 133 550 1022 18.0 39.7
925 134 185 136 600 1112 18.5 40.8
950 138 190 140 650 1202 19.0 41.9
975 141 195 144 700 1292 19.5 43.0
1000 145 200 148 750 1382 20.0 44.1
1025 149 205 151 800 1472 20.5 45.2
1050 152 210 155 850 1562 21.0 46.3
1075 156 215 159 900 1652 21.5 47.4
1100 160 220 162 950 1742 22.0 48.5
1125 163 225 166 1000 1832 22.5 49.6
1150 167 230 170 1050 1922 23.0 50.7
1175 170 235 173 1100 2012 23.5 51.8
1200 174 240 177 1150 2102 24.0 52.9
1225 178 245 181 1200 2192 24.5 54.0
1250 181 250 184 1250 2282 25.0 55.1

Packaging and Storage
The following shows the typical packaging used for the various processes with nominal dimensions taken
from national standards (eg. EN ISO 544 and AWS A5.02). If packaging is critical then this should be
confirmed at the time of order with our Customer Care Department.
MMA / SMAW
Standard MMA packaging is hermetically sealed metal tins with a ring-pull top; tin weights vary depending
on product and diameter. There are three tins to a cardboard carton.
The tins are hermetically sealed and meet the definition for hermetically sealed containers given in AWS
A5.5. If unopened, and appropriately stored, this packaging will maintain the electrodes in the as-packed
condition for an indefinite period of time.
Electrodes can be used directly from the tin without the need for rebaking. Once opened the tins can be
closed using the plastic lid supplied and should be stored at >18˚C and <60% relative humidity. Redrying
requirements are given on the data sheets for individual electrodes.
MMA electrodes can, for selected products, also be supplied in Sahara Ready Packs ®, an advanced vacuum
packaging system.
TIG / GTAW
Standard packaging for cut TIG lengths is 2.5kg or 5kg plastic tubes. Superoot flux cored TIG wire is packed
in a 1kg plastic tube.
TIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. Under
normal storage conditions TIG wires do not present any handling difficulties.
MIG / GMAW
Standard packaging for MIG wire is 12.5kg or 15kg 300mm diameter spools, in a cardboard carton. Some
wires are also available on 0.7kg/1.0kg 100mm diameter mini-spools or 5kg 200mm diameter midi-spools.
Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
MIG wires that may otherwise be susceptible to rusting (mild or low alloy steel) are copper coated. MIG
spools should be properly handled and stored because any damage to spools can lead to feeding problems.
Flux Cored Wire
Standard packaging for flux cored wire is 15kg 300mm diameter spools, vacuum sealed in barrier foil and in
cardboard carton. Different spool types and dimensions are shown on the next page.
As supplied wires are adequately protected from moisture pick-up but once opened part-used spools need to
be correctly stored. It is recommended that spools are removed from machines overnight and put in a
controlled store. If an opened spool is to be stored for any period of time it should be adequately protected
(in a plastic bag with desiccant) and held in a controlled store.
Submerged Arc Wire
Standard packaging for submerged arc wire is 25kg coils in a cardboard carton. Different spool types and
dimensions are shown on the next page.
Strip
Strip is supplied on pallets of 25-50kg.
Submerged Arc & Electroslag Flux
Standard packaging for flux is 20kg, 22.5kg or 25kg plastic bags in a sealed metal drum; or 25kg bags.
For most applications it is recommended that the flux be dried prior to use.
Rev 03 03/12 Packaging (pg 1 of 2)

377
Standard Spool Sizes
(1) Plastic spool (2) Wire basket
(3) Wire spool - requiring adaptor (4) Submerged arc coil
Type Code Nominal Outer Inner Outer Bore Pin hole

weight diameter diameter width diameter
kg d1 d2 b d3 d4 e1
Plastic - mini S100 0.7 100 - 45 16.5 - -
Plastic – midi S200 5 200 - 55 50.5 10 44.5
Plastic S300 12.5/15 300 - 103 50.5 10 44.5
Wire basket BS300 12.5/15 300 189 103 50.5 - -
Wire spool (adaptor) B300 12.5/15 300 180 100 - - -
Submerged arc R435 20/25 435 300 90 - -
All measurements are in mm and are the nominal dimensions, for tolerances refer to international standards
eg. AWS A5.02 or EN ISO 544.
Rev 03 03/12 Packaging (pg 2 of 2)

378
INDEX 1: PRODUCT DESIGNATIONS
This index of Metrode designations gives the relevant data sheet for each product. Data sheets are easily
located by number. Principal specifications for each product are summarised in tables which introduce
each section of this handbook.
DATA DATA
PRODUCT NAME PAGE PRODUCT NAME PAGE
SHEET SHEET
100Cu E-30 332 61-70 D-40 302
12Cr B-10 97 62-50 D-20 278
12CrMoV A-19 49 65NiCu D-60 300
13.1.BMP B-10 96 70CuNi D-70 302
13.4.Mo.L.B B-11 100 80CuNiAl E-37 336
13.4.Mo.L.R B-11 99 82-50 B-42 154
13CMV A-14 27 90CuAl E-36 335
13.RMP B-10 95 90CuNi D-70 303
17.4.Cu.R B-12 105 92CuSn E-33 334
17.8.2.RCF C-13 230 97CuSi E-31 333
17-4PH B-12 106 9CrMo A-16 35
19.9.6Mn E-21 327 9CrMoV-N A-17 40
1CrMo A-12 15 9CrWV A-20 52
1Ni A-40 68 ARMET 1 E-20 323
1NiCu.B A-70 85 CHROMET 1 A-12 13
1NiMo.B A-23, A-61 60, 83 CHROMET 1L A-12 14
20.18.6.Cu.R B-47 159 CHROMET 1V A-14 27
20.25.4.Cu B-40 149 CHROMET 1X A-12 14
20.70.Nb D-10, D-11 269, 273 CHROMET 2 A-13 20
21.33.MnNb C-40 248 CHROMET 2L A-13 21
2205XKS B-60 179 CHROMET 2X A-13 21
24CrMoV A-22 58 CHROMET 23L A-21 55
2507XKS B-62 190 CHROMET 5 A-15 30
25.20.LR B-45 156 CHROMET 9 A-16 34
25.20 SUPER R C-30 241 CHROMET 91VNB A-17 40
25.35.4CNb C-50 255 CHROMET 92 A-20 51
29.9.SUPER R E-22 330 CHROMET WB2 A-25 64
2CrMo A-13 22 CHROMET 9-B9 A-17 39
2CrWV A-21 55 CHROMET 9MV-N A-17 38
2Ni A-41 72 CHROMET 9MVN+ A-17 39
308S92 B-30 111 CHROMET 10MW A-18 45
308S92(N) B-80 199 CHROMET 12MV A-19 48
308S96 C-10 217 CI-MET NiFe E-11 320
309S92 B-50 164 CI SOFT FLOW Ni E-10 317
309S94 C-21 237 CI SPECIAL CAST NiFe E-11 320
310S94 C-30 243 CMo A-10 11
312S94 E-22 331 COBSTEL 6 E-65 350
316S92 B-32 122 COBSTEL 8 E-66 351
316S92(N) B-81 203 CORMET 1 A-12 18
316S96 C-13 231 CORMET 1V A-14 28
318S96 B-34 132 CORMET 2 A-13 25
347S96 B-31 116 CORMET 2L A-13 25
35.45.Nb C-60 257 CORMET 5 A-15 32
55NiFe E-11 321 CORMET 9 A-16 36
5CrMo A-15 31 CORMET 10MW A-18 46
* Products for which brief details are given only in the section table. Contact Metrode for further information.
Rev 07 06/13 379 Product Designations Index (pg 1 of 3)

DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
CORMET M91 A-17 41 METCORE DWA 50 E-70 355
CUPROMET N30 D-70 301 METCORE DWA 55E A-40 69
E10018-D2 A-50 76 METCORE FV520 B-12 103
E11018-M A-60 80 METHARD 350 E-50 339
E16.8.2-15 C-12 226 METHARD 650 E-51 342
E320LR-15 B-41 151 METHARD 650R E-51 342
E825L-15 B-42 153 METHARD 750TS E-53 344
E9018-D1 A-50 75 METHARD 850 E-55 346
EPRI P87 D-87 309 METHARD 950 E-55 346
EQ20.70.Nb D-85 308 METHARD 1050 E-58 348
EQ308L B-85 207 METMAX 307R E-21 326
EQ308L-OA B-85 207 MnMo A-23, A-50 61, 77
EQ309L B-85 208 Mo.B A-10 10
EQ316L B-85 207 MT304H C-25 238
EQ316L-OA B-85 207 NAG 19.9.L B-88 211
EQ347 B-85 207 NAG 19.9.L.R B-88 210
EQ62-50 D-85 308 NICKEL 2Ti D-50, E-10 297, 318
ER110S-G A-60 82 NiCr FLUX F-35 365
ER16.8.2 C-12 227 NiCu FLUX F-30 364
ER308LCF B-37 140 NILSIL E-72 357
ER309Mo B-51 169 NIMAX 182 D-10 268
ER316LCF B-38 145 NIMAX B2L D-80 305
ER316MnNF B-33 128 NIMAX C E-45 338
ER317L B-35 135 NIMROD 132KS D-12 274
ER320LR B-41 150 NIMROD 182 D-10 267
ER329N B-60 180 NIMROD 182KS D-10 267
ER347H C-11 222 NIMROD 190 D-60 299
ER410NiMo B-11 101 NIMROD 200Ti D-50 296
ER690 D-41 295 NIMROD 59KS D-31 285
ER70S-2 E-70 353 NIMROD 617KS D-40 291
ER70S-3 E-70 353 NIMROD 625 D-20 276
ER70S-6 E-70 354 NIMROD 625KS D-20 277
ER80S-B2 A-12 16 NIMROD 657 C-90 263
ER80S-W A-70 86 NIMROD 690KS D-41 294
ER90S-B3 A-13 23 NIMROD AB D-11 271
ES100 F-48 367 NIMROD AKS D-11 272
ES200 F-50 368 NIMROD C D* 265
FV520-1 B-12 104 NIMROD C22KS D-32 270
FV520-B B-12 89 NIMROD C276 D-30 281
HARDCORE 350 E-50 340 NIMROD C276KS D-30 282
HARDCORE 650 E-51 343 RAILROD A-80 87
HARDCORE 850 E-55 347 SA1CrMo A-12 17
HARDCORE 950 E-55 347 SA1NiMo A-23 62
HAS 59 D-31 286 SA2CrMo A-13 24
HAS B2 D-80 306 SS300 FLUX F-22 363
HAS C22 D-32 289 SSB FLUX F-20 362
HAS C276 D-30 283 SUPERCORE 16.8.2 C-12 228
L2N FLUX F-40 366 SUPERCORE 16.8.2P C-12 228
LA436 FLUX F-11 359 SUPERCORE 20.9.3 E-20 324
LA491 FLUX F-15 360 SUPERCORE 20.9.3P E-20 324
LA492 FLUX F-16 361 SUPERCORE 2205 B-60 182

DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
SUPERCORE M2205 B-60 181 THERMET R17.38H C-41 250
SUPERCORE 2205P B-60 182 TUFMET 1NiMo A-60 79
SUPERCORE 2304P B-59 174 TUFMET 3NiMo A-60 81
SUPERCORE 2507 B-62 193 TUFMET 1Ni.B A-40 67
SUPERCORE 2507Cu B-63 196 TUFMET 2Ni.B A-41 71
SUPERCORE 2507P B-62 193 TUFMET 3Ni.B A-42 73
SUPERCORE 308H C-10 218 ULTRAMET 2205 B-60 177
SUPERCORE 308HP C-10 218 ULTRAMET 2304 B-59 173
SUPERCORE 308L B-30 112 ULTRAMET 2507 B-62 191
SUPERCORE 308LCF B-37 141 ULTRAMET 308H C-10 215
SUPERCORE 308LP B-30 112 ULTRAMET 308L B-30 109
SUPERCORE 309L B-50 165 ULTRAMET 308LCF B-37 138
SUPERCORE 309LP B-50 165 ULTRAMET 308LP B-30 110
SUPERCORE 309Mo B-51 170 ULTRAMET 308L(N) B-80 198
SUPERCORE 309MoP B-51 170 ULTRAMET 309L B-50 162
SUPERCORE 316L B-32 123 ULTRAMET 309LP B-50 163
SUPERCORE 316LCF B-38 146 ULTRAMET 309Nb B-53 171
SUPERCORE 316LP B-32 123 ULTRAMET 316H C-13 231
SUPERCORE 316NF B-33 129 ULTRAMET 316L B-32 120
SUPERCORE 317LP B-35 136 ULTRAMET 316LCF B-38 143
SUPERCORE 347HP C-11 223 ULTRAMET 316LP B-32 121
SUPERCORE 410NiMo B-11 102 ULTRAMET 316L(N) B-81 201
SUPERCORE 625P D-20 279 ULTRAMET 316NF B-33 126
SUPERCORE F91 A-17 42 ULTRAMET 317L B-35 134
SUPERCORE WB2 A-25 65 ULTRAMET 347 B-31 115
SUPERCORE F92 A-20 53 ULTRAMET 347H C-11 220
SUPERCORE Z100XP B-61 188 ULTRAMET 904L B-40 148
SUPERMET 16.8.2 C-12 225 ULTRAMET B308H C-10 216
SUPERMET 2205 B-60 176 ULTRAMET B308L B-30 109
SUPERMET 2205AR B-60 178 ULTRAMET B308LCF B-37 139
SUPERMET 2506 B* 93 ULTRAMET B309L B-50 162
SUPERMET 2506Cu B-63 195 ULTRAMET B309Mo B-51 167
SUPERMET 2507Cu B* 93 ULTRAMET B310Mn C-30 242
SUPERMET 253MA C-20 234 ULTRAMET B310MoLN B-46 158
SUPERMET 308L B-30 108 ULTRAMET B316L B-32 120
SUPERMET 309L B-50 161 ULTRAMET B316LCF B-38 144
SUPERMET 309Mo B-51 167 ULTRAMET B316NF B-33 127
SUPERMET 316L B-32 119 ULTRAMET B347 B-31 116
SUPERMET 318 B-34 131 ULTRAMET B347H C-11 221
SUPERMIG 308LSi B-30 111 ULTRAMET B904L B-40 148
SUPERMIG 309LSi B-50 164 ULTRAMILD E-71 356
SUPERMIG 316LSi B-32 122 VERTAMET 309Mo B-51 168
SUPEROOT 308L B-30 113 WORKHARD 13Mn E-60 349
SUPEROOT 316L B-32 124 ZERON® 100X B-61 186
THERMET 22H C-80 261 ZERON® 100XKS B-61 185
THERMET 25.35.Nb C-45 252
THERMET 35.45.Nb C-60 256
THERMET 309CF C-21 236 Zeron® is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd
THERMET 310H C-31 245

THERMET 800Nb C-40 247
THERMET HP50WCo C-70 259

INDEX 2: CONSUMABLE SPECIFICATIONS
CONSUMABLE DATA CONSUMABLE DATA

PAGE PAGE
SPECIFICATION SHEET SPECIFICATION SHEET
1.4009 B-10 94 1NiBH A-40 67
1.4302 C-10 214 2.0837 D-70 301
1.4316 B-30 107 2.0873 D-70 301
1.4332 B-50 160 2.1006 E-30 332
1.4337 E-22 329 2.1461 E-31 333
1.4351 B-11 98 2.4155 D-50, E-10 296, 316
1.437 E-21 325 2.4156 D-50 296
1.4403 C-13 229 2.4366 D-60 298
1.443 B-32 118 2.4377 D-60 298
1.4455 B-33 125 2.4607 D-31 284
1.4459 B-51 166 2.4609 D-31 284
1.4519 B-40 147 2.4615 D-80 304
1.4551 B-31 114 2.4621 D-20 275
1.4576 B-34 130 2.4625 D-11 271
13 B-10 97 2.4627 D-40 290
13 4 B-11 101 2.4628 D-40 290
13.RMP B-10 95 2.4653 B-42 152
15.35.H.R C-41 249 2.4655 B-42 152
16.8.2 C-12 224 2.4805 D-12 274
17.8.2.AR C-12 224 2.4806 D-10, D-11 266, 271
17.8.2.B C-12 224 2.4807 D-10 266
17.8.2.R C-13 230 2.4831 D-20 275
18.15.3.LMnB B-33 127 2.4886 D-30 280
18.15.3.LMnR B-33 126 2.4887 D-30 280
18 8 Mn E-21 328 20 16 3 Mn L B-33 128
19 12 3 H C-13 231 20 25 5 Cu L B-40 149
19 12 3 L B-32 118 20.25.5.LCuNb.B B-40 148
19.12.3.L.AR B-32 119 20.25.5.LCuNb.R B-40 148
19.12.3.L.B B-32 120 20.34.2.CuNb.B B-41 151
19.12.3.L.R B-32 120 22 9 3 N L B-60 180
19 12 3 L Si B-32 122 22 12 H C-21 237
19 12 3 Nb B-34 130 23.12.2.AR B-51 167
19.12.3.Nb.AR B-34 131 23 12 2 L B-51 169
19.12.3.R C-13 231 23 12 L B-50 164
19 13 4 L B-35 135 23.12.L.AR B-50 161
19.13.4.L.R B-35 134 23.12.L.B B-50 162
19.9.3.R E-20 323 23.12.L.R B-50 162
19.9.B C-10 216 23 12 L Si B-50 164
19.9.H C-10 217 23.12.Nb.R B-53 171
19.9.L B-30 111 23.12.R C-21 236
19.9.L.AR B-30 108 25 20 C-30 243
19.9.L.B B-30 109 25.20.B C-30 242
19.9.L.R B-30 109 25.20.H.B C-31 245
19 9 L Si B-30 111 25.20.R C-30 241
19 9 Nb B-31, C-11 116, 222 25.21.2.LMn.B B-46 158
19.9.Nb.B B-31, C-11 116, 221 25.35.H.Nb.B C-50 254
19.9.Nb.R B-31, C-11 115, 220 25 9 4 N L B-61 186
19.9.R C-10 215 29 9 E-22 331
1CrMoBH A-12 13 29.9.AR E-22 330
1CrMoLBH A-12 14 2CrMoBH A-13 20
Rev 07 06/13 382 Consumable Specifications Index (pg 1 of 6)

PAGE PAGE
2CrMoLBH A-13 21 C7 E-30 332
2MnMoBH A-50 75 C9 E-31 333
2NiBH A-41 71 CrMo1Si A-12 15
2NiMoBH A-60 80 CrMo2Si A-13 22
307S94 E-21 328 CrMo5Si A-15 31
307S98 E-21 328 CrMo9Si A-16 35
308S92 B-30 111 E1-UM-400-GP E-50 339
308S93 B-30 111 E10-UM-60-G E-55 346
308S96 C-10 217 E10-UM-65-G E-55 346
309S92 B-50 164 E10018-D2 A-50 76
309S93 B-50 164 E11018-M A-60 80
309S94 C-21 237 E12016-G A-60 81
309S95 B-51 169 E13 4 R 52 B-11 99
310S94 C-30 243 E 13 B 52 B-10 96
312S94 E-22 331 E13 R 52 B-10 95
316S92 B-32 122 E16-8-2-15 C-12 226
316S93 B-32 122 E16-8-2-16 C-13 230
316S96 C-13 231 E16-8-2-17 C-12 225
317S92 B-35 135 E 16 8 2 B C-12 226
318S96 B-34 132 E 16 8 2 R C-12 225
347S96 B-31, C-11 116, 222 E18 15 3 LB 42 B-33 127
3NiBH A-42 73 E18 15 3 LR 32 B-33 126
410S94 B-10 97 E18 8 Mn R 32 E-21 327
5CrMoBH A-15 30 E18 9 MnMo R 52 E-21 326
904S92 B-40 149 E 19 12 2 R 32 C-13 231
9CrMoBH A-16 34 E19 12 3 LB 42 B-32 120
A15 E-70 353 E19 12 3 LR 11 B-32 121
A17 E-70 353 E19 12 3 LR 32 B-32, B-81 119, 201
A18 E-70 354 E19 12 3 Nb R 32 B-34 131
A30 A-10 11 E19 13 4 NL R 32 B-35 134
A31 A-50 77 E19 9 HB 42 C-10 216
A32 A-12 15 E19 9 HR 32 C-10 215
A33 A-13 22 E19 9 LB 42 B-30 109
A34 A-15 31 E19 9 LR 32 B-30, B-80 109, 198
A35 A-16 35 E19 9 Nb R 32 B-31, C-11 115, 220
B 19 9 L B-85 207 E19 9 Nb B 42 B-31, C-11 116, 221
B 19 9 Nb B-85 207 E20 10 3 R 32 E-20 323
B 19 12 3 L B-85 207 E20 25 5 Cu N L B 62 B-40 148
B 23 12 L B-85 208 E20 25 5 Cu N L R 52 B-40 148
B50A273 A-14 27 E20-UM-300-CKTZ E-66 351
BFB6 55455 AC8 F-15 360 E20-UM-45-CTZ E-65 350
BFB6 63353 DC8M F-20 362 E22 12 R 32 C-21 236
BFB7 6534 AC5 F-35 365 E2209-15 B-60 179
BS 308L B-85 207 E2209-16 B-60 177
BS 309L B-85 208 E2209-17 B-60 178
BS 316L B-85 207 E2209T0-1/4 B-60 182
BS 347 B-85 207 E2209T1-1/4 B-60 182
C11 E-33 334 E22 9 3 N L B 42 B-60 179
C13 E-36 335 E22 9 3 N L R 32 B-60 177
C16 D-70 302 E 23 12 2 LB 42 B-51 167
C18 D-70 303 E23 12 2 LR 11 B-51 168
C20 E-37 336 E23 12 2 LR 32 B-51 167
C26 E-37 336 E23 12 LB 42 B-50 162

PAGE PAGE
E23 12 LR 32 B-50 162 E317L-16 B-35 134
E23 12 Nb R 32 B-53 171 E316LMn-15 B-33 127
E25 20 B 42 C-30 242 E316LMn-16 B-33 126
E25 20 H B 42 C-31 245 E317LT1-1/4 B-35 136
E25 20 R 32 C-30 241 E318-17 B-34 131
E 25 22 2 N L B B-46 158 E320LR-15 B-41 151
E2553-16 B-63 195 E316L-15 B-32 120
E25 9 3 Cu N L R 52 B-63 195 E330H-16 C-41 250
E2594-15 B-62 190 E347-15 B-31,C-11 116, 221
E2594-16 B-62 191 E347-16 B-31,C-11 115, 220
E2594T0-4 B-62 193 E347T0-1/4 B-31 117
E2594T1-4 B-61, B-62 188, 193 E347HT1-1/4 C-11 223
E25 9 4 N L B 42 B-61, B-62 185, 190 E383-15 B-42 153
E25 9 4 N L R 32 B-62 191 E385-15 B-40 148
E2595-15 B-61 185 E385-16 B-40 148
E29 9 R 32 E-22 330 E410-15 B-10 96
E307-16 E-21 327 E410-26 B-10 95
E307-26 E-21 326 E410NiMo-26 B-11 99
E308H-15 C-10 216 E410NiMoT1-1/4 B-11 102
E308H-16 C-10 215 E 46 4 1Ni B 42 A-40 67
E308HT0-1/4 C-10 218 E 46 6 2Ni B 42 A-41 71
E308HT1-1/4 C-10 218 E 46 6 3Ni B 32 A-42 73
E308L-15 B-30 109 E502-15 A-15 30
E308L-16 B-30, B-80 109 E505-15 A-16 34
E308L-17 B-30 108 E5518-N2 A U A-40 67
E308LT0-1/4 B-30 112 E5518-N5 P U A-41 71
E308LT1-1/4 B-30 112 E5518-N7 P A-42 73
E308LT1-1/4J B-37 141 E5518-NCC1 A A-70 85
E308Mo-16 E-20 323 E6018 E-71 356
E308MoT0-1/4 E-20 324 E62 4 MnMoB A-50 76
E308MoT1-1/4 E-20 324 E7015-B2L A-12 14
E309H-16 C-21 236 E7018-A1 A-10 10
E309L-15 B-50 162 E71T-1M H8 E-70 355
E309L-16 B-50 162 E71T-5 A-40 69
E309L-17 B-50 161 E8015-B3L A-13 21
E309LMoT0-1/4 B-51 170 E8015-B6 A-15 30
E309LMoT1-1/4 B-51 170 E8015-B8 A-16 34
E309LT0-1/4 B-50 165 E8018-B2 A-12 13, 14
E309LT1-1/4 B-50 165 E8018-C1 A-41 71
E309LMo-15 B-51 167 E8018-C2 A-42 73
E309LMo-17 B-51 167 E8018-C3 A-40 67
E309Nb-16 B-53 171 E8018-W2 A-70 85
E310-15 C-30 242 E81T1-B2C/M A-12 18
E310-16 C-30 241 E81T1-B6C/M A-15 32
E310H-15 C-31 245 E81T1-B8C/M A-16 36
E312-17 E-22 330 E9015-B9 A-17 38
E316H-16 C-13 231 E9015-G A-25 64
E316L-15 B-32 120 E9016-G A-60 79
E316L-16 B-32, B-81 120, 201 E9018-B3 A-13 20, 21
E316L-17 B-32 119 E9018-D1 A-50 75
E316LT0-1/4 B-32 123 E9018-G A-23, A-61 60, 83
E316LT1-1/4 B-32 123 E90C-B9 A-17 41
E316LT1-1/4J B-38 146 E91T1-B3C/M A-13 25

PAGE PAGE
E91T1-B3LC/M A-13 25 ENiCrMo-5 E-45 338
E91T1-B9C/M A-17 42 ENiCrMo-10 D-32 288
E91T1-G A-25 67 ENiCrMo-13 D-31 285
E-B9 A-17 43 ENiCrMo3T1-4 D-20 279
EC2209 B-60 181 ENiCu-7 D-60 299
E C Ni-CI 1 E-10 317 ENiFe-CI E-11 320
E C NiFe-CI 1 E-11 320 ENiMo-7 D-80 305
ECo1 E-66 351 EQ308L B-85 207
ECo2 E-65 350 EQ309L B-85 208
ECoCr-A E-65 350 EQ316L B-85 207
ECoCr-E E-66 351 EQ347 B-85 207
ECrMo1 B 32 A-12 13 EQNiCrMo-3 D-85 308
ECrMo1L B 32 A-12 14 ER100S-G A-60 82
ECrMo2 B 32 A-13 20 ER110S-G A-60 82
ECrMo2L B 32 A-13 21 ER16.8.2 C-12 227
ECrMo5 B 32 A-15 30 ER2209 B-60 180
ECrMo9 B 32 A-16 34 ER2594 B-61, B-62 186, 192
ECrMo91 B 32 A-17 38 ER307 E-21 328
ECrMoV1 B 32 A-14 27 ER308H C-10 217
ECrMoWV12 B 32 A-19 48 ER308L B-30, B-80 111, 199
ECuNi D-70 302 ER308LSi B-30 111
EFe1 E-50 339 ER309 C-21 237
EFe14 E-55 346 ER309L B-50 164
EFe16 E-58 348 ER309LMo B-51 169
EFe2 E-51 342 ER309LSi B-50 164
EFe4 E-53 344 ER310 C-30 243
EFe5-B E-53 344 ER312 E-22 331
EFe9 E-60 349 ER316H C-13 231
EFeMn-B E-60 349 ER316L B-32, B-81 122, 203
EL-NiCr15FeNb D-12 274 ER316LMn B-33 128
EMo B 32 A-10 10 ER316LSi B-32 122
ENi-1 D-50 296 ER317 B-35 135
ENi1066 D-80 305 ER317L B-35 135
ENi2 E-45 338 ER318 B-34 132
ENi2061 D-50 296 ER320LR B-41 150
ENi4060 D-60 299 ER347 B-31, C-11 116, 222
ENi6022 D-32 288 ER385 B-40 149
ENi6059 D-31 285 ER410 B-10 97
ENi6062 D-12 274 ER410NiMo B-11 101
ENi6117 D-40 291 ER502 A-15 31
ENi6133 D-11 272 ER505 A-16 35
ENi6152 D-41 294 ER630 B-12 106
ENi6182 D-10 267, 268 ER70S-2 E-70 353
ENi6276 D-30 281, 282 ER70S-3 E-70 353
ENi6625 D-20 276, 277 ER70S-6 E-70 354
ENi-CI E-10 317 ER70S-A1 A-10 11
ENiCr-4 C-90 263 ER80S-B2 A-12 16
ENiCrCoMo-1 D-40 291 ER80S-B6 A-15 31
ENiCrFe-1 D-12 274 ER80S-B8 A-16 35
ENiCrFe-2 D-11 272 ER80S-D2 A-23, A-50 61, 77
ENiCrFe-3 D-10 267, 268 ER80S-G A-12, A-70 15, 86
ENiCrFe-7 D-41 294 ER80S-Ni1 A-40 68
ENiCrMo-3 D-20 276, 277 ER80S-Ni2 A-41 72

PAGE PAGE
ER90S-B3 A-13 23 SF CS 2 DC F-40 366
ER90S-B9 A-17 40 SNi1066 D-80 306
ER90S-D2 A-23, A-50 61, 77 SNi2061 D-50, E-10 297, 318
ER90S-G A-13 22 SNi4060 D-60 300
ERCu E-30 332 SNi6022 D-32 289
ERCuAl-A2 E-36 335 SNi6052 D-41 295
ERCuNi D-70 302 SNi6059 D-31 286
ERCuNiAl E-37 336 D-10, D-
SNi6082
ERCuSi-A E-31 333 11 269, 273
ERNi-1 D-50, E-10 297, 318 SNi6276 D-30 283
ERNiCr-3 D-10, D-11 269, 273 SNi6617 D-40 292
ERNiCrCoMo-1 D-40 292 SNi6625 D-20 278
ERNiCrFe-7 D-41 295 SNi8065 B-42 154
ERNiCrMo-3 D-20 278 SS2209 B-60 180
ERNiCrMo-4 D-30 283 SS308L B-30, B-80 111, 199
ERNiCrMo-10 D-32 289 SS309L B-50 164
ERNiCrMo-13 D-31 286 SS316L B-32, B-81 122, 203
ERNiCu-7 D-60 300 SS317/SS317L B-35 135
ERNiFeCr-1 B-42 154 SS318 B-34 132
ERNiMo-7 D-80 306 SS347 B-31 116
F8 P0-EB2-B2 A-12 17 SS410 B-10 97
G2Ni2 A-41 72 T 13 4 P C/M 2 B-11 102
G3Ni1 A-40 68 T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3 B-33 129
G4Mo A-50 77 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2 B-32, B-38 123, 146
MDS 12809/07 B-61 186 T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 B-32 123
MDS 12809/08 B-61 185 T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2 B-35 136
Mn3Ni1CrMo A-60 82 T 19 9 L P C/M 2 B-30, B-37 112, 141
Mn3Ni1Cu A-70 86 T 19 9 L R C/M 3 B-30 112
MnMoBH A-50 76 T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2 C-11 223
MoBH A-10 10 T 19 9 Nb R C/M 3 B-31 117
MoSi A-10 11 T 20 10 3 P C/M 2 E-20 324
N02061 D-50, E-10 297, 318 T 20 10 3 R C/M 3 E-20 324
N06082 D-10, D-11 269, 273 T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3 B-60 181
N10276 D-30 283 T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2 B-60 182
NA47 E-11 319 T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 B-60 182
R316LT1-5 B-32 124 T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 B-51 170
RCC-M B-80, B-81 197, 200 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2 B-51 170
S2910 B-80 199 T 23 12 L P C/M 2 B-50 165
S2915 B-81 203 T 23 12 L R C/M 3 B-50 165
S2920 B-80 198 T422PM1 E-70 355
S2925 B-81 202 T424PM1 A-40 69
S30980 C-21 237 T55T1-1C/M-1CM A-12 18
S31080 C-30 243 T55T1-1C/M-5CM A-15 32
S A AB 1 67 AC H5 F-11 359 T55T1-1C/M-9C1M A-16 36
SA AF 2 F-20 362 T62T1-1C/M-2C1M A-13 25
SA AF 2B F-48, F-50 367, 368 T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML A-13 25
S A AF2 64 AC F-22 363 T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV A-17 42
SA CS 155 DC F-16 361 T69T15-0M-9C1MV A-17 41
SA CS 2 F-30 364 TFe1 E-50 340
S A FB 2 F-35 365 TFe15 E-55 347
SA FB 255 AC F-15 360 TFe2 E-51 343
S C NiFe-1 E-11 321 TS16-8-2-FM1 C-12 228
SCrMo91 A-17 40 TS2209-FB0 B-60 182

CONSUMABLE DATA
PAGE
SPECIFICATION SHEET
TS2209-FB1 B-60 182
TS308H-FB0 C-10 218
TS308H-FB1 C-10 218
TS308L-FB0 B-30 112
TS308L-FB1 B-30, B-37 112, 141
TS308Mo-FM0 E-20 324
TS308Mo-FM1 E-20 324
TS309L-FB0 B-50 165
TS309L-FB1 B-50 165
TS309LMo-FB0 B-51 170
TS309LMo-FB1 B-51 170
TS316L-FB0 B-32 123
TS316L-FB1 B-32, B-38 123, 146
TS316L-RI1 B-32 124
TS317L-FB1 B-35 136
TS347-FB0 B-31 117
TS347-FB1 C-11 223
TS410NiMo-FB1 B-11 102
W 19 12 3 L B-81 203
W 19 9 L B-80 199
W2Ni2 A-41 72
W2Si E-70 353
W2Ti E-70 353
W3Ni1 A-40 68
W3Si1 E-70 354
W73021 E-66 351
WCrMoWV12Si A-19 49

INDEX 3: MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
DATA DATA
BASE MATERIAL PAGE BASE MATERIAL PAGE
SHEET SHEET
070M55 (En9) E-22 329 1.4829 C-21 235
080M40 (En8) E-22 329 1.4832 C-21 235
1.4003 B-50 160 1.4835 C-20 233
1.4006 B-10 94 1.484 C-30 240
1.4008 B-10 94 1.4841 C-30 240
1.4301 B-30, B-80 107, 197 1.4842 C-30 240
1.4306 B-30, B-80 107, 197 1.4845 C-30 240
1.4308 B-30, B-80 107, 197 1.4846 C-31 244
1.4311 B-30, B-80 107, 197 1.4848 C-31 244
1.4313 B-11 98 1.485 C-40 246
1.4335 B-45 155 1.4852 C-50 253
1.4362 B-59, B-60 172, 175 1.4853 C-50 253
1.4401 B-32, B-81 118, 200 1.4857 C-50 253
1.4403 B-32 118 1.4858 B-42 152
1.4404 B-32, B-81 118, 200 1.4859 C-40 246
1.4406 B-32, B-81 118, 200 1.4865 C-41 249
1.4408 B-32, B-81 118, 200 1.4876 C-40 246
1.4429 B-32, B-81 118, 200 1.4903 A-17 37
1.4436 B-32, B-81 118, 200 1.4905 A-18 44
1.4437 B-32, B-81 118, 200 1.4906 A-18 44
1.4438 B-35 133 1.4907 C-25 238
1.4439 B-40 147 1.4935 A-19 47
1.444 B-40 147 1.4941 C-11, C-12 219, 224
1.4462 B-60 175 1.4948 C-10, C-12 219, 224
1.4465 B-46 157 1.4961 C-11, C-12 219, 224
1.4466 B-46 157 1.5415 A-10 9
1.45 B-40 147 1.5419 A-10 9
1.4505 B-40 147 1.5662 D-80 304
1.4506 B-40 147 1.6368 A-61 83
1.4515 B-63 194 1.722 A-50 74
1.4517 B-63 194 1.7225 A-50 74
1.4529 D-32 287 1.7706 A-14 26
1.4536 B-40 147 1.807 A-14 26
1.4539 B-40 147 1.896 A-70 84
1.4547 B-47, D- 159, 273, 1.8961 A-70 84
20, D-31, 284, 287 1.8963 A-70 84
D-32 10CrMo 9-10 A-13 19
1.4563 B-42 152 13% manganese steel E-21, E-60 325, 349
1.4565 D-32 287 153MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 233
1.4571 B-34 130 15CrMoV 5 11 A-14 26
1.4573 B-34 130 15Mo3 A-10 9
1.4575 D-32 287 15NiCuMoNb5 A-23 59
1.4579 B-34 130 15RE10 (Sandvik) C-30 240
1.458 B-34 130 16Mo3 A-10 9
1.4581 B-34 130 17-4PH (Armco) B-12 103
1.4583 B-34 130 2.0872 D-70 301
1.4585 B-40 147 2.0882 D-70 301
1.4652 D-32 287 2.0883 D-70 301
1.4818 C-20 233 2.4061 D-50 296
1.4828 C-20 233 2.4066 D-50 296
Rev 08 06/13 Materials to be Welded Index (pg 1 of 8)

388
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
2.4068 D-50 296 309S24 C-21 235
2.436 D-60 298 310 C-30 240
2.4361 D-60 298 310C40 (BS1504/3100) C-31 244
2.4365 D-60 298 310C45 C-30 240
2.4602 D-32 287 310MoLN B-46 157
2.4605 D-31 284 310S C-30 240
2.4617 D-80 304 310S24 C-30 240
2.4642 D-41 293 310S31 C-30 240
2.4663 D-40 290 316 B-32, B-81, 118, 200,
2.4678 C-90 262 C-13 229
2.468 C-90 262 316C12 B-32 118
2.4685 D-80 304 316C16/71 B-32, C-12, 118, 200,
2.4697 D-31, D-32 284, 287 C-13 229
2.4811 D-31, D-32 284, 287 316Cb B-34 130
2.4813 C-90 262 316H C-12, C-13 224, 229
2.4819 D-30 280 316L B-32, B-81 118, 200
2.4856 D-20 275 316LN B-32, B-81 118, 200
2.4858 B-42 152 316S11/13/16/31/33 B-32 118
2.4879 C-80 260 316S51 C-12, C-13 224, 229
2.4882 D-80 304 316S53 C-12, C-13 224, 229
2.4883 D-30 280 316S61 B-32 118
20Cb B-41 150 316Ti B-34 130
20Cb-3 (Carpenter) B-41 150 317/317L B-35 133
21CrMoV5 11 A-14 26 317C12/16 B-35 133
2205 (Avesta Polarit) B-60 175 317S12/16 B-35 133
22H (Duraloy) C-80 260 318C17 B-34 130
2304 (Sandvik) B-60 175 318S13 B-60 175
2507 (Avesta/Sandvik) B-61, B-62 184, 189 320S31/33 B-34 130
253MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 233 321 B-31 114
254SLX (Avesta B-40 147 321H C-12 224
Polarit) 321S31 B-31 114
254SMO (Avesta B-47, D- 159, 275, 321S51 C-11, C-12 219, 224
Polarit) 20, D-32 287 330C11 (BS3100) C-41 249
2RE10 (Sandvik) B-45 155 331C40 (BS3100) C-41 249
2RE69 B-46 157 332C13 (BS3100) B-63 194
2RK65 (Sandvik) B-40 147 347 B-31 114
2S143 (BS) B-12 103 347C17 B-31 114
3-5% Ni steels D-10, D-11 266, 271 347H C-11, C-12 219, 224
302C25 C-10 214 347S31 B-31 114
304 B-30, B-80, 107, 197, 347S51 C-11, C-12 219, 224
C-10 214 34CrMo4 A-50 74
304C12 B-30 107 364C11 (BS1504) B-40 147
304C15 B-30, C-10 107, 214 3CR12 (Cromweld) B-50, C-21 160, 235
304L B-30, B-80 107, 197 3S144 (BS) B-12 103
304LN B-30, B-80 107, 197 3S145 (BS) B-12 103
304H C-10, C-12 214, 224 403/405/409 B-50 160
304S11/15/16/31 B-30 107 410 B-10 94
304S51 C-10, C-12 214, 224 410C21 B-10 94
304S61 B-30 107 410S21 B-10 94
309 C-21 235 4130 A-50 74
309C30 C-21 235 4140 A-50 74
309H C-21 235 422 A-19 47
309S C-21 235 425C11 (BS3100) B-11 98

389
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
42CrMo4 A-50 74 AISI See each -
55EE (BS4360) A-40 66 grade
55F (BS4360) A-60 78 AL-6X/N D-20, D-31, 275, 284,
630 (ASTM) B-12 103 D-32 287
654SMO (Avesta D-31, D-32 284, 287 Alloy 20 B-41, B-42 150, 152
Polarit) Alloy 59 D-31 284
709M40 (En19) A-50, E-20, 74, 322, Aluminium bronze E-36 335
E-22 329, API 5A L80 A-60 78
762 (BS3604) A-19 47 Armco iron E-72 357
817M40 (En24) E-20 322 Armour steel E-20, E-21 322, 325
826M40 (En26) E-20 322 Armox 816 E-20 322
8630 A-50 74 ASTM See each -
897M39 (En40C) E-20 322 grade
9% Ni steels D-20 275 B1 (BS3100) A-10 9
904L (Uddelholm) B-40 147 B2 (BS3100) A-12 12
904S13 B-40 147 B3 (BS3100) A-13 19
91 (ASTM A387) A-17 37 B5 (BS3100) A-15 29
911 (ASTM A387) A-18 44 B6 (BS3100) A-16 33
A126 E-10 316 B7 (BS3100) A-13 19
A159 E-10 316 B50A224 A-14 26
A204 A, B, C A-10 9 Brass E-33, E-36 334, 336
A216 (WCA, WCB, E-70 352 Brightray (Inco) D-11 271
WCC) Bronze E-33 334
A220 E-11 319 BS1452 E-10 316
A297 HP40Cb C-50 253 BS1501 224 grade A-41 70
A302 C, D A-61 83 490B
A319 E-10 316 BS1501 503 A-42 73
A333 grade 3 A-42 73 BS1501 grade 271, A-61 83
A333 grade 6 A-40, A-41 66, 70 281
A338 E-11 319 BS1501 grade 620/621 A-12 12
A351 grade CT15C C-40 246 BS1501 grade 622 A-13 19
A351 grade CN-7M B-41 150 BS1501 grade 625 A-15 29
A356 Gr 9 A-14 26 BS1503 grade 91 A-17 37
A387 Gr 11 & 12 A-12 12 BS1503 503 A-42 73
A387 Gr 21 & 22 A-13 19 BS1503 grade 620/621 A-12 12
A387 Gr 5 A-15 29 BS1503 grade 622 A-13 19
A387 Gr 9 A-16 33 BS1503 grade 625 A-15 29
A387 Gr 911 A-18 44 BS1503 grade 660 A-13 19
A389 C24 A-14 26 BS1504 503LT60 A-42 73
A47 E-11 319 BS1504 grade 245 A-10 9
A48 E-10 316 BS1504 grade 332C11 B-41 150
A487 2A, B, C A-50 74 BS1504 grade 620 A-12 12
A508 1, 1A, 2, 3 A-61 83 BS1504 grade 622 A-13 19
A533 A-D A-61 83 BS1504 grade 625 A-15 29
A588 A, B, C, K A-70 84 BS1504 grade 629 A-16 33
A602 E-11 319 BS1504 grade 660 A-13 19
A744 grade CN-7M B-41 150 BS2789 E-11 319
A890 grade 1A, 2A B-63 194 BS2858 E-72 357
A890 grade 4A B-60 175 BS3059 grade 243 A-10 9
A890 grade 5A B-61, B-62 184, 189 BS3059 grade 620 A-12 12
A890 grade 6A B-61, B-62 184, 189 BS3059 grade 622 A-13 19
AB1 (BS1400) E-36 335 BS3146 ANC15 D-80 304
AB2 (BS1400) E-37 336 BS3146 ANC20 B-12 103

390
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
BS3604 grade 620/621 A-12 12 CG8M B-35 133
BS3604 grade 622 A-13 19 CH8, 10, 20 (ASTM C-21 235
BS3604 grade 625 A-15 29 A351)
BS3604 grade 629 A-16 33 CK20 C-30 240
BS3604 grade 660 A-13 19 CN102/106/107/108 D-70 301
BS3604 grade 762 A-19 47 Compass B555 E-20 322
BS3606 grade 243, A-10 9 Copper E-30, E-31 332, 333
245, 261 Corten A/B (Corus, A-70 84
BS4534 grade 8, 9 C-41 249 USS)
BS6681 E-11 319 Cronifer 1925LC (VDM) B-40 147
BS970 See each - Cronifer 2521LC (VDM) B-45 155
grade Cronifer 2205LCN B-60 175
Build-up E-21 325 (VDM)
C10200 E-30 332 Cronifer 2525LCN B-46 157
C103 E-30 332 (VDM)
C12A (ASTM A217) A-17 37 Cronite HR33 C-50 253
Hastelloy™ C-22 D-32 287 Cronite HR5, HR17, C-41 249
(Haynes) HR31
Hastelloy™ C-276 D-30 280 Cronite HR6 C-31 244
(Haynes) CT15C (ASTM A351) C-40 246
C5 (ASTM A217) A-15 29 Cunifer 10/30 (VDM) D-70 301
C50100-C52400 E-33 334 Custom 450 B-12 103
C61400 E-36 335 Custom 630 B-12 103
C70600 D-70 301 CW-12M (ASTM D-30 280
C71500 D-70 301 A743/A744)
C96200 D-70 301 CW-12MW (ASTM D-30 280
C96400 D-70 301 A494)
CA101-103 E-36 335 CW-6MC (ASTM A494) D-20 275
CA104-105 E-37 336 Dissimilar B-50, B-51, 160,
CA15 (ASTM A487) B-10 94 E-21, E-22 166,325,
CA15M (ASTM A487) B-10 94 329
CA6NM B-11 98 DP3W (Sumitomo) B-61 184
Cast iron E-10, E-11 316 Ductile irons E-11 319
CB-7Cu-1 (ASTM A747) B-12 103 En19 (709M40) A-50, E-20, 74, 322,
CB-7Cu-2 (ASTM A747) B-12 103 E-22 329
CB2 A-25 65 En24 (817M40) E-20 322
CD4MCu (A351, A744) B-63 194 En26 (826M40) E-20 322
Centralloy 4852/4852 C-50 253 En40C (897M39) E-20 322
Micro En56A (410S21) B-10 94
Centralloy 4859 C-40 246 En8 (080M40) E-22 329
Centralloy 4879 C-80 260 En9 (080M50) E-22 329
Centralloy ET35Co C-70 258 F1 (ASTM A336) A-10 9
Centralloy ET45 Micro C-60 256 F11 (ASTM A182) A-12 12
Centralloy H101 C-45 251 F12 (ASTM A182) A-12 12
CF10 C-10 214 F22 (ASTM A182) A-13 19
CF10M C-12, C-13 224, 229 F5 (ASTM A336) A-15 29
CF10MC B-34 130 F51 (ASTM A182) B-60 175
CF3 B-30, B-80 107, 197 F53 (ASTM A182) B-62 189
CF3M B-32, B-81 118, 200 F6NM B-11 98
CF8 B-30, B-80, 107, 197, F9 (ASTM A336) A-16 33
C-10 214 F91 (ASTM A182) A-17 37
CF8C B-31 114 F911 (ASTM A182, A-18 44
CF8M B-32, B-81 118, 200 A336)

391
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
F92 (ASTM A182) A-20 50 HY80 A-60 78
FB2 A-25 65 Hystal 77 (Corus) A-60 78
Ferralium 255/SD40 B-63 194 Immaculate 5 (Firth C-30 240
(Meighs) Vickers)
Ferrinox 255 B-63 194 IN-657 (Special C-90 262
FP911 (ASTM A369) A-18 44 Metals)
FV520B (Firth Vickers) B-12 103 IN-671 (Special C-90 262
G-NiCr28W C-80 260 Metals)
G-X10Cr13 B-10 94 Incoloy™ 800 (Special C-40, D- 246, 271,
G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 A-18 44 Metals) 11, D-40 290
1 Incoloy™ 800H C-40, D-20 246, 275
GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9- A-25 65 (Special Metals)
2-1 Incoloy™ 800HT C-40, D-40 246, 290
G-X22CrMoV 12 1 A-19 47 (Special Metals)
G-X25CrNiSi20 14 C-21 235 Incoloy™ 825 (Special B-42, D-20 152, 275
G-X45NiCrWSi 48 28 C-80 260 Metals)
G-X5CrNi13 4 B-11 98 Incoloy™ DS (Special C-41, D-11 249, 271
G-X8CrNi13 B-10 94 Metals)
Grey cast iron E-10, E-11 316, 319 Inconel™ 600 (Special D-10, D- 266, 271,
GS-17CrMoV5 11 A-14 26 Metals) 11, D-12 274
GS-18CrMo 9 10 A-13 19 Inconel™ 601 (Special D-20, D-40 275, 290
GS-22Mo4 A-10 9 Metals)
GS-25CrMo4 A-12 12 Inconel™ 617 (Special D-40 290
Gunmetal E-33 334 Metals)
GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB A-25 65 Inconel™ 622 (Special D-32 287
9-2-1 Metals)
Hadfield steel E-21, E-60 325, 349 Inconel™ 625 (Special D-20 275
Hardfacing E-50, E-51, 339, 341, Metals)
E-55 345 Inconel™ 686 (Special D-31 284
Hastelloy™ B- D-80 304 Metals)
2(Haynes) Inconel™ 690 (Special D-41 293
Hastelloy™ C-2000™ D-31 284 Metals)
(Haynes) J92205 B-60 175
Hastelloy™ C-22 D-31 284 J93370 B-63 194
(Haynes) J93380 B-61 184
Hastelloy™ C-276 D-30 280 J93404 B-61, B-62 184, 189
(Haynes) K71340 D-80 304
High speed steel E-53 344 K81340 D-80 304
HK (ASTM A297) C* 251 Langalloy 20V (Meighs) B-41 150
HK40 (ASTM C-31 244 LC1 (ASTM A352) A-10 9
A351/A608) LC2 (ASTM A352) A-41 70
HP10Cb (ASTM A297) C-45 251 LC3 (ASTM A352) A-42 73
HP, HP40, HP40Cb C-50 253 LDX 2101 (Avesta) B-59 172
(A297) LF1/LF2 (ASTM A350) A-41 70
HR17 (Cronite) C-41 249 LF3 (ASTM A350) A-42 73
HR31 (Cronite) C-41 249 LG3 E-33 334
HR33 (Cronite) C-50 253 LG4 E-33 334
HR5 (Cronite) C-41 249 Lloyds T47 (LBA) C-31 244
HR6 (Cronite) C-31 244 Lloyds T50 (LBA) C-41 249
HT (ASTM A297) C-41 249 Lloyds T57 (LBA) C-45 251
HT 30 (ASTM A351) C-41 249 Lloyds T63 (LBA) C-50 253
HU (ASTM A297) C-41 249 Lloyds T64 (LBA) C-50 253
HY100 A-60 78 Lloyds T66 (LBA) C-70 258

392
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
Lloyds T75(LBA) C-80 260 NA15 C-40 246
Lloyds T75MA(LBA) C-60 256 NA15H D-40 290
Lloyds T80 (LBA) C-60 256 NA16 (BS1501/3072) B-42 152
LPB1 E-33 334 NA21 D-20 275
LT50 A-41 70 Naxtra 70 A-60 78
Manaurite 35K C-70 258 Nickel 200/201 (Inco) D-50 296
(Manoir) Nicrofer™ 3127LC B-42 152
Manaurite 36X/36XM C-50 253 (VDM)
(Manoir) Nicrofer™ 3220 (VDM) C-40 246
Manaurite 50W C-80 260 Nicrofer™ 4221 (VDM) B-42 152
(Manoir) Nicrofer™ 5520Co D-40 290
Manaurite 900 C-40 246 (VDM)
(Manoir) Nicrofer™ 5716hMoW D-30 280
Manaurite XT/XTM C-60 256 (VDM)
Mild steel E-70 352 Nicrofer™ 5923hMo D-31 284
Monel™ 400 (Inco) D-60 298 (VDM)
Monel™ K500 (Inco) D-60 298 Nicrofer™ 6020hMo D-20 275
MORE 10/10A C-50 253 (VDM)
(Duraloy) Nicrofer™ 6022hMo D-20 275
MORE 21 (Duraloy) C-40 246 (VDM)
MORE 6 (Duraloy) C-70 258 Nil ferrite 316 B-33 125
MVEE 816 (MoD) E-20 322 Nilo™ (Inco) D-11 271
N-12M (A743/A744) D-80 304 Nimofer 6928 (VDM) D-80 304
N-7M (A494) D-80 304 Nimonic™ 75 (Inco) D-10 266
N02200 D-50 296 Nirosta 4003 (Krupp) B-50 160
N02201 D-50 296 Nitronic 19D B-59 172
N04400 D-60 298 Nitronic 50 B-33 125
N04405 D-60 298 Non-magnetic 316 B-33 125
N05500 D-60 298 P1 (ASTM A335) A-10 9
N06022 D-32 287 P11 (ASTM A335) A-12 12
N06059 D-31 284 P12 (ASTM A335) A-12 12
NO6600 D-10, D-12 266, 274 P22 (ASTM A335) A-13 19
N06601 D-20, D-40 275, 290 P23 (ASTM A335) A-21 54
N06617 D-40 290 P5 (ASTM A335) A-15 29
N06625 D-20 275 P9 (ASTM A335) A-16 33
N06690 D-41 293 P91 (ASTM A335) A-17 37
N08028 B-42 152 P911 (ASTM A335) A-18 44
N08367 D-32 287 P92 (ASTM A335) A-20 50
N08800 C-40 246 Paralloy CR32W C-40 246
N08810 C-40 246 Paralloy CR39W C-45 251
N08811 C-40 246 Paralloy H20 C-31 244
N08825 B-42 152 Paralloy H33/35/38/40 C-41 249
N08904 B-40 147 Paralloy H39/H39W C-50 253
N08925 D-32 287 Paralloy H46M C-60 256
N08926 D-32 287 Paralloy H48T C-80 260
N10001 D-80 304 Paralloy N50W C-90 262
N10276 D-30 240 Paramount P20 (Lake B-41 150
N10665 D-80 304 & Elliot)
NA1 D-60 298 Phosphor bronze E-33 334
NA11 D-50 296 Pyrotherm G25/35Nb C-50 253
NA12 D-50 296 Pyrotherm G28/48/5W C-80 260
NA13 D-60 298 Pyrotherm NbTZ C-50 253
NA14 D-12 274 Q1(N) A-60 78

393
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
Q2(N) A-60 78 SAF 2205 (Sandvik) B-60 175
R30006 E-65 350 SAF 2304 (Sandvik) B-59, B-60 172, 175
R30021 E-66 351 SAF 2507 (Sandvik) B-61, B-62 184, 189
RA330-HC (Rolled C-41 249 Sanicro 28 (Sandvik) B-42 152
Alloys) Sanicro 31 (Sandvik) C-40 246
Rail steel A-80 87 SG irons E-10, E-11 316, 319
RQT601 (Corus) A-60 78 Sirius 3 (Industeel) C-30 240
RQT701 (Corus) A-60 78 Stellite 21 (Deloro) E-66 351
S20910 B-33 125 Stellite 6 (Deloro) E-65 350
S30400 B-30, B-80 107, 197 Strip cladding B-85, D- 206, 307,
S30403 B-30, B-80 107, 197 85, F-50 367
S30409 C-10, C-12 214, 224 Super 304H C-25 238
S30415 C-20 233 Supertherm (Duraloy) C-70 258
S30432 C-25 238 T1 (A209, A250) A-10 9
S30453 B-30, B-80 107, 197 T11 (A199, A200, A-12 12
S30815 C-20 233 A213)
S30900 C-21 235 T12 (A199, A200, A-12 12
S30908 C-21 235 A213)
S30909 C-21 235 T22 (A199, A200, A-13 19
S31000 C-30 240 A213)
S31008 C-30 240 T23 (A213) A-21 54
S31050 B-46 157 T24 (A213) A-22 57
S31254 B-47, D- 157, 175, T5 (A199, A213) A-15 29
20, D-31, 284, 287 T9 (A199, A200, A213) A-16 33
D-32 T91 (ASTM A213) A-17 37
S31266 D-32 287 T911 (ASTM A213) A-18 44
S31600 B-32, B-81 118, 200 T92 (ASTM A213) A-20 50
S31603 B-32, B-81 118, 200 Thermalloy T47 (Lloyds) C-31 244
S31609 C-12, C-13 224, 229 Thermalloy T50 C-41 249
S31635 B-34 130 (Lloyds)
S31640 B-34 130 Thermalloy T52 (Lloyds) C-40 246
S31653 B-32, B-81 118, 200 Thermalloy T57 (Lloyds) C-45 251
S31700 B-35 133 Thermalloy T58 (Lloyds) C-41 249
S31703 B-35 133 Thermalloy T63/T64 C-50 253
S31803 B-60 175 (Lloyds)
S32001 B-59 172 Thermalloy T75 C-80 260
S32101 B-59 172 (Lloyds)
S32109 C-11, C-12 219, 224 Tin bronze E-33 334
S32205 B-60 175 Toolsteel E-53 344
S32304 B-59, B-60 172, 175 UNS See each -
S32550 B-61, B-63 184, 194 grade
S32654 D-32 287 Uranus 25 22 2 B-46 157
S32750 B-61, B-62 184, 189 (Industeel)
S32760 B-61, B-62 184, 189 Uranus 35N (Industeel) B-59, B-60 172, 175
S32950 B-61 184 Uranus 45N (Industeel) B-60 175
S34565 D-31, D-32 284, 287 Uranus 47N (Industeel) B-62 189
S34709 C-11, C-12 219, 224 Uranus 52N+ B-61 184
S39274 B-61 184 (Industeel)
S41000 B-10 94 Uranus 55/50M B-63 194
S41500 B-11 98 (Industeel)
S45000 B-12 103 Uranus 65 (Industeel) B-45 155
SAE See each - Uranus B6, B6M B-40 147
grade (Industeel)

394
DATA DATA
SHEET SHEET
Uranus™ B66 D-31, D-32 284, 287 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 A-18 44
(Industeel) X12CrMo 9 1 A-16 33
WB36 A-23 59 X12CrNi22 12 C-21 235
WC1 (ASTM A217) A-10 9 X1CrNi25 21 B-45 155
WC11(ASTM A217) A-12 12 X20CrMoV12 1 A-19 47
WC6 (ASTM A217) A-12 12 XM-19 B-33 125
WC9 (ASTM A217) A-13 19 XM-25 B-12 103
Weathering steel A-70 84 Z1 CN 25 20 B-45 155
Werkstoff No. See each - Z2 CN 25 20 M B-45 155
grade Z6 CND 1304-M B-11 98
WP911 (ASTM A234) A-18 44 Zeron® 100 (RA) B-61 184
WR50A/C (BS4360) A-70 84 Hastelloy and C-2000 are trademarks of Haynes International,
X2CrNiN23L B-59 172 Inc.
X7CrMoVTiB10-10 A-22 57 Inconel, Incoloy, Monel, Nimonic and Nilo are trademarks of
Special Metals.
X10Cr13 B-10 94 Nicrofer is a trademark of VDM.
X10CrMoVNb9 1 A-17 37 Zeron is a registered name of RA Materials Ltd.
X10CrWMoVNb9-2 A-20 50

395








     

Metrode Technical Handbook PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Metrode Technical Handbook PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Welding Consumables Technical Handbook

Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes 5

A. Low alloy steels 7

Availability and special services

Standard product range

Special product range

Rev 07 06/13 2 Introduction (pg 1 of 5)

Specifications and certification

Health and safety

Rev 07 06/13 3 Introduction (pg 2 of 5)

Rev 07 06/13 4 Introduction (pg 3 of 5)

GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTES

Rev 07 06/13 5 Introduction (pg 4 of 5)

All-weld mechanical properties

Rev 07 06/13 6 Introduction (pg 5 of 5)

Low alloy steels including the CrMo creep resisting consumables

Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten

Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag technique

Alloy type Favourable mechanical properties of both as-welded

Rev 04 06/13 9 DS: A-10 (pg 1 of 3)

Specifications AWS A5.5 E7018-A1 H4

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 2

All-weld mechanical PWHT 600-650ºC/h * min typical As-welded typical

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Rev 04 06/13 10 DS: A-10 (pg 2 of 3)

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 2

Typical operating TIG MIG

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)

Rev 04 06/13 11 DS: A-10 (pg 3 of 3)

Alloy type Microstructure

ASTM BS EN & DIN

Rev 15 10/12 12 DS: A-12 (pg 1 of 7)

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

CHROMET 1 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2 H4

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

Rev 15 10/12 13 DS: A-12 (pg 2 of 7)

Specifications AWS A5.5 E7015-B2L H4

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0

CHROMET 1X 1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2 H4

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb

Rev 15 10/12 14 DS: A-12 (pg 3 of 7)

1CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3

Rev 15 10/12 15 DS: A-12 (pg 4 of 7)

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-B2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3

All-weld mechanical typical

Rev 15 10/12 16 DS: A-12 (pg 5 of 7)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3